Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutAppendix C - AV Equipment Cut SheetsunBT2A IN-WALL INPUT INTERFACE The unBT2A is a single gang Decora style in-wall Bluetooth® audio interface aimed at adding Bluetooth® audio connectivity to in- stalled audio systems. The unBT2A can be used in any venue where there’s a need to stream Bluetooth® audio from a smart phone, laptop, tablet or other Bluetooth ® audio equipped smart device to the sound system. The unBT2A features a simple and consistent pairing process to eliminate the frustrating experience users often have with consumer grade Bluetooth ® interfaces. Through the unBT2A EXP expander unit (shipped with the un- BT2A), the unBT2A outputs balanced mono or stereo analog audio on 3-pin depluggable connectors for easy connection to commer- cial audio equipment. The unBT2A USB port is used for initial prod- uct setup at installation, and the unBT2A EXP has an RS-232 port for 3rd party control. FEATURES AND BENEFITS  Single gang Decora form factor for easy installation in space constrained applications  Simple pairing one button pairing/connect process for standalone operation with LED indication of connection status  Simple serial control protocol for integration with 3rd party control system via RS-232 (Remote connection management and status monitoring)  Defeatable pairing button for restricted use applications with 3rd party control systems  Balanced mono/stereo analog outputs for interfacing to both commercial and consumer audio equipment  USB bus-powered connection for simple setup prior to installation and firmware update  Customizable Bluetooth® friendly name for applications with co-located unBT2As  Compatible with most smartphones, Apple iPads, and Android tablets unBT2A PRODUCT BRIEF APPLICATIONS Convenient, wall mounted Bluetooth® interface for:  Hotel ballrooms  Conference/meeting centers  Restaurants and bars  Sports, spa and fitness facilities  Convention centers ABOUT ATTERO TECH Attero Tech is a leading provider of networked audio and connectivity interfaces. These innovative products make it cost effective for audio installations to include high performance connectivity. Attero Tech is head- quartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana USA - where all of our products are designed and built. Contact us at: 260.496.9668 www.atterotech.com © 2017–2018 Attero Tech, LLC. All Rights Reserved. Attero Tech P/N 616-00031-01 unBT2A Product Brief 2/2018 unBT2A System Connectivity Diagram SPECIFICATIONS Bluetooth® Profile: A2DP - Stereo audio is streamed from a Blue- tooth® device to the unBT2A and output as analog (via the unBT2A EXP interface) Bluetooth® Range: 10 meters (30ft) minimum. Depluggable Output Type: Balanced 3-pin line level, -10dBV/ +4dBu nominal output levels (software switchable) on the unBT2A EXP. Mono/Stereo functionality is also software switchable Dynamic Range: >85dB Maximum Output Level (Balanced depluggable): +20dBu in +4dBu setting, +6dBu in -10dBV setting System THD: Less than .1% RS-232: Full RS -232 control (standard RS-232 levels) of pairing and other user interface features. 3-pin depluggable connector on the unBT2A EXP USB: Mini B type connector Certifications: FCC 47CFR Parts 15B and 18 (Class A), EN 55011, ICES-003, CE (EN55022 Class A and EN55024 Class A) Dimensions: unBT2A - 1.69” W x 4.2” H x 1.25” D unBT2A EXP - 5.56” W x 1.13” H x 1.75” D Operating Temperature: 0°C ‐ 40°C ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS SPECS The Bluetooth® interface unit shall provide two analog line level outputs on 3-pin depluggable connectors, software switchable between -10dBV (consumer level) nominal output and +4dBu (professional level) nominal output. The device shall have soft- ware selection of mono or stereo audio mode. Maximum audio output level shall be +20dBu in the +4dBu mode, and +6dBu in the -10dBuVmode. The device shall have RS-232 real-time control of pairing and other user features over a 3-pin depluggable connector. The device shall have a USB Mini-B style connector for initial setup. The interface shall be compatible with Attero Tech unIFY software for flexible control and monitoring in system applications. The interface shall be compliant with the RoHS directive. The interface unit shall be compliant with the EMI/EMC requirements for FCC and CE. The interface shall be the Attero Tech unBT2A. Connections SDI Video Inputs 1 SDI Video Outputs 1x program out, 1x loop out. SDI Rates 270Mb, 1.5G, 3G, 6G, 12G HDMI Video Inputs 1 HDMI Video Outputs 1x loop out Analog Video Inputs None Analog Video Outputs None Analog Audio Inputs 1x XLR.2 x RCA HiFi. Analog Audio Outputs None Timecode Connection None Reference Input None RCA 2 X HiFi Analog audio input XLR 1 X input supporting both microphone and line levels USB Webcam 1 HDMI 2.0 1 X Input, 1 X loop out, (2 channel embedded audio) USB 2.0 1 X Type B Mini USB 1 X for software updates Blackmagic Web Presenter Blackmagic Web Presenter makes any SDI or HDMI video source appear as a USB webcam for higher quality web streaming using software such as Skype or streaming platforms such as YouTube Live, Facebook Live, Twitch.tv, Periscope and more! Blackmagic Web Presenter includes 12G-SDI and HDMI inputs, XLR microphone input, HiFi audio input, Teranex quality down conversion and a 2 input live switcher when used with the optional Teranex Mini Smart Panel. $495 Product Technical Specifications Blackmagic Web Presenter - Technical Specifications Page 1 of 4 Standards Streaming Video Standards 720p over USB. HDMI Video Standards SD Video Standards 525i59.94 NTSC, 625i50 PAL HD Video Standards 720p50, 720p59.94, 720p60 1080p23.98, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p29.97, 1080p30, 1080p50, 1080p59.94, 1080p60 1080i50, 1080i59.94, 1080i60 Ultra HD Video Standards 2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60 12G SDI Video Standards SD Video Standards 525i59.94 NTSC, 625i50 PAL HD Video Standards 720p50, 720p59.94, 720p60 1080p23.98, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p29.97, 1080p30, 1080p50, 1080p59.94, 1080p60 1080PsF23.98, 1080PsF24, 1080PsF25, 1080PsF29.97, 1080PsF30 1080i50, 1080i59.94, 1080i60 2K Video Standards None Ultra HD Video Standards 2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60 4K Video Standards None Hardware Frame Buffer Supports any USB UVC and UAC webcam video drivers. Blackmagic Web Presenter - Technical Specifications Page 2 of 4 Computer Capture USB webcam for Mac, Windows, Linux and any operating system that supports 720p HD webcams. Control Basic Settings Control Mini Switches. Built in Control Panel None. Supports Teranex Mini Smart Panel with 2.2 inch color display for video preview, audio meters and status. Optional Front Panel Control Front mounted Smart Panel with LCD, rotary knob and six settings buttons Device Control None Software Compatible Services and Software YouTube Live, Facebook Live, Twitch.tv, Periscope, Skype, Open Broadcaster and XSplit Broadcaster. Operating Systems Mac 10.13 High Sierra, Mac 10.14 Mojave or later. Windows 8.1 or Windows 10. Linux Chrome OS Power Requirements Power Supply 1 x Internal 90-240V AC. Power Consumption 24 watts Blackmagic Web Presenter - Technical Specifications Page 3 of 4 All items on this website are copyright Blackmagic Design Pty. Ltd. 2018, all rights reserved. All trademarks are property of their respective owners. MSRP excludes sales taxes/duties and shipping costs. This website uses remarketing services to advertise on third party websites to previous visitors to our site. You can opt out at any time by changing cookie settings.Privacy Policy Blackmagic Design Authorized Reseller Physical Specifications Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature: 5° C to 50° C (41° - 122°F) Storage Temperature: -20° to 60° C (-4° to 140° F) Relative Humidity: 0% to 90% non-condensing What's Included Web Presenter SD card with software and manual Warranty 3 year Limited Manufacturer’s Warranty. Blackmagic Web Presenter - Technical Specifications Page 4 of 4 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Small Flat Panel Tilt Wall Mount Spanish Product Description German Product Description Portuguese Product Description Italian Product Description Dutch Product Description French Product Description FTR1U / FTR100 FTR1U / FTR100 Installation Instructions 2 DISCLAIMER Milestone AV Technologies and its affiliated corporations and subsidiaries (collectively “Milestone”), intend to make this manual accurate and complete. However, Milestone makes no claim that the information contained herein covers all details, conditions or variations, nor does it provide for every possible contingency in connection with the installation or use of this product. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice or obligation of any kind. Milestone makes no representation of warranty, expressed or implied, regarding the information contained herein. Milestone assumes no responsibility for accuracy, completeness or sufficiency of the information contained in this document. Chief® is a registered trademark of Milestone AV Technologies. All rights reserved. DEFINITIONS MOUNTING SYSTEM:A MOUNTING SYSTEM is the primary Chief product to which an accessory and/or componentis attached. ACCESSORY:AN ACCESSORY is the secondary Chief product which is attached to a primary Chief product, and mayhave a component attached or setting on it. COMPONENT:A COMPONENT is an audiovisual item designed to be attached or resting on an accessory or mounting system such as a video camera, CPU, screen, display, projector, etc. WARNING:A WARNING alerts you to the possibility of serious injury or death if you do not follow the instructions. CAUTION:A CAUTION alerts you to the possibility of damage or destruction of equipment if you do not follow the corresponding instructions. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WARNING:Failure to read, thoroughly understand, and follow all instructions can result in serious personal injury, damage to equipment, or voiding of factory warranty! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the mounting system is properly assembled and installed using the instructions provided. WARNING:Failure to provide adequate structural strength for this mounting system can result in serious personal injury or damage to equipment! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the structure to which this mounting system is attached can support five times the combined weight of all equipment. Reinforce the structure as required before installing the mounting system. The wall to which the mounting system is being attached may have a maximum drywall thickness of 5/8” (1.6cm). Do not install drywall anchors into the seam between drywall pieces. WARNING:Exceeding the weight capacity can result in serious personal injury or damage to equipment! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the combined weight of all components attached to FTR1U/FTR100 mounting system does not exceed 45 lbs (20.4 kg). WARNING:Watch for pinch points! Do NOT place fingers in between moving parts! WARNING:Use this mounting system only for its intended use as described in these instructions. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer. WARNING:Never operate this mounting system if it is damaged. Return the mounting system to a service center for examination and repair. WARNING:Do not use this mounting system outdoors. IMPORTANT ! :The FTR1U/FTR100 mounts are designed to be mounted to a: •single 2" x 4" wood stud;OR a •single 2" x 4" wood stud on one side and drywall on the other side using the drywall anchors provided. NOTE:The FTR1U includes the Chief FSB1U interface bracket. NOTE:The FTR100 includes the Chief FSB75100 interface bracket. --SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS-- Installation Instructions FTR1U / FTR100 3 DIMENSIONS 0.25 6.4 x6 6.37 161.7 5.61 142.5 1.56 39.6 3.94 100MM MOUNTING 1.97 50MM MOUNTING 0.44 11.1 1.97 50.0 3.94 100.0 3.12 79.1 5.78 146.7 4.75 120.7 1.90 48.2 FACE TILTS5 UP15 DOWN 4.00 101.6 0.50 12.7 0.38 9.5 0.99 25.2 2.50 63.5 4.00 101.6 1.38 34.9 1.88 47.6 2.38 60.33.75 95.3 2.07 52.5 DIMENSIONS: INCHES [MILLIMETERS] FTR1U / FTR100 Installation Instructions 4 LEGEND TOOLS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION PARTS Tighten Fastener Apretar elemento de fijación Befestigungsteil festziehen Apertar fixador Serrare il fissaggio Bevestiging vastdraaien Serrez les fixations Loosen Fastener Aflojar elemento de fijación Befestigungsteil lösen Desapertar fixador Allentare il fissaggio Bevestiging losdraaien Desserrez les fixations Phillips Screwdriver Destornillador Phillips Kreuzschlitzschraubendreher Chave de fendas Phillips Cacciavite a stella Kruiskopschroevendraaier Tournevis à pointe cruciforme Pencil Mark Marcar con lápiz Stiftmarkierung Marcar com lápis Segno a matita Potloodmerkteken Marquage au crayon Drill Hole Perforar Bohrloch Fazer furo Praticare un foro Gat boren Percez un trou Hammer Martillo Hammer Martelo Martello Hamer Marteau #21/8” (wood stud) 3/8” (drywall) A (1) [FTR1U/FTR100 Assembly] #10 x 2-1/2” B (2) C (4) #10 D (2) 10-24[Hollow wall anchor] Interface bracket (including hardware and installation instructions) Installation Instructions FTR1U / FTR100 5 INSTALLATION The FTR1U/FTR100 may be installed either centered on a single wood stud, or anchored to a single wood stud on one side, and to drywall (1/2” minimum thickness) on the other side. The FTR1U/FTR100 allows a tilt range from +5° to -15°. Install Mount Centered to Single Wood Stud 1. Determine approximate mounting location, keeping in mind the display size. 2. Use a stud sensor to locate applicable wood stud. Mark location with a pencil. 3. Level FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A) at desired height and, using it as a template, mark the location of upper and lower pilot holes. Ensure marks are in the center of wood stud. NOTE:Mount can provide ±1/2” of lateral shift by using mount holes on either side of vertical center line. WARNING:ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD! Drilling into electrical wires or cables can cause DEATH or SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY! ALWAYS make certain area behind mounting surfaces is free of electrical wires and cables before drilling or installing mount fasteners. 4. Drill pilot holes using a 1/8” drill bit. Ensure pilot holes are straight. 5. Fasten FTR1U/FTR100 assembly to wood stud using two #10 x 2-1/2” Phillips head screws (B) through two #10 washers (C),FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A), and drywall (not shown) and install into pilot holes. (See Figure 1) Figure 1 Install Mount to a Single Wood Stud and Drywall WARNING:Drywall must have a minimum thickness of 1/2” and a maximum thickness of 5/8”. Do not install drywall anchors into the seam between drywall pieces. 1. Determine approximate mounting location, keeping in mind the display size. 2. Level FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A) at desired height and, using it as a template, mark the location of the four anchor holes (one in each corner slot). (See Figure 2) IMPORTANT ! :Two holes MUST be centered on a single wood stud. WARNING:ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD! Drilling into electrical wires or cables can cause DEATH or SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY! ALWAYS make certain area behind mounting surfaces is free of electrical wires and cables before drilling or installing mount fasteners. 3. Drill 1/8” pilot holes in wood stud locations. Ensure pilot holes are straight. (See Figure 2) 4. Drill 3/8” anchor holes in the other two marked locations. Ensure holes are straight and completely through drywall. (See Figure 2) Figure 2 2 4 x 2 x 2 5 (B) x 2 (A)(C) 3 x 2 4 x 2 x 42 1/8” 3/8” FTR1U / FTR100 Installation Instructions 6 5. Gently tap two anchors (D) into anchor holes. Anchor barbs should be fully engaged in drywall. (See Figure 3) and (See Figure 4) Figure 3 6. Using Phillips screwdriver, tighten anchor screw until anchor has fully collapsed against back side of drywall. (See Figure 4) NOTE:Anchor screw will feel tight until anchor begins to collapse. Screw will then turn easier for many turns. Screw will feel tight when anchor has fully collapsed. 7. Remove and save anchor screws from anchors (D). NOTE:Anchors (D) may come with small washers which should be discarded. Figure 4 8. Insert anchor screws through two #10 washers (C), FTR1U/ FTR100 assembly (A) and install into collapsed anchors (D). (See Figure 5) 9. Install two #10 x 2 1/2” Phillips tapping screws (B) through two #10 washers (C), FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A) and into wood stud. (See Figure 5) Figure 5 Install Display to Mount NOTE:Attach interface bracket to display following instructions included with interface bracket. 1. Open latching flag by rotating flag clockwise on FTR1U/ FTR100 assembly (A). (See Figure 6) Figure 6 (D) x 25 Drywall Anchor barb AnchorAnchor not collapsed collapsed (B) x 29 (A) anchor8 (D) x 2 screws x 2 (C) x 4 Latching flag open Latching flag closed 1 Installation Instructions FTR1U / FTR100 7 2. Lift and maneuver display such that all mounting buttons fit into openings on FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A). (See Figure 7) 3. Lower display firmly into place. Ensure each mounting button has fully seated in the opening. (See Figure 7) 4. Close latching flag by rotating flag counterclockwise on FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A). (See Figure 7) Figure 7 NOTE:Example shows mounting display in the 100mm x 100mm pattern. FTR1U/FTR100 assembly (A) will also accommodate a 75mm x 75mm pattern. (See Figure 8) Figure 8 NOTE:An optional padlock may be used to secure latching flag in place. (See Figure 9) Figure 9 5. Connect cables to display as required. Adjusting Tilt 1. Loosen adjusting screws on each side of display (See Figure 10). 2. Adjust tilt as desired. 3. Tighten adjusting screws. Figure 10 2 3 Display (A)4 Latching flag Button location for 100mm x 100mm pattern (4 places) Button location for 75mm x 75mm pattern (4 places) NOTE: Display not shown for clarity. NOTE: Display not shown for clarity. Add padlock here 5° Tilt Up 15° Tilt Down 1 2 3 FTR1U / FTR100 Installation Instructions USA/International A 6436 City West Parkway, Eden Prairie, MN 55344 P 800.582.6480 / 952.225.6000 F 877.894.6918 / 952.894.6918 Europe A Franklinstraat 14, 6003 DK Weert, Netherlands P +31 (0) 495 580 852 F +31 (0) 495 580 845 Asia Pacific A Office No. 918 on 9/F, Shatin Galleria 18-24 Shan Mei Street Fotan, Shatin, Hong Kong P 852 2145 4099 F 852 2145 4477 Chief, a products division of Milestone AV Technologies 8800-002877 Rev02 ¤2017 Milestone AV Technologies www.milestone.com 08/17 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Large Flat Panel Dual Arm Wall Mount Spanish Product Description German Product Description Portuguese Product Description Italian Product Description Dutch Product Description French Product Description PDR Series PDR Series Installation Instructions 2 DISCLAIMER Milestone AV Technologies and its affiliated corporations and subsidiaries (collectively "Milestone"), intend to make this manual accurate and complete. However, Milestone makes no claim that the information contained herein covers all details, conditions or variations, nor does it provide for every possible contingency in connection with the installation or use of this product. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice or obligation of any kind. Milestone makes no representation of warranty, expressed or implied, regarding the information contained herein. Milestone assumes no responsibility for accuracy, completeness or sufficiency of the information contained in this document. Chief® and Centris® are registered trademarks of Milestone AV Technologies. All rights reserved. DEFINITIONS MOUNTING SYSTEM:A MOUNTING SYSTEM is the primary Chief product to which an accessory and/or componentis attached. ACCESSORY:AN ACCESSORY is the secondary Chief product which is attached to a primary Chief product, and mayhave a component attached or setting on it. COMPONENT:A COMPONENT is an audiovisual item designed to be attached or resting on an accessory or mounting system such as a video camera, CPU, screen, display, projector, etc. WARNING:A WARNING alerts you to the possibility of serious injury or death if you do not follow the instructions. CAUTION:A CAUTION alerts you to the possibility of damage or destruction of equipment if you do not follow the corresponding instructions. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS! WARNING:Failure to read, thoroughly understand, and follow all instructions can result in serious personal injury, damage to equipment, or voiding of factory warranty! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure all mounting systems are properly assembled and installed using the instructions provided. WARNING:Failure to provide adequate structural strength for this mounting system can result in serious personal injury or damage to equipment! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the structure to which this mounting system is attached can support five times the combined weight of all equipment. Reinforce the structure as required before installing the mounting system. The wall to which the mount is being attached may have a maximum drywall thickness of 5/8" (1.6cm). WARNING:Exceeding the weight capacity can result in serious personal injury or damage to equipment! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the combined weight of all components attached to this mount does not exceed 200 lbs (90.7 kg). WARNING:Use this mounting system only for its intended use as described in these instructions. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer. WARNING:Never operate this mounting system if it is damaged. Return the mounting system to a service center for examination and repair. WARNING:Do not use this product outdoors. IMPORTANT ! :The PDR Series mounts has been designed to be mounted onto a 2" x 4" (51mm x 102 mm) 16" on center, wood stud wall. NOTE:The PDR Series includes: •Accessory Model PDR2000 (to be used with Listed Chief accessory PSBU interface bracket--not included). •Model PDRU which includes the Listed Chief accessory PSBU interface bracket. --SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS-- Installation Instructions PDR Series 3 DIMENSIONS 19.69 500 16.00 406 19.00 483 1.00 25 7.00 178 1.00 25 2.25 57 DEPTH [86] 3.40 22.04 560 23.62 END CAP TO END CAP 600 NOTE: PSBU INTERFACE BRACKETNOT SHOWN. THE PSBU INTERFACEBRACKET NEEDED FOR YOUR DISPLAYWILL ADD 1” IN DEPTH AND MAYAFFECT LOCATION OF DISPLAYON THE MOUNT. Mounting Pattern PRODUCT FEATURES WEIGHT CAPACITY -17 2 0 DIMENSIONS: [MILLIMETERS] INCHES 37.00 940 3.40 [86] 39.50 1003 2.81 71 1.68 43 Extended Unit Depth Retracted Highest Height Setting Lowest Height Setting *The range of adjustment will vary with different weight and depth screens Tilt Adjustment * DIMENSIONS: [MILLIMETERS] INCHES PDR Series Installation Instructions 4 DIMENSIONS -- cont’d LEGEND 90° 32.47 825 11.19 284 79° MAX 84° 23° 17.71 450 27.12 689 PDR FULL LEFT DIMENSIONS: [MILLIMETERS] INCHES Tighten Fastener Apretar elemento de fijación Befestigungsteil festziehen Apertar fixador Serrare il fissaggio Bevestiging vastdraaien Serrez les fixations Loosen Fastener Aflojar elemento de fijación Befestigungsteil lösen Desapertar fixador Allentare il fissaggio Bevestiging losdraaien Desserrez les fixations Phillips Screwdriver Destornillador Phillips Kreuzschlitzschraubendreher Chave de fendas Phillips Cacciavite a stella Kruiskopschroevendraaier Tournevis à pointe cruciforme Adjust Ajustar Einstellen Ajustar Regolare Afstellen Ajuster Hex-Head Wrench Llave de cabeza hexagonal Sechskantschlüssel Chave de cabeça sextavada Chiave esagonale Zeskantsleutel Clé à tête hexagonale Open-Ended Wrench Llave de boca Gabelschlüssel Chave de bocas Chiave a punte aperte Steeksleutel Clé à fourche Installation Instructions PDR Series 5 TOOLS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION PARTS 7/32" (5.5mm)#2 9/16" A (1) [PDR assembly] B (2) [Cover] C (2) [End cap] D (2) [End cap] E (1) [Adjustment wrench] G (4)J (12) 5-1/2"[Installation washer] F (1) [Adjustment insert] H (4) 5/16 x 3-1/2" K (1) [PSBU bracket] (Only included with PDRU) L (2) [Cable clip] PDR Series Installation Instructions 6 MOUNT INSTALLATION Installing Mount to Wall WARNING:IMPROPER INSTALLATION CAN LEAD TO MOUNT FALLING CAUSING SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT! It is the installer’s responsibility to make sure the structure to which the mount is being installed is capable of supporting five times the combined weight of the mount and all attachments. 1. Determine mounting location taking into consideration display size and PDR’s range of movement. 2. Using a stud sensor locate two wood studs 16” apart on center. (See Figure 1) Figure 1 3. Place and level mount against wall, aligning mounting holes in upper and lower wall channels with studs. (See Figure 1) 4. Mark four mounting holes making sure mounting holes are located as close as possible to center of studs. (See Figure 1) 5. Drill four 7/32" pilot holes where the mounting holes were marked. (See Figure 1) 6. Partially install two 5/16" x 3-1/2" lag bolts (H) into upper pilot holes. DO NOT tighten at this time. (See Figure 2) 7. Align mounting holes in upper wall channel with lag bolts, and hang mount on lag bolts. 8. Adjust mount lateral position left until lag bolts are seated in mounting slots in upper wall channel. (See Figure 2) 9. Place two installation washers (G) over two lag bolts (H). (See Figure 2) 10. Install two 5/16" x 3-1/2" lag bolts (H) through mounting holes in lower wall channel and into pilot holes. (See Figure 2) 11. Place two installation washers (G) over two lag bolts (H). (See Figure 2) 12. Tighten all hardware. DO NOT over tighten! Figure 2 Adjusting PDR Height NOTE:Height adjustment range up to 1.08 inches. 1. Check PDR for the desired height. If needed, use the adjustment wrench (E) to adjust the PDR height. (See Figure 3) •Turn adjustment nut clockwise to lower the unit height, or •Turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to raise the unit height. Figure 3 1 3 4 5 x 4 3 6 (H) x 2 10 (H) x 2 (G) x 2 (G) x 2 8 9 11 Adjustment nut 1 Lower Raise Installation Instructions PDR Series 7 Installing Covers and End Caps NOTE:The covers and end caps have pressure fitting ends that lock into place with each other. 1. Install cover (B) over the top bracket. (See Figure 4) 2. Install end caps (C and D) into the cover and top bracket. (See Figure 4) 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the lower mounting bracket. (See Figure 4) Figure 4 Mounting the Display WARNING:IMPROPER INSTALLATION CAN LEAD TO MOUNT FALLING CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. Displays can weigh in excess of 40 lbs (18.1kg). ALWAYS use two people and proper lifting techniques when installing display. 1. Install PSBU interface bracket (K - included with PDRU only) to display using hardware and installation instructions included with PSBU bracket. 2. Move mount faceplate to extended position by grasping faceplate and pulling outward away from wall. WARNING:IMPROPER INSTALLATION CAN LEAD TO MOUNT FALLING CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. Make sure mounting buttons on display are properly seated in mounting holes in faceplate. 3. While supporting both sides of display, align four mounting buttons on display or interface bracket with four mounting holes in faceplate. (See Figure 5) 4. Lower display into place listening for audible "click" to ensure recessed area of mounting buttons are properly seated in lower area of mounting holes and ClickConnect mechanism has engaged. (See Figure 5) and (See Figure 6) NOTE:Holes are provided in the faceplate for use with a padlock or similar locking device, if desired. In addition, the pin and nut may be removed from the upper holes and moved to the lower holes for use as a more permanent locking device. (See Figure 6) Figure 5 Figure 6 1 2 2 (B) (D) (C) 3 4 2 4 3 A padlock or bolt may be placed through latch holes To use as a more permanent lock, remove pin and nuts and move to lower holes. PDR Series Installation Instructions 8 Figure 7 x 4 cable clamps (J) 1 2 Cable Management WARNING:IMPROPER INSTALLATION CAN LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT! Make sure cables do not run through pinch points. 1. Loosen front and rear cable clamps on top arm. (See Figure 7) 2. Thread cable ties (J) under cable clamps and secure clamps to top arm. (See Figure 7) 3. Route power/audio/video cables through the cable channel in top arm (See Figure 7), allowing sufficient slack in cables for left/Right movement of display and swing arm and also swing arm extension and retraction. 4. Secure cables to top arm using two cable ties (J). 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4, as necessary, for remaining top arm and lower arms. WARNING:IMPROPER INSTALLATION CAN LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT! DO NOT route cables through holes in faceplate. 6. (Optional) Install two cable clips (L) into holes on connector bracket. (See Figure 8) Figure 8 (top view) (L) x 2 connector bracket Installation Instructions PDR Series 9 Tension Adjustments Vertical Tilt Tension Adjustment 1. With display mounted, check for desired vertical tilt tension. 2. Adjust the Centris Select knob until desired vertical tilttension is obtained. (See Figure 9) 3. To lock the mount at the desired vertical tilt, tighten the vertical tilt lock screw. (See Figure 10) Figure 9 Figure 10 Lateral Tilt Tension Adjustment CAUTION:DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN LATERAL TILT ADJUSTMENT NUT. Over tightening lateral tilt adjustment will cause excessive wear and may distort adjustment components. 1. Using a 9/16” wrench (not provided), slightly tighten or loosen lateral tilt tension adjustment nut. (See Figure 11) 2. Attach the display and check for desired tilt tension. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until desired tilt tension is obtained. Rotational Tilt Tension Adjustment 1. If necessary, loosen or tighten bottom rotational tilt tension adjustment nut. (See Figure 11) 2. Attach the display and check for desired rotational tilt tension. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until desired rotational tilt tension is obtained. Figure 11 Swing Arm Adjustments The dual swing arms are shipped installed in the center of the top and bottom mounting brackets, which is the standard mounting configuration. The top and bottom mounting brackets have slotted holes, allowing for lateral adjustment of the dual swing arms. After the top and bottom mounting brackets have been installed between two wood studs 16” on center, the swing arms can be adjusted or moved off center, depending on the location of the mount, the size of the display, and the lateral movement needed to rotate the display. The swing arms can be adjusted, as follows: • Adjusting the Swing Arms Off-Center With no disassembly required, you can adjust the swing arms up to 1-inch to the left of center or up to 1-inch to the right of center. • Reconfiguring the Swing Arms Left of Center With some disassembly and reassembly required, you can move the swing arms to the left of center by reconfiguring the mount. Use the first and third slotted holes in the top and bottom mounting brackets. • Reconfiguring the Swing Arms Right of Center With some disassembly and reassembly, you can move the swing arms to the right of center by reconfiguring the mount. Use the third and fifth slotted holes in the top and bottom mounting brackets. Centris Select Adjustment Knob Vertical Tilt Lock Screw Rotational Tilt Adjustment Nut Lateral Tilt Adjustment Nut PDR Series Installation Instructions 10 Adjusting the Swing Arms Off Center 1. Remove the display from the mount. 2. Loosen four bolts (two on the top and two on the bottom) securing the swing arm assembly to the top and bottom mounting brackets (See Figure 12). 3. Move the swing arm assembly to desired location. 4. Tighten the bolts. 5. Install the display on the mount. Figure 12 Reconfiguring the Swing Arms to the Left or Right of Center 1. Remove the display from the mount. 2. Remove four bolts (two on the top and two on the bottom) securing the swing arm assembly to the top and bottom mounting brackets. WARNING:The next step will release the arm assembly from the mount. The arms and plate may fall if you are not careful. 3. Move the swing arm assembly to desired location. •Left of Center (See Figure 13). •Right of Center (See Figure 14). 4. Install retaining pin assemblies (one top and one bottom) and secure using two bolts (one top and one bottom). 5. Install four bolts (two on the top and two on the bottom) to secure the swing arm assembly to the top and bottom mounting brackets. 6. Tighten the bolts. 7. Install the display on the mount. Figure 13 Figure 14 Top Bolts Top Bolts Top Bolts Installation Instructions PDR Series 11 Swing Arm Tension Adjustment Swing arm tension is pre-set at the factory and is adjusted to accommodate displays with weights near the top of the mounts capacity. If smaller displays are used it may be difficult to reposition the display after mounting. Swing arm tension can be adjusted to compensate for smaller display. NOTE:The display must be mounted prior to adjusting swing arm tension. 1. Locate the adjustment insert (F) and wrench (E) provided with the mount. 2. Place adjustment insert into socket head cap screw located at swing arm pivot point. (See Figure 16) NOTE:The display may need to be repositioned in order to gain access to the tension adjustment screw(s). 3. Using the wrench provided with the mount, turn adjustment insert clockwise to increase swing arm tension or counterclockwise to reduce swing arm tension. (See Figure 16) NOTE:Small adjustments of 1/8 turn or less are typically all that is required to achieve desired tension. 4. Check swing arm tension. If desired tension is present, tension adjustment is complete. If additional tension adjustment is required, repeat steps 2 and 3 until desired tension is achieved. NOTE:If changing from a smaller display to a larger display it may be necessary to increase swing arm tension. Figure 15 Figure 16 Removing Display from Mount 1. Remove bolt or padlock from faceplate (if used). NOTE:The pin may have been used as a more permanent locking device. If so, remove nut and pin and move from the lower holes to the upper holes. 2. Pull back on flag on upper mounting hole and press pin down into "Open" position. (See Figure 17) WARNING:DISPLAY MAY WEIGH IN EXCESS OF 40 LBS! Always use two people and proper lifting techniques when installing or positioning display on mount. 3. Carefully lift display from mount. 4. Lift up on pin and place flag back against faceplate to return it to "Closed" position. Figure 17 Bar Socket Head Cap screw (E) (F) ReduceIncrease 2 1 Remove bolt or padlock if used Pin in "Open" position - Pin in "Closed" position - 4 move to "Open" position to move to "Closed" position remove display after display is removed. USA/International A 6436 City West Parkway, Eden Prairie, MN 55344 P 800.582.6480 / 952.225.6000 F 877.894.6918 / 952.894.6918 Europe A Franklinstraat 14, 6003 DK Weert, Netherlands P +31 (0) 495 580 852 F +31 (0) 495 580 845 Asia Pacific A Office No. 918 on 9/F, Shatin Galleria 18-24 Shan Mei Street Fotan, Shatin, Hong Kong P 852 2145 4099 F 852 2145 4477 PDR Series Installation Instructions Chief, a products division of Milestone AV Technologies 8800-002617 Rev01 ¤2016 Milestone AV Technologies www.milestone.com 07/16 TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Ultra clean, modern appearance >Thin profile and compact footprint >Affordable and easy to install >7” (178 mm) widescreen active-matrix color display >1024 x 600 WSVGA display resolution >Capacitive touch screen technology >Multi-touch capable >Smart Graphics® performance >Backlit soft-touch capacitive buttons >Any/all button hide feature >Auto-brightness control >Voice recognition capability [1,2] >H.264 or MJPEG streaming video display >Built-in 5 MP H.264 IP camera [2] >Built-in microphone and speakers [2] >Rava® SIP intercom and phone technology [2] >Native Sonos® app [1] >Zoom Rooms™ conferencing control mode [6] >Room scheduling mode [4] >Available light bar and hallway sign options [5] >Built-in PinPoint™ beacon [2,7] >Customizable audio feedback >Built-in web browsing [1] >Multi-language support >On-screen keyboard >Customizable screensaver >Single-wire Ethernet connectivity >PoE or PoE+ network powered (refer to specifications) >Enterprise grade security >Web based configuration >Cloud-based provisioning and management >SNMP monitoring support >US, UK, or European electrical wall box mounting >Lectern mount over a rectangular cutout >Retrofit and masonry mounting options available [8] >Multi-surface and ADA compliance mounting options available [3] >Tabletop and swivel mount options available [3] >3 RU rack mount option available [3] >Available in smooth black or white finish Advanced Touch Screen Control A Crestron® touch screen offers an ideal user-interface for controlling all the technology in your home, boardroom, classroom, courtroom, or command center. Touch screens simplify and enhance the way you use technology, doing away with those piles of remote controls, cluttered wall switches, disparate smartphone apps, and cryptic computer screens. For controlling audio, video, lighting, shades, HVAC, security, and other systems, Crestron touch screens are fully-customizable with easy-to-use controls and icons, true feedback and real-time status display, live streaming video, voice recognition, web browsing, and a full-featured media player for an enhanced multiroom entertainment experience. With its clean, contemporary design highlighted by edge-to-edge glass and stunning color graphics, the Crestron TSW-760 Series touch screen makes an elegant statement on any wall, tabletop, lectern, or equipment rack. Perfectly at home in the most contemporary residence or modern office building, its high-tech good looks underline its power for simplifying everyday tasks and functions throughout any facility. The TSW-760 Series delivers the ultimate touch screen experience in an unobtrusive, space-saving design. It features a brilliant 7 inch capacitive touch screen display with Smart Graphics® and 5 soft-touch buttons. PoE connectivity and a range of mounting options make installation a breeze for both new and retrofit applications. Additional advanced features include the abilities to control any function using voice commands, view security cameras and other video sources, communicate using built-in video intercom and phone capabilities, and browse the Internet. Native applications are included to enable use as a room scheduling panel, control a Zoom Rooms™ conferencing system, and enjoy full access to a Sonos® Home Sound System.[1] For room scheduling applications, see also the TSS-7 Series 7” Room Scheduling Touch Screen. Smart Graphics® Crestron touch screens use Smart Graphics to deliver the ultimate user experience and the ultimate value by enabling the creation of dynamically rich user interfaces with incredible efficiency and unparalleled functionality. Using Smart Graphics, programmers can swiftly integrate fluid gesture- driven controls, animated feedback, rich metadata, embedded apps and widgets, and full-motion video for a deeply engaging and ultra-intuitive touch screen experience. TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Crestron Smart Graphics offers these enhancements and more: •Cool-looking graphical buttons, sliders, knobs, and gauges that are intuitive and fun to use •Kinetic effects to enhance the feeling of realism, with lists and toolbars that scroll with momentum at the flick of a fingertip •Drag-and-drop objects that snap into place, offering an easy way to switch sources •Dashboard widgets to personalize the touch screen with clocks, weather, news, and other information [1] •A power-saving screensaver that allows display of time, temperature, and other text content at a reduced brightness level •Customizable themes allowing a completely different look and feel for every user, event, or season •Fully-developed SmartObjects® that enable sophisticated control over complex devices with minimal programming •A consistent look and feel across multiple touch screens of varying sizes Soft-Touch Buttons The TSW-760 includes five backlit, soft-touch capacitive buttons for quick access to commonly used functions. These buttons are pre-labeled with icons for “Power”, “Home”, “Lights”, “Up”, and “Down” functions. Each button is programmable via the control system for custom functionality, and any unused button can be hidden by simply turning off its backlight. Auto-Brightness Control To ensure optimal visibility under varying lighting conditions, the TSW-760 includes a built-in light sensor, which regulates the brightness of the display and button backlighting according to the ambient light level in the room. Separate auto-brightness settings are provided for the display and buttons to allow each to be adjusted or defeated as needed. Voice Recognition Some things are easier said than done, so why not just say what you want and let Crestron do it for you? With built-in voice recognition, the TSW-760 provides the ability to use spoken commands to control virtually anything. Voice recognition can be used to quickly turn devices on or off, select and play a specific media title or playlist, change the channel, choose a lighting scene, lower the windows shades, lock the doors, arm the security system, or enter a password. Simply say a command and Crestron does the rest.[1,2] Streaming Video High-performance streaming video capability makes it possible to view security cameras and other video sources right on the touch screen. Native support for H.264 and MJPEG formats allows the TSW-760 to display live streaming video from an IP camera, a streaming encoder (Crestron CEN-NVS200, DM-TXRX-100-STR, or similar [3]), or a DigitalMedia™ switcher. Video is delivered to the touch screen over Ethernet, eliminating the need for any extra video wiring. Rava® SIP Intercom Rava SIP Intercom Technology enables hands-free VoIP communication with other Rava-enabled touch screens and door stations. Rava works over Ethernet, supporting 2-way intercom, video intercom, and paging without requiring any special wiring. VoIP phone capability is also possible through integration with a SIP-compatible IP phone system or SIP server, allowing hands-free telephone functionality complete with speed-dialing, caller ID, custom ringers, and other enhancements. Built-in echo cancellation affords full-duplex performance for clear, seamless voice communication using the TSW-760’s integrated microphone and speakers.[2] Built-in Camera A 5 megapixel camera is built into the TSW-760 to support video intercom and room monitoring capabilities. This feature allows individuals to communicate both verbally and visually between two touch screens, or between one touch screen and a Rava-compatible video door station. It can also be used to visually monitor any room securely using an H.264 compatible decoder (Crestron DM-TXRX-100-STR, DM-RMC-100-STR, or similar [3]) or a third-party video monitoring system.[2] Sonos® App Merging technologies from Sonos and Crestron brings a whole-house music experience like no other. From any touch screen in the house, a family can effortlessly browse for tracks, artists, or playlists using all the services available from Sonos and instantly play them in any room using TSW-760-B-S with TSW-760-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit TSW-760-W-S – Shown in White TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Sonos wireless speakers or a Crestron Sonnex® Multiroom Audio System. The Sonos app runs natively on the TSW-760, enabling enhanced control of Sonos products as part of a complete Crestron system. The app checks for updates nightly so it’s always current.[1] Room Scheduling Mode As part of a complete enterprise room scheduling solution, the TSW-760 can be deployed in room scheduling mode. Running the Crestron Scheduling App, the TSW-760 integrates directly with Crestron Fusion®, Microsoft® Exchange (for users of Outlook® and Office 365®), or Google Calendar™ (including G Suite™).[4] See also the TSS-7 Series 7” Room Scheduling Touch Screen for an alternate solution. Crestron room scheduling touch screens help organizations to maximize productivity and realize the most usable time out of every meeting space. They install at the entrance to each room to provide indication of the room’s availability and a view of its schedule for the day. If the room is reserved, its touch screen displays details about the current meeting, accented in red, so attendees can immediately confirm they’re in the right place before entering the room. If the room is available, the screen states so in green and shows the time remaining until the next scheduled meeting. If desired, the room can be reserved on the spot for an ad hoc meeting. If you wish to reserve a room for later in the day, just step up to any touch screen, swipe through the room’s timeline for the day, and reserve the room for any available time slot. If that room isn’t available when you want it, the touch screen can find you another available room nearby. Additional optional functions include the abilities to check into a scheduled meeting, extend a meeting, end a meeting early, toggle between two languages, or limit access to various functions using PIN code authorization. Status Indicator Options Adding the optional light bar accessory (TSW-760-LB Series) to a TSW-760 produces a ring of light around the perimeter of the touch screen, which can be seen with just a glance down the hallway. For room scheduling applications, the light bar provides 180° visual indication of a room’s availability status, glowing green if the room is available and red when reserved. Other custom functionality is available through integration with a control system, allowing illumination of the light bar in any color.[5] As an alternative to the light bar, Crestron offers a selection of hallway signs and indicators that mount on the wall or ceiling above each touch screen. The SSW and SSC series hallway signs both feature a two-sided acrylic sign face that can be custom engraved with the room name or number. The SIW-100 offers a lower profile wall mount status indicator.[5] Zoom Rooms™ Mode Native Zoom Rooms mode enables the TSW-760 to be used as a touch screen control panel for a Zoom Rooms software-based conferencing and collaboration solution. The TSW-760 offers a superior alternative to a consumer tablet device, providing a more reliable and secure platform with versatile, streamlined options for tabletop, wall mount, and lectern mount installations. Its 7” color touch screen delivers the same user-friendly Zoom Rooms experience as a typical tablet, but without the risk of misplacing the device. Instead of Wi-Fi®, the TSW-760 uses a wired Ethernet connection to ensure reliable connectivity at all times.[6] The TSW-760 may be configured to run Zoom Rooms Mode exclusively, or to allow toggling between Zoom Rooms Mode and regular Smart Graphics touch screen control mode. The latter allows for integrating Zoom Rooms conferencing into a larger AV system while providing control for both through one touch screen device. PinPoint™ Beacon (Coming Soon) The built-in PinPoint proximity detection beacon enhances the intelligence and personalization of a Crestron system by enabling a smartphone or tablet device to always know what room it’s in. It works with the Crestron App or Crestron PinPoint App, using Bluetooth® technology to determine when the mobile device is in or near the same room as the beacon, and signals the mobile app to automatically display the appropriate controls and information for that location.[2,7] Web Browsing Using its built-in web browser, the TSW-760 provides quick access to online program guides and other web-based services at the touch of a button, allowing enhanced touch screen control of DVRs and other appliances without having to pick up a separate tablet or smartphone. If a device can be controlled or managed through a web browser, it can be integrated into the Crestron system through the TSW-760. Of course, the web browser may also be used to simply browse the Internet, check traffic conditions, or look up a recipe.[1] On-Screen Keyboard Typing in passwords, URLs, and text searches is facilitated using the on-screen multi-language keyboard. Shown in Room Scheduling mode with optional Light Bar and Multi-Surface Mount Kit TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Multi-Touch Support The TSW-760’s capacitive touch screen affords enhanced capabilities for browsing web pages using multi-touch gestures. Audio Feedback Customized audio files can be loaded to add another dimension to the touch screen graphics using personalized sounds, button feedback, and voice prompts. Single-Wire Connectivity A simple Ethernet LAN connection is all that is required to wire the TSW-760, containing all control, video, intercom, and power signals within a single wire. Power over Ethernet Using PoE technology, the TSW-760 gets its operating power right through the network cable. PoE (Power over Ethernet) eliminates the need for a local power supply or any dedicated power wiring. Crestron PoE switches (CEN-SW-POE-5 or CEN-SWPOE-16 [3]) offer a total networking solution with built-in PoE for multiple touch screens. A PoE Injector (PWE-4803RU [3]) is also available to support a single touch screen. Note: Refer to the “Power” specifications for additional details. Enterprise Grade Security Crestron touch screens employ enterprise-grade networking with robust security features such as 802.1X authentication, TLS encryption, HTTPS connectivity, and Active Directory® integration. These features are imperative to protect your network against service interruptions and malicious intrusions, and to ensure compliance with your organization’s stringent network policies. Cloud-based provisioning and management streamlines the process of configuring and monitoring every touch screen on the network and keeping them updated. Additional support for SNMP allows every touch screen to be monitored by your IT administrator alongside every other device on the network. XiO Cloud™ Connected XiO Cloud is Crestron’s unifying cloud-based platform for remotely provisioning, monitoring, and managing Crestron devices across an enterprise or an entire client base. XiO Cloud enables installers and IT managers to deploy and manage thousands of devices in the amount of time it would ordinarily take to manage just one. It provides a zero-touch solution that allows complete configuration of device settings without any hardware in hand, then simply connect each device on site and let XiO Cloud push out the settings, licenses, drivers, and firmware updates – automatically and securely – for a quick and painless, ready-to-use deployment. Ongoing XiO Cloud services facilitate daily management and monitoring of every device through a single dashboard with comprehensive reporting and logging, live status viewing and alerts, performance metrics and analytics, scheduled actions and updates, and more. As requirements grow and evolve, new features and functionality can be added easily to one or many devices at any time without ever going on site. XiO Cloud is a subscription-based service offering an adaptable SaaS (Software as a Service) solution with graduated levels of functionality and unlimited scalability. For more information about XiO Cloud, please visit https://www.crestron.com/xiocloud. Wall or Lectern Mounting Options Using the bracket provided, the TSW-760 is easily installed over a 2-gang or 3-gang US electrical box, or a 2-gang European or UK electrical box. The same bracket allows for installation in a wooden lectern or podium over a rectangular cutout. When installed, the touch screen protrudes just 1/2 inch from the mounting surface and latches firmly into its mounting bracket leaving no visible screws for an ultra clean appearance. A security latch option is included to deter unauthorized removal of the touch screen. Additional mounting options are afforded using the TSW-UMB-60 Universal Mounting Bracket. By itself, the TSW-UMB-60 provides a post-construction solution for retrofitting the TSW-760 into existing drywall. For pre- construction applications that don’t require a back box, the TSW-UMB-60 can be used along with a TSW-UMB-60-PMK Pre-Construction Mounting Kit. Masonry and concrete applications are accommodated using the TSW-UMB-60 along with a TSW-UMB-60-BBI back box. The TSW-UMB-60 is compatible with TSW-560, TSW-760, TSW-1060, TSS-7, and TSS-10 series touch screens, making it easy to swap out devices at any time.[8] For impenetrable surfaces, such as glass, granite, or marble, or for applications requiring ADA compliance, Crestron offers the Multi-Surface Mount Kit (TSW-760/1060-MSMK [3]). This option allows for attaching securely to virtually any smooth, flat surface without screws, providing an ideal solution for modern offices with glass walls or historically significant spaces where cutting and drilling is prohibited. It can also be mounted over a conventional electrical box. When installed, the touch screen is angled upwards at a 20° tilt to allow for mounting at an ADA approved height. When installing the TSW-760 in place of an older Crestron touch screen (APAD, CT-1000, LC-1000, TPS-4L, or TPS-2000L), Crestron offers Retrofit Mounting Brackets (TSW-60-RMB series [3]), which facilitate replacement without having to tear out the old mounting hardware or patch the wall. Tabletop Option Using the optional Tabletop Kit (TSW-760-TTK [3]), the TSW-760 becomes a stylish, freestanding touch screen that fits perfectly on a table, desk, or countertop. It can even be permanently attached to the surface using the optional Swivel Mount Kit (TSW-560/760/1060-SMK [3]). Rack Mount Option The TSW-760 can be mounted in a 19” EIA equipment rack using the optional Rack Mount Kit (TSW-560/760-RMK-1 [3]). When rack mounted, the touch screen occupies three rack spaces. SPECIFICATIONS Touch Screen Display Display Type: TFT active matrix color LCD Size: 7 inch (178 mm) diagonal Aspect Ratio: 17:10 WSVGA Resolution: 1024 x 600 pixels Brightness: 350 nits (cd/m²) Contrast: 1100:1 Color Depth: 24-bit, 16.7M colors Illumination: Edgelit LED w/auto-brightness control TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Viewing Angle: ±80° horizontal, ±80° vertical Touch Screen: Projected capacitive, 5-point multi-touch capable Buttons Hard Keys: (5) Projected capacitive pushbuttons, backlit w/auto-brightness control, per-button show/hide (backlight enable/disable), pre-labeled with icons for “Power”, “Home”, “Lights”, “Up”, and “Down” Reset: (1) Miniature pushbutton on rear panel for hardware reset Graphics Engine Crestron Smart Graphics, multi-language web browser [1], multi-language on-screen keyboard, screensaver, single scalable streaming video window, native Sonos app [1], native room scheduling application [4], native Zoom Rooms app, setup and diagnostics via web browser or onscreen UI Room Scheduling Support Crestron Scheduling App: Crestron Fusion, Microsoft Exchange & Office 365, Google Calendar & G Suite (IBM® Notes® and CollegeNET® 25Live® are also supported through Crestron Fusion On-premises only) [4] Languages Smart Graphics: Arabic, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (UK), English (US), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Portuguese (Brazilian), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Spanish, Swedish, Thai On-Screen Keyboard: Arabic, Chinese (Simplified), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (UK), English (US), Finnish, French (Canada), French (Switzerland), German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmal, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Serbian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Voice Recognition: Afrikaans (South Africa); Chinese, Mandarin (China, Simplified); Chinese, Mandarin (Hong Kong, Simplified); Chinese, Mandarin (Taiwan, Traditional); Chinese, Yue (Hong Kong, Traditional); Czech (Czech Republic); Dutch (Netherlands); English (Australia); English (Canada); English (Generic); English (India); English (New Zealand); English (South Africa); English (UK); English (US); French (France); German (Germany); isiZulu (South Africa); Italian (Italy); Japanese (Japan); Korean (South Korea); Polish (Poland); Portuguese (Brazil); Russian (Russia); Spanish (Spain); Turkish (Turkey) Web Browser: Arabic, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Filipino, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian Bokmal, Pashto, Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Romansh, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese Room Scheduling: Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Danish, Dutch (Netherlands), English (US), English (UK), French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Russian, Spanish, Swedish Memory RAM: 2 GB DDR3L Storage: Firmware/Application: 4 GB Class 10 microSD card; System: 4 GB eMMC Maximum Project Size: 600 MB Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, TCP/IP, UDP/IP, CIP, DHCP, SSL, TLS, SSH, SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol), IEEE 802.1X, SNMP, IPv4 or IPv6, Active Directory authentication, HTTPS web browser setup, XiO Cloud client, IEEE 802.3at compliant USB: USB 2.0 host for room availability light bar or hallway sign [5] Bluetooth: Crestron PinPoint proximity detection beacon [2,7] Streaming Decoder Video Formats: H.264 (MPEG-4 part 10 AVC), MJPEG Audio Formats: AAC stereo Bitrates: Up to 25 Mbps (20 Mbps maximum recommended) Streaming Input Resolutions: Up to 1920x1080@30fps Streaming Protocol: RTSP Streaming Encoder & Camera [2] Camera Resolution: 5.0 MP Field of View: 50º horizontal Video Format: H.264 (MPEG-4 part 10 AVC) Streaming Output Resolution: 1280x720 Streaming Protocol: RTSP, ONVIF discovery Audio Features: Built-in microphone and speakers, Rava SIP Intercom, multi- language voice recognition [1,2] Audio Feedback Formats: MP3 Connectors LAN PoE: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female, with 2 LED indicators; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port & PoE+ PD port; Green and yellow LEDs indicate Ethernet port status USB: (1) USB Type A connector, female; USB 2.0 host port; For optional room availability light bar or hallway sign [5] Power Power over Ethernet: IEEE 802.3at Type 2 compliant PoE+ PD (Powered Device); - Requests 15 Watts from an 802.3at Type 2 PSE with LLDP advanced power management; - Requests 30 Watts (PoE+ Class 4) from an 802.3at Type 2 PSE without LLDP; - Requests 15.4 Watts (PoE Class 0) from an 802.3af (or 802.3at Type 1) PSE TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Environmental Temperature: 32° to 112° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 44 BTU/hr Construction Housing: Plastic, smooth black or white finish, edge-to-edge glass with black or white surround Mounting: Surface mount over a 2 or 3-gang US electrical box, 2-gang European (DIN 49073) electrical box, or 2-gang UK (BS 4662) electrical box; lectern mount over a 2-1/5” H x 3-3/4” W (56 mm H x 96 mm W) cutout; 1-3/8” (35 mm) minimum mounting depth; additional wall mount, surface mount, rack mount, and tabletop options available separately Dimensions Height: 4.79 in (122 mm) Width: 7.61 in (194 mm) Depth: 1.52 in (39 mm) Dimensions do not include the mounting bracket or add-on accessories Weight 14.1 oz (400 g) Compliance UL Listed for US & Canada, IC, CE, FCC Part 15 Class B digital device Notes: 1. Voice recognition, web browsing, weather information, Sonos app, and certain other functions require an Internet connection. 2. The camera, microphone, and Bluetooth transceiver may each be defeated programmatically at any time. For applications demanding an extra measure of privacy, Crestron offers models TSW-760-NC-B-S and TSW-760-NC-W-S, which have no physical camera, microphone, or Bluetooth transceiver installed. 3. Item(s) sold separately. Refer to each product’s spec sheet for complete information. 4. Room Scheduling Mode requires the TSW-760 to be designated exclusively for room scheduling use, which precludes use of certain features and functions described in this spec sheet. For design assistance, contact the Crestron True Blue support team at https://www.crestron.com/support. 5. The light bar and hallway sign accessories are sold separately. Only one light bar or hallway sign may be connected to the TSW-760. Use of either accessory precludes use of the other without the addition of a custom-programmed control system and Cresnet wiring for the hallway sign. Refer to the Accessories section for a list of all available options. Refer to each accessory’s spec sheet for further information. 6. A complete Zoom Rooms solution requires a mini PC or Mac computer running Zoom software, a Zoom Rooms subscription, plus additional peripherals and cables. Visit https://zoom.us/zoomrooms for more information about Zoom Rooms capabilities, hardware requirements, and subscription plans. For design assistance, contact the Crestron True Blue support team at https://www.crestron.com/support. 7. Onboard PinPoint beacon functionality is not currently supported and will be enabled through a future update. When enabled, the TSW-760 will provide an integrated, equivalent alternative to the standalone PP-100-W beacon. For more details, refer to the PP-100-W spec sheet. Bluetooth technology is used solely for proximity detection and does not transmit or receive any control, multimedia, or personal data. PinPoint beacons are only visible to Bluetooth enabled devices that are specifically programmed and configured to work with them. 8. The TSW-UMB-60, TSW-UMB-60-PMK, and TSW-UMB-60-BBI are all sold separately. The TSW-UMB-60 is also compatible with older TSW-UMB-PMK preconstruction mounting kits and TSW-550-BBI back boxes, allowing the TSW-760 touch screen to be installed in place of a previous generation TSW-5xx series touch screen, or any other device that was originally installed using a TSW-UMB-PMK or TSW-550-BBI, without modification to the wall. If replacing another older Crestron device, use the appropriate TSW-60-RMB series retrofit mounting bracket (sold separately). This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, Crestron Fusion, DigitalMedia, PinPoint, Rava, Smart Graphics, SmartObjects, Sonnex, and XiO Cloud are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Bluetooth is either a trademark or registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. CollegeNET and 25Live are either trademarks or registered trademarks of CollegeNET, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Google, G Suite, and Google Calendar are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Google LLC in the United States and/or other countries. IBM and Notes are either trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Active Directory, Office 365, and Outlook are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Sonos is either a trademark or registered trademark of Sonos, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Wi-Fi is either a trademark or registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. Zoom and Zoom Rooms are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Zoom Video Communications, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models TSW-760-B-S: 7” Touch Screen, Black Smooth TSW-760-W-S: 7” Touch Screen, White Smooth Available Accessories TSW-760-TTK Series: Tabletop Kit TSW-560/760/1060-SMK: Swivel Mount Kit for TSW-760-TTK Series TSW-UMB-60: Universal Mounting Bracket for TSW-x60 Series TSW-UMB-60-PMK: Pre-Construction Mounting Kit for TSW-UMB-60 TSW-UMB-60-BBI: Wall Mount Back Box for TSW-UMB-60 TSW-760/1060-RMB-1: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts APAD, CT/LC-1000, or TPS-2000L to TSW-760 TSW-760/1060-RMB-2: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts TPS-4L to TSW-760 TSW-760/1060-MSMK Series: Multi-Surface Mount Kit TSW-560/760-RMK-1: Rack Mount Kit PWE-4803RU: PoE Injector CEN-SW-POE-5: 5-Port PoE Switch CEN-SWPOE-16: 16-Port Managed PoE Switch CEN-NVS200: Network Video Streamer DM-TXRX-100-STR: HD Streaming Transmitter/Receiver DM-RMC-100-STR: HD Streaming Receiver & Room Controller 100 SW-XIOC-S Series: XiO Cloud™ Standard Provisioning and Management Service for one device SW-XIOC-P Series: XiO Cloud™ Premium Provisioning and Management Service for one device TSW-760 Series 7” Touch Screen Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 07/13/18 3.71 in 95 mm 5.76 in 147 mm 1.96 in 50 mm 3.57 in 91 mm 0.05 in 1.2 mm 1.11 in 28 mm 7.61 in 194 mm 0.48 in 13 mm 1.52 in 39 mm 4.79 in 122 mm Wall mounting bracket (included) SW-FUSION-C-3: Crestron Fusion® Cloud; 250 rooms; 3-year service, support, and updates SW-FUSION-P-L: Crestron Fusion® On-premises; Unlimited rooms; lifetime service, support, and updates SW-HS-x-C Series: Crestron Fusion® Cloud Room Scheduling for one touch screen SW-HS-x-P Series: Crestron Fusion® On-premises Room Scheduling for one touch screen TSW-760-LB Series: Room Availability Light Bar SSC Series: Room Availability Hallway Sign, Ceiling Mount SSW Series: Room Availability Hallway Sign, Wall Mount SIW-100: Room Availability Status Indicator, Wall Mount TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Ultra clean, modern appearance >Thin profile and compact footprint >Affordable and easy to install >10.1” (257 mm) widescreen active-matrix color display >1280 x 800 WXGA display resolution >Capacitive touch screen technology >Multi-touch capable >Smart Graphics® performance >Backlit soft-touch capacitive buttons >Any/all button hide feature >Auto-brightness control >Voice recognition capability [1,2] >H.264 or MJPEG streaming video display >Built-in 5 MP H.264 IP camera [2] >Built-in microphone and speakers [2] >Rava® SIP intercom and phone technology [2] >Native Sonos® app [1] >Zoom Rooms™ conferencing control mode [6] >Room scheduling mode [4] >Available light bar and hallway sign options [5] >Built-in PinPoint™ beacon [2,7] >Customizable audio feedback >Built-in web browsing [1] >Multi-language support >On-screen keyboard >Customizable screensaver >Single-wire Ethernet connectivity >PoE or PoE+ network powered (refer to specifications) >Enterprise grade security >Web based configuration >Cloud-based provisioning and management >SNMP monitoring support >US, UK, or European electrical wall box mounting >Lectern mount over a rectangular cutout >Retrofit and masonry mounting options available [8] >Multi-surface and ADA compliance mounting options available [3] >Tabletop and swivel mount options available [3] >4 RU rack mount option available [3] >Available in smooth black or white finish Advanced Touch Screen Control A Crestron® touch screen offers an ideal user-interface for controlling all the technology in your home, boardroom, classroom, courtroom, or command center. Touch screens simplify and enhance the way you use technology, doing away with those piles of remote controls, cluttered wall switches, disparate smartphone apps, and cryptic computer screens. For controlling audio, video, lighting, shades, HVAC, security, and other systems, Crestron touch screens are fully-customizable with easy-to-use controls and icons, true feedback and real-time status display, live streaming video, voice recognition, web browsing, and a full-featured media player for an enhanced multiroom entertainment experience. With its clean, contemporary design highlighted by edge-to-edge glass and stunning HD color graphics, the Crestron TSW-1060 Series touch screen makes an elegant statement on any wall, tabletop, lectern, or equipment rack. Perfectly at home in the most contemporary residence or modern office building, its high-tech good looks underline its power for simplifying everyday tasks and functions throughout any facility. The TSW-1060 Series delivers the ultimate touch screen experience in an unobtrusive, space-saving design. It features a brilliant, high-definition 10.1 inch capacitive touch screen display with Smart Graphics® and 5 soft-touch buttons. PoE connectivity and a range of mounting options make installation a breeze for both new and retrofit applications. Additional advanced features include the abilities to control any function using voice commands, view security cameras and other video sources, communicate using built-in video intercom and phone capabilities, and browse the Internet. Native applications are included to enable use as a room scheduling panel, control a Zoom Rooms™ conferencing system, and enjoy full access to a Sonos® Home Sound System.[1] For room scheduling applications, see also the TSS-10 Series 10.1” Room Scheduling Touch Screen. Smart Graphics® Crestron touch screens use Smart Graphics to deliver the ultimate user experience and the ultimate value by enabling the creation of dynamically rich user interfaces with incredible efficiency and unparalleled functionality. Using Smart Graphics, programmers can swiftly integrate fluid gesture- driven controls, animated feedback, rich metadata, embedded apps and TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 widgets, and full-motion video for a deeply engaging and ultra-intuitive touch screen experience. Crestron Smart Graphics offers these enhancements and more: •Cool-looking graphical buttons, sliders, knobs, and gauges that are intuitive and fun to use •Kinetic effects to enhance the feeling of realism, with lists and toolbars that scroll with momentum at the flick of a fingertip •Drag-and-drop objects that snap into place, offering an easy way to switch sources •Dashboard widgets to personalize the touch screen with clocks, weather, news, and other information [1] •A power-saving screensaver that allows display of time, temperature, and other text content at a reduced brightness level •Customizable themes allowing a completely different look and feel for every user, event, or season •Fully-developed SmartObjects® that enable sophisticated control over complex devices with minimal programming •A consistent look and feel across multiple touch screens of varying sizes Soft-Touch Buttons The TSW-1060 includes five backlit, soft-touch capacitive buttons for quick access to commonly used functions. These buttons are pre-labeled with icons for “Power”, “Home”, “Lights”, “Up”, and “Down” functions. Each button is programmable via the control system for custom functionality, and any unused button can be hidden by simply turning off its backlight. Auto-Brightness Control To ensure optimal visibility under varying lighting conditions, the TSW-1060 includes a built-in light sensor, which regulates the brightness of the display and button backlighting according to the ambient light level in the room. Separate auto-brightness settings are provided for the display and buttons to allow each to be adjusted or defeated as needed. Voice Recognition Some things are easier said than done, so why not just say what you want and let Crestron do it for you? With built-in voice recognition, the TSW-1060 provides the ability to use spoken commands to control virtually anything. Voice recognition can be used to quickly turn devices on or off, select and play a specific media title or playlist, change the channel, choose a lighting scene, lower the windows shades, lock the doors, arm the security system, or enter a password. Simply say a command and Crestron does the rest.[1,2] Streaming Video High-performance streaming video capability makes it possible to view security cameras and other video sources right on the touch screen. Native support for H.264 and MJPEG formats allows the TSW-1060 to display live streaming video from an IP camera, a streaming encoder (Crestron CEN-NVS200, DM-TXRX-100-STR, or similar [3]), or a DigitalMedia™ switcher. Video is delivered to the touch screen over Ethernet, eliminating the need for any extra video wiring. Rava® SIP Intercom Rava SIP Intercom Technology enables hands-free VoIP communication with other Rava-enabled touch screens and door stations. Rava works over Ethernet, supporting 2-way intercom, video intercom, and paging without requiring any special wiring. VoIP phone capability is also possible through integration with a SIP-compatible IP phone system or SIP server, allowing hands-free telephone functionality complete with speed-dialing, caller ID, custom ringers, and other enhancements. Built-in echo cancellation affords full-duplex performance for clear, seamless voice communication using the TSW-1060’s integrated microphone and speakers.[2] Built-in Camera A 5 megapixel camera is built into the TSW-1060 to support video intercom and room monitoring capabilities. This feature allows individuals to communicate both verbally and visually between two touch screens, or between one touch screen and a Rava-compatible video door station. It can also be used to visually monitor any room securely using an H.264 compatible decoder (Crestron DM-TXRX-100-STR, DM-RMC-100-STR, or similar [3]) or a third-party video monitoring system.[2] TSW-1060-B-S with TSW-1060-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit TSW-1060-W-S – Shown in White TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Sonos® App Merging technologies from Sonos and Crestron brings a whole-house music experience like no other. From any touch screen in the house, a family can effortlessly browse for tracks, artists, or playlists using all the services available from Sonos and instantly play them in any room using Sonos wireless speakers or a Crestron Sonnex® Multiroom Audio System. The Sonos app runs natively on the TSW-1060, enabling enhanced control of Sonos products as part of a complete Crestron system. The app checks for updates nightly so it’s always current.[1] Room Scheduling Mode As part of a complete enterprise room scheduling solution, the TSW-1060 can be deployed in room scheduling mode. Running the Crestron Scheduling App, the TSW-1060 integrates directly with Crestron Fusion®, Microsoft® Exchange (for users of Outlook® and Office 365®), or Google Calendar™ (including G Suite™).[4] See also the TSS-10 Series 10.1” Room Scheduling Touch Screen for an alternate solution. Crestron room scheduling touch screens help organizations to maximize productivity and realize the most usable time out of every meeting space. They install at the entrance to each room to provide indication of the room’s availability and a view of its schedule for the day. If the room is reserved, its touch screen displays details about the current meeting, accented in red, so attendees can immediately confirm they’re in the right place before entering the room. If the room is available, the screen states so in green and shows the time remaining until the next scheduled meeting. If desired, the room can be reserved on the spot for an ad hoc meeting. If you wish to reserve a room for later in the day, just step up to any touch screen, swipe through the room’s timeline for the day, and reserve the room for any available time slot. If that room isn’t available when you want it, the touch screen can find you another available room nearby. Additional optional functions include the abilities to check into a scheduled meeting, extend a meeting, end a meeting early, toggle between two languages, or limit access to various functions using PIN code authorization. Status Indicator Options Adding the optional light bar accessory (TSW-1060-LB Series) to a TSW-1060 produces a ring of light around the perimeter of the touch screen, which can be seen with just a glance down the hallway. For room scheduling applications, the light bar provides 180° visual indication of a room’s availability status, glowing green if the room is available and red when reserved. Other custom functionality is available through integration with a control system, allowing illumination of the light bar in any color.[5] As an alternative to the light bar, Crestron offers a selection of hallway signs and indicators that mount on the wall or ceiling above each touch screen. The SSW and SSC series hallway signs both feature a two-sided acrylic sign face that can be custom engraved with the room name or number. The SIW-100 offers a lower profile wall mount status indicator.[5] Zoom Rooms™ Mode Native Zoom Rooms mode enables the TSW-1060 to be used as a touch screen control panel for a Zoom Rooms software-based conferencing and collaboration solution. The TSW-1060 offers a superior alternative to a consumer tablet device, providing a more reliable and secure platform with versatile, streamlined options for tabletop, wall mount, and lectern mount installations. Its 10.1” color touch screen delivers the same user-friendly Zoom Rooms experience as a typical tablet, but without the risk of misplacing the device. Instead of Wi-Fi®, the TSW-1060 uses a wired Ethernet connection to ensure reliable connectivity at all times.[6] The TSW-1060 may be configured to run Zoom Rooms Mode exclusively, or to allow toggling between Zoom Rooms Mode and regular Smart Graphics touch screen control mode. The latter allows for integrating Zoom Rooms conferencing into a larger AV system while providing control for both through one touch screen device. PinPoint™ Beacon (Coming Soon) The built-in PinPoint proximity detection beacon enhances the intelligence and personalization of a Crestron system by enabling a smartphone or tablet device to always know what room it’s in. It works with the Crestron App or Crestron PinPoint App, using Bluetooth® technology to determine when the mobile device is in or near the same room as the beacon, and signals the mobile app to automatically display the appropriate controls and information for that location.[2,7] Web Browsing Using its built-in web browser, the TSW-1060 provides quick access to online program guides and other web-based services at the touch of a button, allowing enhanced touch screen control of DVRs and other appliances without having to pick up a separate tablet or smartphone. If a device can be controlled or managed through a web browser, it can be integrated into the Crestron system through the TSW-1060. Of course, the web browser may also be used to simply browse the Internet, check traffic conditions, or look up a recipe.[1] On-Screen Keyboard Typing in passwords, URLs, and text searches is facilitated using the on-screen multi-language keyboard. Shown in Room Scheduling mode with optional Light Bar and Multi-Surface Mount Kit TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Multi-Touch Support The TSW-1060’s capacitive touch screen affords enhanced capabilities for browsing web pages using multi-touch gestures. Audio Feedback Customized audio files can be loaded to add another dimension to the touch screen graphics using personalized sounds, button feedback, and voice prompts. Single-Wire Connectivity A simple Ethernet LAN connection is all that is required to wire the TSW-1060, containing all control, video, intercom, and power signals within a single wire. Power over Ethernet Using PoE technology, the TSW-1060 gets its operating power right through the network cable. PoE (Power over Ethernet) eliminates the need for a local power supply or any dedicated power wiring. Crestron PoE switches (CEN-SW-POE-5 or CEN-SWPOE-16 [3]) offer a total networking solution with built-in PoE for multiple touch screens. A PoE Injector (PWE-4803RU [3]) is also available to support a single touch screen. Note: PoE+ is required when connecting a light bar or hallways sign via USB. Refer to the “Power” specifications for additional details. Enterprise Grade Security Crestron touch screens employ enterprise-grade networking with robust security features such as 802.1X authentication, TLS encryption, HTTPS connectivity, and Active Directory® integration. These features are imperative to protect your network against service interruptions and malicious intrusions, and to ensure compliance with your organization’s stringent network policies. Cloud-based provisioning and management streamlines the process of configuring and monitoring every touch screen on the network and keeping them updated. Additional support for SNMP allows every touch screen to be monitored by your IT administrator alongside every other device on the network. XiO Cloud™ Connected XiO Cloud is Crestron’s unifying cloud-based platform for remotely provisioning, monitoring, and managing Crestron devices across an enterprise or an entire client base. XiO Cloud enables installers and IT managers to deploy and manage thousands of devices in the amount of time it would ordinarily take to manage just one. It provides a zero-touch solution that allows complete configuration of device settings without any hardware in hand, then simply connect each device on site and let XiO Cloud push out the settings, licenses, drivers, and firmware updates – automatically and securely – for a quick and painless, ready-to-use deployment. Ongoing XiO Cloud services facilitate daily management and monitoring of every device through a single dashboard with comprehensive reporting and logging, live status viewing and alerts, performance metrics and analytics, scheduled actions and updates, and more. As requirements grow and evolve, new features and functionality can be added easily to one or many devices at any time without ever going on site. XiO Cloud is a subscription-based service offering an adaptable SaaS (Software as a Service) solution with graduated levels of functionality and unlimited scalability. For more information about XiO Cloud, please visit https://www.crestron.com/xiocloud. Wall or Lectern Mounting Options Using the bracket provided, the TSW-1060 is easily installed over a 2-gang or 3-gang US electrical box, or a 2-gang European or UK electrical box. The same bracket allows for installation in a wooden lectern or podium over a rectangular cutout. When installed, the touch screen protrudes just 1/2 inch from the mounting surface and latches firmly into its mounting bracket leaving no visible screws for an ultra clean appearance. A security latch option is included to deter unauthorized removal of the touch screen. Additional mounting options are afforded using the TSW-UMB-60 Universal Mounting Bracket. By itself, the TSW-UMB-60 provides a post-construction solution for retrofitting the TSW-1060 into existing drywall. For pre- construction applications that don’t require a back box, the TSW-UMB-60 can be used along with a TSW-UMB-60-PMK Pre-Construction Mounting Kit. Masonry and concrete applications are accommodated using the TSW-UMB-60 along with a TSW-UMB-60-BBI back box. The TSW-UMB-60 is compatible with TSW-560, TSW-760, TSW-1060, TSS-7, and TSS-10 series touch screens, making it easy to swap out devices at any time.[8] For impenetrable surfaces, such as glass, granite, or marble, or for applications requiring ADA compliance, Crestron offers the Multi-Surface Mount Kit (TSW-760/1060-MSMK [3]). This option allows for attaching securely to virtually any smooth, flat surface without screws, providing an ideal solution for modern offices with glass walls or historically significant spaces where cutting and drilling is prohibited. It can also be mounted over a conventional electrical box. When installed, the touch screen is angled upwards at a 20° tilt to allow for mounting at an ADA approved height. When installing the TSW-1060 in place of an older Crestron touch screen (APAD, CT-1000, LC-1000, TPS-4L, TPS-6L, TPS-2000L, or TPS-3100L), Crestron offers Retrofit Mounting Brackets (TSW-60-RMB series [3]), which facilitate replacement without having to tear out the old mounting hardware or patch the wall. Tabletop Option Using the optional Tabletop Kit (TSW-1060-TTK [3]), the TSW-1060 becomes a stylish, freestanding touch screen that fits perfectly on a table, desk, or countertop. It can even be permanently attached to the surface using the optional Swivel Mount Kit (TSW-560/760/1060-SMK [3]). Rack Mount Option The TSW-1060 can be mounted in a 19” EIA equipment rack using the optional Rack Mount Kit (TSW-1060-RMK-2 [3]). When rack mounted, the touch screen occupies four rack spaces. TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 SPECIFICATIONS Touch Screen Display Display Type: TFT active matrix color LCD Size: 10.1 inch (257 mm) diagonal Aspect Ratio: 16:10 WXGA Resolution: 1280 x 800 pixels Brightness: 400 nits (cd/m²) Contrast: 950:1 Color Depth: 24-bit, 16.7M colors Illumination: Edgelit LED w/auto-brightness control Viewing Angle: ±80° horizontal, ±80° vertical Touch Screen: Projected capacitive, 5-point multi-touch capable Buttons Hard Keys: (5) Projected capacitive pushbuttons, backlit w/auto-brightness control, per-button show/hide (backlight enable/disable), pre-labeled with icons for “Power”, “Home”, “Lights”, “Up”, and “Down” Reset: (1) Miniature pushbutton on rear panel for hardware reset Graphics Engine Crestron Smart Graphics, multi-language web browser [1], multi-language on-screen keyboard, screensaver, single scalable streaming video window, native Sonos app [1], native room scheduling application [4], native Zoom Rooms app, setup and diagnostics via web browser or onscreen UI Room Scheduling Support Crestron Scheduling App: Crestron Fusion, Microsoft Exchange & Office 365, Google Calendar & G Suite (IBM® Notes® and CollegeNET® 25Live® are also supported through Crestron Fusion On-premises only) [4] Languages Smart Graphics: Arabic, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (UK), English (US), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Portuguese (Brazilian), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Spanish, Swedish, Thai On-Screen Keyboard: Arabic, Chinese (Simplified), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (UK), English (US), Finnish, French (Canada), French (Switzerland), German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmal, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Serbian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Voice Recognition: Afrikaans (South Africa); Chinese, Mandarin (China, Simplified); Chinese, Mandarin (Hong Kong, Simplified); Chinese, Mandarin (Taiwan, Traditional); Chinese, Yue (Hong Kong, Traditional); Czech (Czech Republic); Dutch (Netherlands); English (Australia); English (Canada); English (Generic); English (India); English (New Zealand); English (South Africa); English (UK); English (US); French (France); German (Germany); isiZulu (South Africa); Italian (Italy); Japanese (Japan); Korean (South Korea); Polish (Poland); Portuguese (Brazil); Russian (Russia); Spanish (Spain); Turkish (Turkey) Web Browser: Arabic, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Filipino, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian Bokmal, Pashto, Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Romansh, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese Room Scheduling: Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Danish, Dutch (Netherlands), English (US), English (UK), French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Russian, Spanish, Swedish Memory RAM: 2 GB DDR3L Storage: Firmware/Application: 4 GB Class 10 microSD card; System: 4 GB eMMC Maximum Project Size: 600 MB Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, TCP/IP, UDP/IP, CIP, DHCP, SSL, TLS, SSH, SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol), IEEE 802.1X, SNMP, IPv4 or IPv6, Active Directory authentication, HTTPS web browser setup, XiO Cloud client, IEEE 802.3at compliant USB: USB 2.0 host for room availability light bar or hallway sign [5] Bluetooth: Crestron PinPoint proximity detection beacon [2,7] Streaming Decoder Video Formats: H.264 (MPEG-4 part 10 AVC), MJPEG Audio Formats: AAC stereo Bitrates: Up to 25 Mbps (20 Mbps maximum recommended) Streaming Input Resolutions: Up to 1920x1080@30fps Streaming Protocol: RTSP Streaming Encoder & Camera [2] Camera Resolution: 5.0 MP Field of View: 50º horizontal Video Format: H.264 (MPEG-4 part 10 AVC) Streaming Output Resolution: 1280x720 Streaming Protocol: RTSP, ONVIF discovery Audio Features: Built-in microphone and speakers, Rava SIP Intercom, multi- language voice recognition [1,2] Audio Feedback Formats: MP3 Connectors LAN PoE: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female, with 2 LED indicators; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port and PoE+ PD port; Green and yellow LEDs indicate Ethernet port status USB: (1) USB Type A connector, female; USB 2.0 host port; For optional room availability light bar or hallway sign [5] TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Power Power over Ethernet: IEEE 802.3at Type 2 compliant PoE+ PD (Powered Device); - Normally requests 15 Watts from an 802.3at Type 2 PSE with LLDP advanced power management; - With room scheduling and USB enabled, requests 18 Watts from an 802.3at Type 2 PSE with LLDP; - Requests 30 Watts (PoE+ Class 4) from an 802.3at Type 2 PSE without LLDP; - Requests 15.4 Watts (PoE Class 0) from an 802.3af (or 802.3at Type 1) PSE Note: Enabling the USB port requires use of an 802.3at Type 2 PoE+ PSE. Environmental Temperature: 32° to 112° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 44 BTU/hr Construction Housing: Plastic, smooth black or white finish, edge-to-edge glass with black or white surround Mounting: Surface mount over a 2 or 3-gang US electrical box, 2-gang European (DIN 49073) electrical box, or 2-gang UK (BS 4662) electrical box; Lectern mount over a 2-1/5” H x 3-3/4” W (56 mm H x 96 mm W) cutout; 1-3/8” (35 mm) minimum mounting depth; Additional wall mount, surface mount, rack mount, and tabletop options available separately Dimensions Height: 6.59 in (168 mm) Width: 10.23 in (260 mm) Depth: 1.52 in (39 mm) Dimensions do not include the mounting bracket or add-on accessories Weight 23.9 oz (675 g) Compliance UL Listed for US & Canada, IC, CE, FCC Part 15 Class B digital device Notes: 1. Voice recognition, web browsing, weather information, Sonos app, and certain other functions require an Internet connection. 2. The camera, microphone, and Bluetooth transceiver may each be defeated programmatically at any time. For applications demanding an extra measure of privacy, Crestron offers models TSW-1060-NC-B-S and TSW-1060-NC-W-S, which have no physical camera, microphone, or Bluetooth transceiver installed. 3. Item(s) sold separately. Refer to each product’s spec sheet for complete information. 4. Room Scheduling Mode requires the TSW-1060 to be designated exclusively for room scheduling use, which precludes use of certain features and functions described in this spec sheet. For design assistance, contact the Crestron True Blue support team at https://www.crestron.com/support. 5. The light bar and hallway sign accessories are sold separately. The TSW-1060 must be powered by a PoE+ power source when a light bar or hallway sign is connected. Only one light bar or hallway sign may be connected to the TSW-1060. Use of either accessory precludes use of the other without the addition of a custom-programmed control system and Cresnet wiring for the hallway sign. Refer to the Accessories section for a list of all available options. Refer to each accessory’s spec sheet for further information. 6. A complete Zoom Rooms solution requires a mini PC or Mac computer running Zoom software, a Zoom Rooms subscription, plus additional peripherals and cables. Visit https://zoom.us/ zoomrooms for more information about Zoom Rooms capabilities, hardware requirements, and subscription plans. For design assistance, contact the Crestron True Blue support team at https://www.crestron.com/support. 7. Onboard PinPoint beacon functionality is not currently supported and will be enabled through a future update. When enabled, the TSW-1060 will provide an integrated, equivalent alternative to the standalone PP-100-W beacon. For more details, refer to the PP-100-W spec sheet. Bluetooth technology is used solely for proximity detection and does not transmit or receive any control, multimedia, or personal data. PinPoint beacons are only visible to Bluetooth enabled devices that are specifically programmed and configured to work with them. 8. The TSW-UMB-60, TSW-UMB-60-PMK, and TSW-UMB-60-BBI are all sold separately. The TSW-UMB-60 is also compatible with older TSW-UMB-PMK preconstruction mounting kits and TSW-550-BBI back boxes, allowing the TSW-1060 touch screen to be installed in place of a previous generation TSW-5xx series touch screen, or any other device that was originally installed using a TSW-UMB-PMK or TSW-550-BBI, without modification to the wall. If replacing another older Crestron device, use the appropriate TSW-60-RMB retrofit mounting bracket (sold separately). This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, Crestron Fusion, DigitalMedia, PinPoint, Rava, Smart Graphics, SmartObjects, Sonnex, and XiO Cloud are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Bluetooth is either a trademark or registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. CollegeNET and 25Live are either trademarks or registered trademarks of CollegeNET, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Google, G Suite, and Google Calendar are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Google LLC in the United States and/or other countries. IBM and Notes are either trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Active Directory, Office 365, and Outlook are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Sonos is either a trademark or registered trademark of Sonos, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Wi-Fi is either a trademark or registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. Zoom and Zoom Rooms are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Zoom Video Communications, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen crestron.com | 800.237.2041 MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models TSW-1060-B-S: 10.1” Touch Screen, Black Smooth TSW-1060-W-S: 10.1” Touch Screen, White Smooth Available Accessories TSW-1060-TTK Series: Tabletop Kit TSW-560/760/1060-SMK: Swivel Mount Kit for TSW-1060-TTK Series TSW-UMB-60: Universal Mounting Bracket for TSW-x60 Series TSW-UMB-60-PMK: Pre-Construction Mounting Kit for TSW-UMB-60 TSW-UMB-60-BBI: Wall Mount Back Box for TSW-UMB-60 TSW-760/1060-RMB-1: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts APAD, CT/LC-1000, or TPS-2000L to TSW-1060 TSW-760/1060-RMB-2: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts TPS-4L to TSW-1060 TSW-1060-RMB-3: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts TPS-6L to TSW-1060 TSW-1060-RMB-4: Retrofit Mounting Bracket – Converts TPS-3100L to TSW-1060 TSW-760/1060-MSMK Series: Multi-Surface Mount Kit TSW-560/760-RMK-2: Rack Mount Kit PWE-4803RU: PoE Injector CEN-SW-POE-5: 5-Port PoE Switch CEN-SWPOE-16: 16-Port Managed PoE Switch CEN-NVS200: Network Video Streamer DM-TXRX-100-STR: HD Streaming Transmitter/Receiver DM-RMC-100-STR: HD Streaming Receiver & Room Controller 100 SW-XIOC-S Series: XiO Cloud™ Standard Provisioning and Management Service for one device SW-XIOC-P Series: XiO Cloud™ Premium Provisioning and Management Service for one device SW-FUSION-C-3: Crestron Fusion® Cloud; 250 rooms; 3-year service, support, and updates SW-FUSION-P-L: Crestron Fusion® On-premises; Unlimited rooms; lifetime service, support, and updates SW-HS-x-C Series: Crestron Fusion® Cloud Room Scheduling for one touch screen SW-HS-x-P Series: Crestron Fusion® On-premises Room Scheduling for one touch screen TSW-1060-LB Series: Room Availability Light Bar SSC Series: Room Availability Hallway Sign, Ceiling Mount SSW Series: Room Availability Hallway Sign, Wall Mount SIW-100: Room Availability Status Indicator, Wall Mount TSW-1060 Series 10.1” Touch Screen Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 07/14/18 10.23 in 260 mm 6.59 in 168 mm 0.48 in 13 mm 1.52 in 39 mm 3.71 in 95 mm 5.76 in 147 mm 1.96 in 50 mm 3.57 in 91 mm 0.05 in 1.2 mm 1.11 in 28 mm Wall mounting bracket (included) FT2-700-ELEC Series FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Simply elegant modular tabletop connectivity >Stunning “dashboard-forward” industrial design >Luxurious machined metal surfaces available in black or alloy >One-touch lid retracts and disappears at the tap of a button >All connections clearly visible, organized, and accessible at the surface >Highly configurable using precision fitted drop-in modules >Choice of pass-through cables, one-touch cable retractors, gravity cable retractors, active connector plates, keystone connector plates, USB rapid chargers, and international AC power outlets >Provides twelve module spaces arranged in two rows of six >Ships with eight cable pass-through plate modules and four blank plate modules (additional modules available, cables sold separately) >Cable connectors nest neatly at the ready in orderly ranks and pull out easily for use >Crestron® FT2A-CBL-PT series pass-through cables (sold separately) offer easy handling and optimized fit >Adjustable plates accommodate a variety of cables with varying connector shapes and sizes >Accepts up to six one-touch cable retractors or gravity cable retractors for a refined feel [3] >Optional connector plate modules provide panel mounted connectors as an alternative to pass-through or retractable cables >Available keystone plate modules accommodate any flush- mount keystone type jack or connector [4] >USB rapid charging modules offer a convenient solution for quickly charging mobile devices at the table [2] >AC power outlet modules are available in a range of international socket types and sizes with optional under-table outlets >Backlit symbol icons on all retractors, connector plates, and USB charging modules illuminate for clear identification in a darkened room [1] >Optional utility shelves accommodate DM® transmitters and other devices below the table >Thoughtful installation features save time and effort >Swiveling dog mounting system accommodates surfaces up to 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick >Fits a 5-3/4 x 7-1/8 inch (146 x 181 mm) rectangular cutout (template provided) >Easily replaces Crestron® FT-600 Series FlipTop™ and Extron® Cable Cubby® 700 devices Crestron® FT2 Series FlipTops™ revolutionize the media presentation experience by making it easier than ever to get connected at a conference table or presentation lectern. The FT2-700-ELEC models feature a stunning industrial design with one-touch lid that retracts fully and disappears with the tap of a button. When opened, a wide assortment of modular cables, connectors, USB rapid charging ports, and power outlets is revealed to facilitate the connection of laptop computers, mobile devices, and other AV sources. All connections reside at the top surface, clearly visible and readily accessible for intuitive usability. A selection of modular components enables custom configuration and quick installation. Backlit symbol icons clearly identify the connection type under any lighting condition.[1] Precision fit and finish affords superb functionality and a clean, sophisticated appearance with machined metal surfaces luxuriously finished in a choice of black or alloy. The FT2-700-ELEC series features a built-in electrical power bus, which enables compatibility with one-touch cable retractors, active connector plates, and USB rapid charging modules. It also enables backlighting of the symbol icons on all retractors, connector plates, and USB charging modules.[1,2] Simple, Flexible Modular Design The FT2-700-ELEC delivers a highly-customizable connectivity solution with a vast selection of pull-out cables, flush-mount connectors, and AC power outlets arranged in orderly ranks for easy selection and access. It is configurable using up to twelve FT2A series modules, organized in two rows with six module spaces per row. Every module is designed to exacting specifications to achieve a refined dashboard-forward look and feel. The final installation provides one smooth, contiguous surface with no visible gaps or screws. Modules drop in easily from above the table, and can be replaced and rearranged freely at any time. Module options include: • Cable Pass-Through Plates: Offers grab-and-go simplicity to get you connected quickly. Every cable sits at the ready with its connector neatly nested and clearly visible right at the top surface. Simply choose a cable, pull it out to any desired length, and connect your device. When nested, the cable loop simply drops below the table. Shown in black finish, lid open, with optional cable retractors, AC power outlet, RJ45 connector plate, and USB rapid charging module FT2-700-ELEC Series FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Cable pass-through plates are ideally designed for use with Crestron FT2A-CBL-PT series pass-through cables (sold separately). These cables feature a highly-flexible, low-friction flat cable construction with robust, sculpted connectors for easy handling and uniform alignment within the FlipTop™. Other cables can be accommodated by choosing one of three height adjustments on each pass-through plate. The FT2-700-ELEC ships with eight cable pass-through plate modules included. Additional modules are available in quantities of ten by ordering model FT2A-PLT-PT-10. • One-Touch Cable Retractors: Retractable cables offer a similar solution to pass-through plates, but with a more refined feel as the cable is pulled out and then returned after use. They also provide an elegant solution for containing the cable loops beneath the table. Using one-touch cable retractors, the cable pulls out to any length up to 5 feet (1.5 m), and retracts gracefully at the touch of a button. The button includes a backlit symbol icon that indicates the cable connector type. The FT2-700-ELEC can accommodate up to six one-touch cable retractors (FT2A-CBLR-1T series, sold separately), which afford smooth pull-out and retraction using an electrically clutched, spring powered mechanism housed within a compact enclosure that attaches to the sides of the FlipTop chassis beneath the table. Each one-touch retractor occupies two module spaces within the FlipTop. Retractors normally install at the left and right ends of a module row, but can also be installed in the middle of a row by adding an FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-700 mid-row adapter bracket (one per row, each sold separately).[3] • Gravity Cable Retractors: Gravity retractors offer a lower-cost alternative to one-touch retractors. They employ a precision gravity-assisted track and pulley mechanism housed within a narrow, vertical enclosure that extends beneath the FlipTop chassis. In use, the cable pulls out to any length up to 2.83 feet (0.86 m), remains out as long as it is lying on the table, and then retracts by simply lifting the cable vertically above the FlipTop. Each gravity retractor includes a backlit symbol icon that indicates the cable connector type. The FT2-700-ELEC can accommodate up to six gravity cable retractors (FT2A-CBLR-GR series, sold separately). Each gravity retractor occupies two module spaces within the FlipTop. Retractors normally install at the left and right ends of a module row, but can also be installed in the middle of a row by adding an FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-700 mid-row adapter bracket (one per row, each sold separately).[3] • Connector Plates: Connector plate modules provide a selection of panel mounted connectors, which allow the connection of devices using separate, detached interface cables (cables not included). Each connector plate module (FT2A-CP series, sold separately) occupies a single module space within the FlipTop, and includes a backlit symbol icon that indicates the connector type. • Keystone Plates: Keystone plate modules allow the installation of any flush-mountable keystone compliant connector, such as the Crestron DigitalMedia™ Ultra Keystone RJ45 Jack (model DM-CONN-ULTRA-RECP-20, sold separately). Keystone jacks and connectors are available in a range of connection types from a variety of third-party manufacturers. Keystone plate modules each occupy a single module space and are available in quantities of ten by ordering model FT2A-PLT-KEY-10.[4] • USB Rapid Chargers: Installing a USB rapid charging module (model FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C, sold separately) provides a convenient solution for quickly charging mobile devices at the table. It includes both USB Type-C™ and Type-A charging ports and a backlit symbol icon. A single USB charging module may be installed in any position in either row within the FlipTop. A second USB charging module may be added, which requires the purchase and installation of a second power supply (model FT2A-UTK-PWS) beneath the table. A maximum of one USB charging module is permitted per row.[2] • AC Power Outlet Modules: AC power outlets are offered in a range of socket types for use in different countries. Outlet modules may be installed in any position within the FlipTop. NEMA type outlets are available for the U.S., Canada, and Mexico, with one, two, or three outlets per module, which occupy two, three, or four module spaces respectively. International outlets are available in a range of types, with one or two outlets per module, occupying two or four module spaces respectively. Some power outlet modules provide two additional outlets beneath the table, and include a single 8 foot (2.44 meter) long cable with grounded plug for connection to an AC power source. Other modules are offered with a single IEC power inlet or attached cord. • Blank Plates: Any unused module space can be filled with a blank plate module. Four blank plate modules are included, and additional modules are available in quantities of ten by ordering model FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10. Quick and Simple Tabletop Installation Thoughtful installation features and accessories save time and effort during installation with minimal time spent beneath the table. Mounting the FlipTop is as simple as cutting the hole, placing the unit in the hole, and turning four screws to engage the swiveling dogs that secure the FlipTop in place. Then install the drop-in modules and add any under-table accessories. To complete the installation, the top cover bezel snaps into place magnetically. The FT2-700-ELEC offers a perfect upgrade to older Crestron FlipTops and similar third-party products. It easily replaces a Crestron FT-600 Series FlipTop or Extron® Cable Cubby® 700 device without any additional cutting required. A mounting surface up to 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick is allowed. A utility shelf accessory (FT2A-UTK-SHELF, sold separately) is available to ease the installation of a Crestron DM® transmitter or other interface FT2-700-ELEC Series FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical crestron.com | 800.237.2041 device beneath the table. The shelf attaches to any side of the FlipTop chassis below the table. Two shelves may be installed on opposing sides of the chassis. Note: See also the FT2-700-MECH series “Mechanical” FlipTops for a lower cost alternative with reduced features and options. SPECIFICATIONS Modules Modules Spaces: 12 (2 rows of 6) Cable Pass-Through Plates: Accommodates up to 12 FT2A-PLT-PT series cable pass-through plate modules (8 are included); each module accommodates one FT2A-CBL-PT series pass-through cable (sold separately) or other interface cable Cable Retractors: Accommodates up to 6 FT2A-CBLR-1T series one-touch cable retractors or FT2A-CBLR-GR series gravity cable retractors; each retractor occupies 2 module spaces; mid-row positions require additional brackets [3] Connector Plates: Accommodates up to 12 FT2A-CP series connector plate modules Keystone Plates: Accommodates up to 12 FT2A-PLT-KEY series keystone plate modules [4] USB Rapid Chargers: Accommodates up to 2 FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C USB rapid charging modules (maximum one per row) [2] Blank Plates: Any unused module space can be filled with one FT2A-PLT-BLANK series blank plate module (4 are included) AC Power Outlet Modules: Accepts a variety of FT2A-PWR series AC power outlet modules; refer to the spec sheet for each FT2A-PWR model for module space requirements Utility Shelves Accommodates up to 2 FT2A-UTK-SHELF under-table utility shelves attached to the left and/or right side, or to the front and/or rear side, beneath the table (a shelf cannot be installed on the same side as a cable retractor or power supply) Connectors (on chassis) DC Power: (2) 2.1 x 5.5 mm DC power connectors; 24 Volt DC power inputs (one per each row of modules); A single FT2A-UTK-PWS power supply and Y-adapter cable are included to power both inputs, a second power supply may be purchased to power each input separately if required [2] NET: (1) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Cresnet® slave port (data only) Ground: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug Controls Lid Open: (1) Mechanical pushbutton; Disengages closed lid to actuate retraction Power Power Supply (included [2]): Input: 1.5 Amps maximum @ 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz; Output: 2.5 Amps @ 24 Volts DC; Model: FT2A-UTK-PWS Cresnet Power: none Utility Power: Dependent upon the AC power outlet module(s) installed; refer to the appropriate FT2A-PWR series spec sheet for more information Environmental Temperature: 32° to 112° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Construction Chassis: Metal, black finish Cover: Metal, black or alloy finish, mechanically retracting lid, magnetically-attached bezel Mounting: Flush tabletop mount, fastened by four swiveling dogs, 1-3/4 in (44 mm) maximum surface thickness, 5-3/4 in (146 mm) deep x 7-1/8 in (181 mm) wide cutout (template provided) Power Supply: Attaches to any side of the FlipTop chassis beneath the table Dimensions Height: 7.18 in (183 mm) with lid closed; 7.50 in (191 mm) with lid opened Width: 7.81 in (199 mm) Depth: 7.21 in (184 mm) Dimensions shown do not include the power supply or other accessories; refer to each product’s spec sheet for additional dimensions and clearances Weight 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) without power supply or other accessories Compliance CE, IC, FCC Part 15 Class B digital device Notes: 1. Backlit symbol icons are provided on the cable retractors, connector plates, and USB charging modules only. Cable pass-through plates, keystone plates, and AC power outlets do not include backlit symbol icons. 2. A single USB rapid charging module is supported using the included power supply. A second power supply, model FT2A-UTK-PWS, must be purchased and installed to support a second USB charging module. A maximum of one USB charging module is permitted per row. 3. Cable retractors are normally installed at the left and/or right end of either row. To enable installation of retractors in the middle positions requires the additional purchase and installation of mid-row adapter brackets (one per row, model FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-700). A mid-row retractor occupies the third and fourth module slots of the row. 4. Only flush mount keystone connectors may be used. Connectors that stand out from the mounting plate surface are not compatible. FT2-700-ELEC Series FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical crestron.com | 800.237.2041 This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, Cresnet, DigitalMedia, DM, FlipTop, and FlipTops are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Cable Cubby is either a trademark or registered trademark of Extron Electronics in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI is either a trademark or registered trademark of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Extron is either a trademark or registered trademark of RGB Systems, Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. USB-C and USB Type-C are either trademarks or registered trademarks of USB Implementers Forum, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models FT2-700-ELEC-B: FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical, Black FT2-700-ELEC-AL: FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical, Alloy Included Accessories FT2A-UTK-PWS: Power Supply for FT2 ELEC Series (Qty. 1 included) Available Accessories FT2A-UTK-PWS: Power Supply FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-700: Mid-Row Cable Retractor Adapter Bracket FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C: USB Rapid Charging Module, USB Type-C & Type-A High Power Charging Ports, Bus Powered FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10: Blank Plate Modules, Qty. 10 FT2A-PLT-PT-10: Cable Pass-Through Plate Modules, Qty. 10 FT2A-PLT-KEY-10: Keystone Plate Modules, Qty. 10 FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-HD: Pass-Through Cable, HDMI® to HDMI, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-DP: Pass-Through Cable, DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-DP-HD: Pass-Through Cable, DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-MDP-DP: Pass-Through Cable, Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-MDP-HD: Pass-Through Cable, Mini DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-4K-USBC-HD: Pass-Through Cable, USB-C™ to HDMI®, 18 Gbps, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-VGA: Pass-Through Cable, HD15 male to HD15 male, VGA, 1080p, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-AUDIO: Pass-Through Cable, 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug to 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug, Stereo Audio, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-CAT6: Pass-Through Cable, RJ-45 to RJ-45, CAT6, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBL-PT-USB: Pass-Through Cable, USB-A to USB-A, USB 3.0, 8 ft (2.4 m) FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-HD: One-Touch Cable Retractor, HDMI® to HDMI, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-DP: One-Touch Cable Retractor, DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-DP-HD: One-Touch Cable Retractor, DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-MDP-DP: One-Touch Cable Retractor, Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-MDP-HD: One-Touch Cable Retractor, Mini DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-4K-USBC-HD: One-Touch Cable Retractor, USB-C™ to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-1T-VGA: One-Touch Cable Retractor, HD15 male to HD15 male, VGA, 1080p FT2A-CBLR-1T-AUDIO: One-Touch Cable Retractor, 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug to 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug, Stereo Audio FT2A-CBLR-1T-CAT6: One-Touch Cable Retractor, RJ-45 to RJ-45, CAT6 FT2A-CBLR-1T-USB: One-Touch Cable Retractor, USB-A to USB-A, USB 3.0 FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor, HDMI® to HDMI, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP: Gravity Cable Retractor, DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor, DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-DP: Gravity Cable Retractor, Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor, Mini DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-USBC-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor, USB-C™ to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-VGA: Gravity Cable Retractor, HD15 male to HD15 male, VGA, 1080p FT2A-CBLR-GR-AUDIO: Gravity Cable Retractor, 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug to 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug, Stereo Audio FT2A-CBLR-GR-CAT6: Gravity Cable Retractor, RJ-45 to RJ-45, CAT6 FT2A-CBLR-GR-USB: Gravity Cable Retractor, USB-A to USB-A, USB 3.0 FT2A-CP-4K-HD: Connector Plate Module, HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CP-4K-DP: Connector Plate Module, DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CP-VGA: Connector Plate Module, HD15 Female, VGA FT2A-CP-AUD: Connector Plate Module, 3.5mm Mini-TRS Jack, Stereo Audio FT2A-CP-AUD-RCA2: Connector Plate Module, 2 RCA Jacks, White & Red, Stereo Audio FT2A-CP-VID-RCA1: Connector Plate Module, RCA Jack, Yellow, Video FT2A-CP-RJ45: Connector Plate Module, RJ45, CAT6 FT2A-CP-USBA: Connector Plate Module, USB-A, USB 3.0 FT2A-PWR-US-1-BASIC: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, US NEMA 5, Type B, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-US-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-US-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table w/Under-table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-US-3: AC Power Outlet Module, Triple, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2-700-ELEC Series FlipTop™ FT2 Series, 700 Size, Electrical Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 11/01/18 7.21 in 184 mm 6.92 in 176 mm 6.88 in 175 mm 0.19 in 5 mm 7.81 in 199 mm 0.47 in 12 mm 0.58 in 15 mm 5.68 in 145 mm 0.77 in 20 mm 0.25 in 7 mm FT2A-PWR-EU-1-C14: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, European “Schuko” Type F Outlet, IEC C14 Inlet FT2A-PWR-UK-1-C14: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, UK Type G Outlet, IEC C14 Inlet FT2A-PWR-UN-1-C14: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Universal Outlet, IEC C14 Inlet FT2A-PWR-AU-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Australia/New Zealand/ China, Type I, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-AU-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, Australia/New Zealand/ China, Type I, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-EU-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, European “Schuko”, Type F, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-EU-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, European “Schuko”, Type F, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-FR-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, France/Belgium, Type E, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-FR-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, France/Belgium, Type E, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-IS-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Israel, Type H, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-IS-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, Israel, Type H, w/2 Under- Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-IT-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Italy, Type L, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-IT-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, Italy, Type L, w/2 Under- Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-SW-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Switzerland, Type J, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-SW-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Switzerland, Type J, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-UK-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, UK, Type G, Attached Power Cord FT2A-PWR-UK-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, UK, Type G, w/2 Under- Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-UN-1: AC Power Outlet Module, Single, Universal, IEC C14 Inlet FT2A-PWR-UN-2: AC Power Outlet Module, Dual, Universal, w/2 Under- Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-UTK-SHELF: Under-Table Utility Shelf FT2A-CBLR-GR Series Gravity Cable Retractors for FT2 Series crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Convenient and cost-effective connectivity for FT2 Series FlipTops™ >Precision gravity-assisted track and pulley retraction mechanism >Cable pulls out smoothly to any length up to 34 inches (86 cm) >Cable retracts gracefully by simply lifting it vertically above the table >Highly flexible, low friction flat cable construction >Robust soft-feel sculpted connectors for easy handling >Durable construction for years of reliable use >Backlit international symbol icon identifies the connector type [1] >Active 4K models support 4K60 4:4:4 digital AV signals >Support for HDR and HDCP 2.2 >4K models available for HDMI® and DisplayPort devices >Additional 4K models available to convert from DisplayPort to HDMI, Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort, Mini DisplayPort to HDMI, and USB-C™ to HDMI >Passive models available for VGA, stereo audio, LAN, and USB 3.0 >Requires two module spaces at either end of a FlipTop module row >Optional mid-row installation using additional brackets >Retractor housing snaps onto the FlipTop chassis and extends vertically beneath the table >Requires 28-7/16 inch (722 mm) vertical clearance below the table top surface >Provides a 4 foot (1.2 meter) long tail below the table Crestron® Gravity Cable Retractors (FT2A-CBLR-GR Series) offer a refined cable management solution for use with Crestron FT2 Series FlipTops™. Each cable pulls out smoothly to any length up to 34 inches (86 cm) and stays out as long as it remains laying on the tabletop. Simply lifting the cable vertically above the FlipTop™ allows the cable to retract gently back into the FlipTop. Gravity cable retractors use a precision gravity-assisted track and pulley mechanism housed in a vertical enclosure beneath the table. Each Gravity Cable Retractor is composed of a retractor enclosure and pass-through module. The enclosure attaches to the FlipTop chassis beneath the table, while the module installs in the top of the FlipTop. A 4 foot long cable tail is provided below the table for connection to a DM® transmitter or similar interface device. The pull-out end of the cable passes up through the module so that the connector nests neatly in place and pulls out easily for use. Each module is labeled with an international symbol icon indicating the connection type, which is backlit when installed in an “Electrical” FT2 FlipTop. When installed in a “Mechanical” FlipTop, the symbol icon remains legible but is not backlit. The pass-through module occupies two module spaces within the FlipTop. The retractor enclosure slides onto the side of the FlipTop chassis beneath the table and locks into place with a snap. Retractors normally install at the left and right ends of a module row, but can also be installed in the middle of a row by adding an FT2A-CBLR-BRKT series mid-row adapter bracket (one per row, each sold separately). Installation requires 28-7/16 inches (722 mm) minimum vertical clearance below the top surface of the table. End-mounted retractors require 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) horizontal clearance to either side of the chassis, while mid-row retractors require 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) horizontal clearance to the front or rear of the chassis. Several models of gravity cable retractors are offered. The following “4K” models feature a minimum TMDS bandwidth of 18 Gbps to support ultra high-definition digital video signals up to 4K60 4:4:4. Active circuitry is employed for optimal performance. • HDMI® to HDMI – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-HD provides a retractable High-Speed HDMI® cable with a male HDMI Type A connector at both ends. • DisplayPort to DisplayPort – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP provides a retractable DisplayPort cable with a male DisplayPort connector at both ends. • DisplayPort to HDMI – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP-HD provides a retractable cable with a male DisplayPort connector at the source end above the table and a male HDMI Type A connector at the sink end below the table; converts DisplayPort to HDMI to allow connection of a DisplayPort source to an HDMI input. • Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-DP provides a retractable cable with a male Mini DisplayPort connector at the source end above the table and a regular-sized male DisplayPort connector at the sink end below the table; converts Mini DisplayPort to standard DisplayPort to allow connection of a Mini DisplayPort source to a DisplayPort input. • Mini DisplayPort to HDMI – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-HD provides a retractable cable with a male Mini DisplayPort connector at the source end above the table and a male HDMI Type A connector at the sink end below the table; converts Mini DisplayPort to HDMI to allow connection of a Mini DisplayPort source to an HDMI input. • USB-C™ to HDMI – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-USBC-HD provides a retractable cable with a male USB Type-C™ connector at the source end above the table and a male HDMI Type A connector at the sink end below the table; converts USB-C to HDMI to allow connection of a USB-C source to an HDMI input. Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-HD shown (module portion) FT2A-CBLR-GR Series Gravity Cable Retractors for FT2 Series crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Additional models are available to support analog AV and data signals. These cables retractors are passive. • VGA – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-VGA provides a retractable VGA cable with a male HD15 connector at both ends; supports resolutions up to Full HD 1080p. • Stereo Audio – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-AUDIO provides a retractable unbalanced stereo audio cable with a male 3.5 mm mini-TRS connector at both ends. • LAN – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-CAT6 provides a retractable CAT6 LAN cable with a male RJ-45 connector at both ends. • USB 3.0 – Model FT2A-CBLR-GR-USB provides a retractable USB 3.0 cable with a male USB Type-A connector at both ends. Should the cable within an FT2A-CBLR-GR series retractor ever become damaged, it can be replaced on site using a new FT2A-CBL-PT series cable. Note: See also the FT2A-CBLR-1T Series “One-Touch” Cable Retractors for applications with limited vertical space beneath the table. SPECIFICATIONS Cable Pull-Out Length: Up to 2.83 ft (0.86 m) above table Back End Tail Length: 4 ft (1.2 m) beneath table Indicator Symbol Icon: (1) Blue LED backlit icon indicating the cable connector type, illuminates constantly when FlipTop is powered [1] Environmental Temperature: 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Construction Pass-Through Module: Precision fit plastic drop-in module, 2-space, black Retractor Enclosure: Metal housing with plastic neck End Mounting: • Module requires two consecutive module spaces at the left or right end of any module row within the FlipTop chassis; • Enclosure attaches beneath the table to mounting slots on the left or right side of the FlipTop chassis; • Requires 28.4 inches (722 mm) minimum vertical clearance beneath the top surface of the table; • Projects 2.15 inches (55 mm) from the side of the FlipTop chassis beneath the table, and requires an additional 0.2 inch or 5 mm for installation Mid-Row Mounting: • Requires an FT2A-CBLR-BRKT series mid-row adapter bracket (one per row, each sold separately); • Module requires two consecutive module spaces in the middle of any module row within the FlipTop chassis (refer to the relevant FT2A-CBLR-BRKT model spec sheet for additional details); • Enclosure attaches beneath the table to mounting slots on the front or rear of the FlipTop chassis (via the bracket); • Requires 28.4 inches (722 mm) minimum vertical clearance beneath the top surface of the table; • Projects 2.55 inches (65 mm) from the front or rear of the FlipTop chassis beneath the table, and requires an additional 0.2 inch or 5 mm for installation Dimensions Height: 25.80 in (656 mm) Width: 4.07 in (104 mm) Depth: 1.85 in (47 mm) Dimensions shown are for the retractor enclosure only Notes: 1. The symbol icon on the top face of the module is only backlit when installed in an FT2 ELEC series “Electrical” FlipTop. When installed in an FT2 MECH series “Mechanical” FlipTop, it is not backlit but remains legible. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, DM, FlipTop, and FlipTops are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI is either a trademark or registered trademark of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. USB-C and USB Type-C are either trademarks or registered trademarks of USB Implementers Forum, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. FT2A-CBLR-GR Series Gravity Cable Retractors for FT2 Series crestron.com | 800.237.2041 FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-HD FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP & FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP-HD FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-DP & FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-HD FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-USBC-HD FT2A-CBLR-GR-VGA FT2A-CBLR-GR-AUDIO FT2A-CBLR-GR-CAT6 FT2A-CBLR-GR-USB Pass-Through Modules shown with retractable cables MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, HDMI® to HDMI, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-DP-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-DP: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-MDP-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, Mini DisplayPort to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-4K-USBC-HD: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, USB-C™ to HDMI®, 18 Gbps FT2A-CBLR-GR-VGA: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, HD15 male to HD15 male, VGA, 1080p FT2A-CBLR-GR-AUDIO: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug to 3.5mm Mini-TRS Plug, Stereo Audio FT2A-CBLR-GR-CAT6: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, RJ-45 to RJ-45, CAT6 FT2A-CBLR-GR-USB: Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series, USB-A to USB-A, USB 3.0 Available Accessories FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-700: Mid-Row Cable Retractor Adapter Bracket for FT2-700 Series FT2A-CBLR-BRKT-1400: Mid-Row Cable Retractor Adapter Bracket for FT2-1400 Series FT2A-CBLR-GR Series Gravity Cable Retractors for FT2 Series Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/31/18 1.83 in 47 mm 1.85 in 47 mmSource end cable extends up to 34” (86 cm) from FlipTop 25.80 in 656 mm 24.47 in 622 mm 0.75 in 20 mm 7.65 in 195 mm 3.71 in 95 mm 1.34 in 34 mm 28.38 in 721 mm 2.15 in 55 mm 4.07 in 104 mm 2.15 in 55 mm Sink end cable with 48” (122 cm) tail length Retractor module 2.32 in 59 mm 3.26 in 83 mm 1.98 in 51 mm Retractor shown attached to FlipTop FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 ELEC Series crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Adds USB rapid charging capability to an FT2 ELEC Series FlipTop™ [1] >Provides one USB Type-C™ charging port and one USB Type-A charging port >Supplies 32.5 Watts at up to 20 Volts for USB-C devices >Supplies 12 Watts at 5 Volts for USB-A devices >Simultaneously charges two devices (limits USB-A to 2.5 Watts) >Backlit “high-powered USB charging” symbol icon >Simple drop-in modular design >Powered via the FlipTop power bus [1] >Occupies a single module space within the FlipTop [1] >USB cables not included The USB Rapid Charging Module (FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C) is a single-space module designed for installation in a Crestron® FT2 ELEC Series FlipTop™. It provides one USB Type-C™ charging port and one USB Type-A charging port, which may be used simultaneously to quickly charge two mobile phones, laptops, or tablet devices at the table. The module is labeled with a backlit icon depicting the international symbol for a high-powered USB charging port. The USB-C™ port supports rapid charging of a single device at up to 32.5 Watts. Variable rate charging at up to 20 Volts enables the USB-C device to negotiate the optimal voltage it requires based on its charging capabilities and current battery condition. The USB-A port supports charging of a single device at up to 12 Watts at 5 Volts. When both ports are used simultaneously, USB-A charging is limited to 2.5 Watts (500 mA). A maximum of two FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C modules may be installed in a single FT2-700-ELEC series FlipTop. When two modules are installed, each module must be positioned in a different module row and the FlipTop must be equipped with a second power supply (model FT2A-UTK-PWS, sold separately). Note: The FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C is only compatible with FT2 ELEC series “Electrical” FlipTops™. It is not compatible with FT2 MECH series “Mechanical” FlipTops. The FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C is for powering and charging USB devices and does not pass USB data through to any other device. SPECIFICATIONS USB Charging USB-C: Supplies 32.5 Watts at 5, 9, 15, or 20 Volts DC as demanded by the device under charge USB-A: Supplies 12 Watts at 5 Volts DC if USB-C port is not in use; Supplies 2.5 Watts at 5 Volts DC if USB-C port is in use Connectors USB-C: USB Type-C charging port, female USB-A: USB Type-A charging port, female Indicator Symbol Icon: (1) Blue LED backlit icon with international high-powered USB charging port symbol, illuminates constantly when FlipTop is powered [1] Power Powered via the FlipTop power bus (FT2 ELEC series only) [1] Environmental Temperature: 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 ELEC Series Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 04/20/18 Construction Precision fit plastic drop-in module, black, requires one module space within the FlipTop chassis [1] Weight TBD Compliance UL Listed for US & Canada, CE, IC, FCC Part 15 Class B digital device Available Models FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C: USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 ELEC Series Notes: 1. A maximum of two FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C modules may be installed in a single FT2-700-ELEC series FlipTop. When two modules are installed, each module must be positioned in a different module row and the FlipTop must be equipped with a second power supply (model FT2A-UTK-PWS, sold separately). The FT2A-CHGR-USBA/C is only compatible with FT2 ELEC series “Electrical” Fliptops. It is not compatible with FT2A MECH series “Mechanical” FlipTops. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, FlipTop, and FlipTops are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. USB-C and USB Type-C are either trademarks or registered trademarks of USB Implementers Forum, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Plate Modules for FT2 Series, Qty. 10 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 04/23/18 >Fills a single empty module space within an FT2 series FlipTops™ >Covers the opening with a matching smooth black surface >Simple drop-in modular design >Sold in packs of ten to supplement those provided with each FlipTop Provides a quantity of ten blank plates for use with Crestron® FT2 Series FlipTops™ to cover any unused module spaces within the FlipTop™. Each blank plate module fills and covers a single empty module space. Note: FT2 Series FlipTops ship with a quantity of blank plate modules included. Refer to the appropriate FlipTop spec sheet for more information. The FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 provides additional blank plate modules to supplement those provided with the FlipTop. Notes: This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, FlipTop, and FlipTops are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. FT2A-PWR-US Series AC Power Outlet Modules for FT2 Series, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Adds one or more AC power outlets to an FT2 Series FlipTop™ >Outlets sit nearly flush at the top of the FlipTop for easy access >Models available with one, two, or three NEMA 5 type receptacles >All models include two additional receptacles below the table >Connects to the AC power source via an 8 ft (2.44 m) long power cord with grounded plug >Suitable for use in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, and other locales >Rated 10 Amps at 125 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz >UL® Listed for US and Canada >Simple drop-in modular design >Single outlet model occupies two module space within the FlipTop >Dual outlet model occupies three module space within the FlipTop >Triple outlet model occupies four module space within the FlipTop Crestron® FT2A-PWR-US Series AC Power Outlet Modules are designed for installation within a Crestron FT2 Series FlipTop™ to provide one or more NEMA 5 type receptacles above the table. Three models are offered, providing a choice of one, two, or three outlets per module. Each model also provides two additional outlets below the table. The single outlet module (FT2A-PWR-US-1) occupies two module spaces within the FlipTop, while the dual outlet module (FT2A-PWR-US-2) requires three module spaces, and the triple outlet module (FT2A-PWR-US-3) demands four module spaces. Each FT2A-PWR-US series module is rated for 10 Amps at 125 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz and is UL® Listed. They are suitable for use in the United States, Canada, Mexico, and other countries or regions where NEMA type power outlets are used (Commerce Department Plug Type B). An 8 foot (2.44 meter) long cord with grounded plug is attached at the bottom of each module for connection to an AC power source below the table. SPECIFICATIONS Power Rating Per Outlet: 10 Amps @ 125 Volts AC, 50/60 HZ Module Total: 10 Amps @ 125 Volts AC, 50/60 HZ Receptacles & Plugs Outlets Above Table: (1, 2, or 3) NEMA 5-15R grounded AC power receptacles, Commerce Dept. Type B Outlets Below Table: (2) 18 inch (457 mm) attached cables with (1) NEMA 5-15R grounded AC power receptacle per cable Main Power Plug: (1) 8 foot (2.44 meter) attached cable with NEMA 5-15P grounded AC power plug Model: FT2A-PWR-US-3 Model: FT2A-PWR-US-2 Model: FT2A-PWR-US-1 FT2A-PWR-US Series AC Power Outlet Modules for FT2 Series, US NEMA 5 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Environmental Temperature: 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Construction Composition: Precision fit plastic drop-in module, black, includes inline junction capsule with attached cables beneath the table Mounting: • FT2A-PWR-US-1 requires two consecutive module spaces within the FlipTop chassis; • FT2A-PWR-US-2 requires three consecutive module spaces within the FlipTop chassis; • FT2A-PWR-US-3 requires four consecutive module spaces within the FlipTop chassis; • Refer to the dimensional drawings for clearances required to accommodate the inline junction capsule and cabling beneath the table Compliance UL Listed for US & Canada Available Models FT2A-PWR-US-1: AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, Single, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-US-2: AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, Dual, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord FT2A-PWR-US-3: AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, Triple, US NEMA 5, Type B, w/2 Under-Table Outlets & Cord Notes: This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, and FlipTop are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. UL is either a trademark or registered trademark of UL LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 4.61 in 118 mm 8.00 in 204 mm 1.84 in 47 mm 18.00 in 458 mm 4.31 in 110 mm 8.0 ft 2.44 m 3.13 in 80 mm 2.32 in 59 mm 3.97 in 101 mm Model: FT2A-PWR-US-3 FT2A-PWR-US Series AC Power Outlet Modules for FT2 Series, US NEMA 5 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/28/18 4.61 in 118 mm 8.00 in 204 mm 1.84 in 47 mm 18.00 in 458 mm 4.31 in 110 mm 8.0 ft 2.44 m 3.13 in 80 mm 2.32 in 59 mm 2.98 in 76 mm 4.61 in 118 mm 8.00 in 204 mm 4.31 in 110 mm 18.00 in 458 mm 8.0 ft 2.44 m 1.84 in 47 mm 1.98 in 50 mm 3.13 in 80 mm 2.32 in 59 mm Model: FT2A-PWR-US-1Model: FT2A-PWR-US-2 HD-EXT-USB-2000-C 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >HDBaseT® Certified 4K Ultra HD signal extender >Extends uncompressed digital video, audio, control, and LAN signals over a single CAT type twisted pair cable [1] >Supports cable lengths up to 330 ft (100 m) depending on the video resolution and wire type [1] >Handles video resolutions up to 4K60 4:2:0 and 4K30 4:4:4 >Handles 3D video and Deep Color >Supports Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, DTS-HD®, and uncompressed 7.1 linear PCM audio >Compatible with HDMI®, DVI, and DisplayPort Multimode sources [2] >Compatible with HDMI and DVI display devices [2] >Includes balanced and unbalanced stereo analog audio input and output [3,4] >Supports stereo analog audio embedding and de-embedding >HDCP 2.2 compliant >Passes CEC and EDID signals >Extends 10/100 Ethernet, RS-232, and IR control signals >Extends USB 2.0 signals in either direction (mode selectable) [5] >Low-profile surface mount design >Universal 100-240V power pack included >Ideal for use with Crestron Mercury™ systems The HD-EXT-USB-2000-C is a point-to-point signal extender for HDMI®, USB 2.0, RS-232, IR, and Ethernet signals. Analog audio input and/or output signals are also supported in combination with HDMI video. The HD-EXT-USB-2000-C is ideal for use with a single HD or UHD display device and USB camera to extend the signal wiring from an AV media source, computer, central equipment cabinet, or Crestron Mercury™ Tabletop Conference System. The extender is composed of a compact transmitter and receiver pair, which may be installed up to 330 feet (100 meters) apart (depending on the video resolution and wire type). Video, audio, control, and LAN signals are all transported through a single CAT type cable (not included) using HDBaseT® technology.[1] Note: This product is not addressable from a control system and offers no programmable functionality. Ethernet, USB, CEC, IR, and RS-232 signals are simply passed through. The transmitter and receiver are intended to be used together and are not intended to be interfaced with other HDBaseT equipment. SPECIFICATIONS Video Input Signal Types (@TX): HDMI w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K (DVI & Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [2]) Output Signal Types (@RX): HDMI w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K (DVI compatible [2]) Maximum Resolutions: Scan Type Resolution Frame Rate Color Sampling Color Depth Progressive 4096x2160 DCI 4K & 3840x2160 4K UHD 24 Hz 4:4:4 30 bit 30 Hz 4:4:4 24 bit 30 Hz 4:2:2 36 bit 60 Hz 4:2:0 24 bit 2560x1600 WQXGA 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit 1920x1080 HD1080p 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit Interlaced 1920x1080 HD1080i 30 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit NOTE: Common resolutions are shown; other custom resolutions are supported at pixel clock rates up to 300 MHz Audio Input Signal Types (@TX): HDMI (Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible), analog stereo [3] Output Signal Types (@RX): HDMI, analog stereo [4] HD-EXT-USB-2000-C 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Digital Formats: Dolby Digital®, Dolby Digital EX, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Atmos, DTS®, DTS-ES, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Res, DTS-HD Master Audio, LPCM up to 8 channels Analog Formats: Stereo 2-channel Analog-To-Digital Conversion: 24-bit 48 kHz Digital-To-Analog Conversion: 24-bit 48 kHz Analog Performance: Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz ±0.5 dB; S/N Ratio: >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz A-weighted; THD+N: <0.005% @ 1 kHz; Stereo Separation: >80 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps pass-through USB: USB 2.0 pass-through (also supports firmware update via USB mass storage device at TX) RS-232: 2-way serial pass-through up to 115.2k baud (TD/RD only) IR: Bidirectional IR signal pass-through up to 60 kHz HDMI: HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC pass-through HDBaseT: HDCP 2.2, EDID, PoE+, Ethernet, IR/RS-232 (intended for signal extension between TX & RX only) Connectors – Transmitter (HD-TX-USB-2000-C) HDMI IN: (1) HDMI Type A connector, female; HDMI digital video/audio input; (DVI & Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [2]) AUDIO IN: (1) 3.5 mm TRS mini phone jack & (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Balanced or unbalanced stereo line-level audio input [3]; Maximum Input Level: 4 Vrms balanced, 2 Vrms unbalanced; Input Impedance: 10k Ohms balanced, 5k Ohms unbalanced; Note: The TRS jack is unbalanced stereo and paralleled with the L+ (tip), R+ (ring), and ground (sleeve) terminals; only one audio input connection should be used; this input signal supplants the HDMI audio input signal when selected USB (host): (1) USB Type A connector, female; USB 2.0 host port for connection of a mouse, keyboard, or any other USB 2.0 peripheral device [5]; Passes USB data to/from the USB device port on the RX when in DEVICE mode; Available Power: 1 Amp at 5 Volts DC USB (device): (1) USB Type Micro-B connector, female; USB 2.0 device port for connection to a computer or any other USB 2.0 host [5]; Passes USB data to/from the USB host port on the RX when in HOST mode LAN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port; Passes Ethernet data to/from the LAN port on the RX COM: (1) 3.5 mm TRS mini phone jack & (1) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Bidirectional RS-232 port; Passes RS-232 TD/RD data to/from the COM port on the RX; Supports up to 115.2k baud Note: The TRS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used IR IN: (1) 3.5 mm TS mini phone jack & (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR input port for connection from a Crestron IR control port or other IR signal source; Passes IR signal to the IR OUT port on the RX; Supports IR up to 60 kHz; Note: The TS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used HDBT OUT: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female, shielded; HDBaseT and PoE Class 3 PD port for connection to the HDBT IN port on the RX [1] HD-TX-USB-2000-C Transmitter – Top, Front, and Bottom Views HD-RX-USB-2000-C Receiver – Top, Front, and Bottom Views HD-EXT-USB-2000-C 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 IR OUT: (1) 3.5 mm TS mini phone jack & (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR output port for connection to an IR emitter; Passes IR signal from the IR IN port on the RX; Supports IR up to 60 kHz; Note: The TS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used Connectors – Receiver (HD-RX-USB-2000-C) HDMI OUT: (1) HDMI Type A connector, female; HDMI digital video/audio output (DVI compatible [2]) AUDIO OUT: (1) 3.5 mm TRS mini phone jack & (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Balanced or unbalanced stereo line-level audio output [4]; Maximum Output Level: 4 Vrms balanced, 2 Vrms unbalanced; Output Impedance: 499 Ohms balanced or unbalanced; Note: The TRS jack is unbalanced stereo and paralleled with the L+ (tip), R+ (ring), and ground (sleeve) terminals USB (host): (1) USB Type A connector, female; USB 2.0 host port for connection of a mouse, keyboard, or any other USB 2.0 peripheral device [5]; Passes USB data to/from the USB device port on the TX when in HOST mode; Available Power: 1 Amp at 5 Volts DC USB (device): (1) USB Type Micro-B connector, female; USB 2.0 device port for connection to a computer or any other USB 2.0 host [5]; Passes USB data to/from the USB host port on the TX when in DEVICE mode LAN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port; Passes Ethernet data to/from the LAN port on the TX COM: (1) 3.5 mm TRS mini phone jack & (1) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Bidirectional RS-232 port; Passes RS-232 TD/RD data to/from the COM port on the TX; Supports up to 115.2k baud Note: The TRS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used IR IN: (1) 3.5 mm TS mini phone jack & (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR input port for connection from a Crestron IR control port or other IR signal source; Passes IR signal to the IR OUT port on the TX; Supports IR up to 60 kHz; Note: The TS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used HDBT IN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female, shielded; HDBaseT and PoE+ PSE port for connection to the HDBT OUT port on the TX [1] IR OUT: (1) 3.5 mm TS mini phone jack & (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR output port for connection to an IR emitter; Passes IR signal from the IR IN port on the TX; Supports IR up to 60 kHz; Note: The TS jack and terminal block are paralleled; only one should be used 24VDC 1.25A: (1) 2.1 x 5.5 mm DC power connector; 24 Volt DC power input; PW-2412WU power pack included; Note: This connection powers both the receiver and transmitter Controls & Indicators – Transmitter (HD-TX-USB-2000-C) POWER: (1) Bi-color green/amber LED, indicates operating power is supplied via the HDBaseT link to the companion receiver, turns amber while booting and green when operating HDMI IN: (1) Green LED, indicates HDMI input signal presence LINK: (1) Bi-color green/amber LED, green indicates an HDBaseT link with video, amber indicates a link without video AUDIO SEL HDMI/ANALOG: (1) 2-position slide switch, selects the audio input [3] RESET: (1) Recessed pushbutton, initiates hardware reset of both the transmitter and receiver LAN: (2) LEDs, green LED indicates Ethernet link status, amber LED indicates Ethernet activity HDBT OUT: (2) LEDs, amber LED indicates HDBaseT link status, green LED indicates PoE Controls & Indicators – Receiver (HD-RX-USB-2000-C) POWER: (1) Bi-color green/amber LED, indicates operating power is supplied from the power pack via the 24VDC input, turns amber while booting and green when operating HDMI OUT: (1) Green LED, indicates HDMI output signal presence LINK: (1) Bi-color green/amber LED, green indicates an HDBaseT link with video, amber indicates a link without video HOST/AUTO/DEVICE: (1) 3-position slide switch, selects the USB mode [5] LAN: (2) LEDs, green LED indicates Ethernet link status, amber LED indicates Ethernet activity HDBT IN: (2) LEDs, amber LED indicates HDBaseT link status, green LED indicates PoE Power Power Pack (included): Input: 0.8 Amps (maximum) @ 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz; Output: 1.25 Amps @ 24 Volts DC; Model: PW-2412WU Power Consumption: 18.7 Watts typical Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 20% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 63.8 BTU/hr Construction – Typical of Transmitter & Receiver Chassis: Metal, black finish, with (2) integral mounting flanges, vented sides Mounting: Freestanding, surface mount, or attach to a single rack rail HD-EXT-USB-2000-C 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Dimensions Transmitter (HD-TX-USB-2000-C): Height: 4.47 in (114 mm); Width: 9.61 in (244 mm); Depth: 0.99 in (25 mm) Receiver (HD-RX-USB-2000-C): Height: 4.47 in (114 mm); Width: 9.61 in (244 mm); Depth: 0.99 in (25 mm) Weight Transmitter (HD-TX-USB-2000-C): 1.71 lb (776 g) Receiver (HD-RX-USB-2000-C): 1.71 lb (776 g) Maximum HDBaseT Cable Lengths Cable Type: Resolution: DM-CBL-ULTRA DM® Ultra Cable DM-CBL-8G DM 8G® Cable CAT5e (or better) [1] 1080p60 Full HD 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 1920x1200 WUXGA 1600x1200 UXGA 2048x1080 DCI 2K 2560x1440 WQHD 230 ft (70 m) 165 ft (50 m) 2560x1600 WQXGA 3840x2160 4K UHD 4096x2160 DCI 4K MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models HD-EXT-USB-2000-C KIT: 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 Included Accessories PW-2412WU: Wall Mount Power Pack, 24VDC, 1.25A, 2.1mm, Universal (Qty. 1 included) Available Accessories DM-CBL-ULTRA-PC: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Patch Cables DM-CONN-ULTRA-RECP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Keystone RJ45 Jack DM-CBL-ULTRA-NP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Non-Plenum Type CMR DM-CBL-ULTRA-P: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Plenum Type CMP DM-CBL-ULTRA-LSZH: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Low Smoke Zero Halogen DM-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-ULTRA DM-CBL-8G-NP: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, non-plenum DM-CBL-8G-P: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, plenum DM-8G-CONN-WG: Connector with Wire Guide for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP-WG: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN-WG DM-8G-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN CBL Series: Crestron® Certified Interface Cables CNSP-XX: Custom Serial Interface Cable IRP2: IR Emitter STIRP: IR Emitter Notes: 1. The maximum cable length for HDBaseT is dependent upon the type of cable and resolution of the video signal. Refer to the “Maximum HDBaseT Cable Lengths” table for a detailed overview. Shielded cable and connectors are recommended to safeguard against unpredictable environmental electrical noise which may impact performance at resolutions above 1080p. All wire and cables are sold separately. 2. HDMI connections require an appropriate adapter or interface cable to accommodate a DVI or Dual-Mode DisplayPort signal. CBL-HD-DVI interface cables are available separately. 3. The analog stereo audio input must be selected manually. When the analog audio input is selected, the HDMI audio input signal is disabled. 4. The analog stereo audio output is only active when the input is receiving a 2-channel stereo signal via either the analog or HDMI input. 5. The USB mode can be selected manually or automatically to enable the USB host (computer, etc.) to be connected at either the transmitter or receiver end, not both. This product is engineered to deliver maximum compatibility with the widest possible range of USB equipment. Crestron does not guarantee that all USB devices or hosts are compatible with this product. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, Crestron Mercury, DigitalMedia, and DigitalMedia 8G are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and Dolby Digital are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and/or other countries. DTS and DTS-HD are either trademarks or registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDBaseT and the HDBaseT Alliance logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the HDBaseT Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI and the HDMI Logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2017 Crestron Electronics, Inc. HD-EXT-USB-2000-C 4K HDMI® & USB over HDBaseT® Extender 2000 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2017 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 08/03/17 HD-MD4X1-4K-E 4x1 4K HDMI® Switcher crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >4x1 ultra high-definition 4K/60 digital AV switcher >For standalone use, or as part of a fully integrated Crestron® system >Fully operable using onboard controls, a Web browser, or a Crestron control system >Simplified setup through the front panel OLED display or Web browser >Four HDMI® inputs and one HDMI output >DVI and DisplayPort Multimode compatible [2] >Auto-switching mode for hands-off operation >QuickSwitch HD® technology manages HDCP keys for fast, reliable switching >Comprehensive built-in EDID configuration tools >Enables display device control via CEC [1] >Handles Dolby® TrueHD, DTS-HD®, and uncompressed 7.1 linear PCM audio >High-speed Ethernet LAN connection >Compact, low-profile surface mount design >Universal 100-240V external power pack included The Crestron® HD-MD4X1-4K-E is a simple to use, ultra high-definition signal switcher with four HDMI® inputs and one HDMI output. It handles Full HD 1080p, Ultra HD, 2K, and 4K video signals with support for HDCP, 3D, Deep Color, and high-bitrate 7.1 audio. Auto-switching mode allows for completely automatic operation, while manual operation is enabled using the onboard controls, a Web browser, or a Crestron control system. Simplified setup is facilitated through the front panel OLED display or a Web browser. 4K Ultra HD Support for 4K video is essential to ensuring support for the latest generation of UHD and 4K DCI displays and sources, as well as computers and monitors with native resolutions beyond 1080p and WUXGA. QuickSwitch HD® Technology Handling digital media signals means handling HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection), the encryption scheme used by content providers to protect their DVDs, Blu-ray™ discs, and broadcast signals against unauthorized copying. Viewing HDCP encrypted content requires a source device to “authenticate” each display and signal processor in the system and issue it a “key” before delivering an output signal. Crestron QuickSwitch HD manages these keys to ensure fast, reliable switching and immunity to “blackouts.” EDID Format Management To ensure that every source gets displayed at its optimal resolution and format, the HD-MD4X1-4K-E provides comprehensive management of the EDID (Extended Display Identification Data) information that passes between the display and source devices. Most applications require no changes to the default settings. For applications requiring custom configuration, the HD-MD4X1-4K-E allows for easy assessment of each device’s format and resolution capabilities, with the ability to configure signals appropriately for the most desirable and predictable behavior. CEC Embedded Device Control For controlling the connected display device, the HD-MD4X1-4K-E offers an alternative to conventional IR and RS-232 control by harnessing the CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) signal embedded in HDMI. Using CEC, many display devices can be controlled right through their HDMI connection, eliminating the need for any dedicated serial cables or IR emitters.[1] Low-Profile Installation The HD-MD4X1-4K-E mounts conveniently to a wall or other flat surface. At just over one inch deep, it can fit easily behind a flat panel display or under a table. It can also be placed on a rack shelf, or attached to a single rack rail. SPECIFICATIONS Features 4x1 digital AV switcher, auto-switching, QuickSwitch HD® technology, local or Web browser setup and control, Crestron® controllable Video Input Signal Types: HDMI® w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K (DVI & DisplayPort Multimode compatible [2]) Output Signal Types: HDMI w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K (DVI compatible [2]) HD-MD4X1-4K-E 4x1 4K HDMI® Switcher crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Maximum Resolutions: Scan Type Resolution Frame Rate Color Sampling Color Depth Progressive 4096x2160 4K DCI & 3840x2160 Ultra HD 24 Hz 4:4:4 30 bit 30 Hz 4:4:4 24 bit 30 Hz 4:2:2 36 bit 60 Hz 4:2:0 24 bit 2560x1600 WQXGA 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit 1920x1080 HD1080p 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit Interlaced 1920x1080 HD1080i 30 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit NOTE: Common resolutions are shown; other custom resolutions are supported at pixel clock rates up to 300 MHz Audio Input Signal Types: HDMI (DisplayPort Multimode compatible [2]) Output Signal Types: HDMI Formats: Dolby Digital®, Dolby Digital EX, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby® TrueHD, DTS®, DTS-ES, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Res, DTS-HD Master Audio™, LPCM up to 8 channels [6] Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, DHCP, Web browser setup and control, Crestron control system integration USB: For factory use only HDMI (Inputs): HDCP, EDID HDMI (Output): HDCP, EDID, CEC NOTE: Supports management of EDID; supports management of CEC between the device connected to the HDMI output and a control system Connectors INPUT 1 – 4: (4) 19-pin Type A HDMI female; HDMI digital video/audio inputs; Also supports DVI and DisplayPort Multimode [2] OUTPUT: (1) 19-pin Type A HDMI female; HDMI digital video/audio output; Also supports DVI [2] LAN: (1) 8-wire RJ45 female; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port 24VDC 0.75A: (1) 2.1 x 5.5 mm DC power connector; 24 Volt DC power input; PW-2407WU power pack included SERVICE: (1) USB Type A female; for factory use only Display Display Type: 2x20 character alphanumeric OLED Functions: Displays setup and configuration menus, signal information, customizable input names Controls & Indicators MENU: (1) pushbutton, opens the setup menu p,q,t,u: (4) pushbuttons, for menu navigation and parameter adjustment Enter: (1) pushbutton, applies a change BACK: (1) pushbutton, steps menu back one level EXIT: (1) pushbutton, exits the menu PWR: (1) bicolor green/amber LED, indicates operating power supplied from power pack, turns amber while booting and green when operating AUTO: (1) pushbutton and green LED, selects auto-switching mode INPUT 1 – 4: (4) pushbuttons for manual input selection, and (4) bicolor green/amber LEDs to indicate the current active input and signal presence at each corresponding input LAN: (2) LEDs, amber LED indicates Ethernet activity, green LED indicates Ethernet link status Power Requirements Power Pack: 0.75 Amps @ 24 Volts DC; 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz power pack, model PW-2407WU included Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Enclosure Chassis: Metal, black finish, with (2) integral mounting flanges Mounting: Freestanding, surface mount, or attach to a single rack rail HD-MD4X1-4K-E – Top, Front, and Bottom Views HD-MD4X1-4K-E 4x1 4K HDMI® Switcher Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2015 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 06/15/15 Dimensions Height: 4.08 in (104 mm) Width: 8.68 in (221 mm) Depth: 1.08 in (28 mm) Weight 1.35 lb (0.62 kg) MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models HD-MD4X1-4K-E: 4x1 4K HDMI® Switcher Included Accessories PW-2407WU: Wall Mount Power Pack, 24VDC, 0.75A, 2.1mm, Universal (Qty. 1 included) Available Accessories CBL Series: Crestron® Certified Interface Cables MP-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates MPI-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates - International Version Notes: 1. Requires a Crestron control system and custom programming. 2. HDMI requires an appropriate adapter or interface cable to accommodate a DVI or DisplayPort Multimode signal. CBL-HD-DVI interface cables are available separately. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Crestron, the Crestron logo, and QuickSwitch HD are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Blu-ray is either a trademark or registered trademark of the Blu-ray Disc Association in the United States and/or other countries. Dolby and Dolby Digital are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and/or other countries. DTS, DTS-HD, and DTS-HD Master Audio are either trademarks or registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI and the HDMI Logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2015 Crestron Electronics, Inc. DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Cost-effective DigitalMedia 8G+® transmitter >Connects to a DM® switcher or receiver over a single CAT type twisted pair cable [2] >HDBaseT® Certified — Enables direct connection to other HDBaseT certified equipment >Provides one HDMI® input [4] >Also supports DVI and Dual-Mode DisplayPort sources [4] >Handles video resolutions up to 4K and Ultra HD >Handles 3D video and Deep Color >Handles Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, DTS-HD®, and uncompressed 7.1 linear PCM audio >HDCP 2.2 compliant >Supports cable lengths up to 330 ft (100 m) for all resolutions up to UHD and 4K using DM Ultra cable [2] >Supports cable lengths up to 330 ft (100 m) for 1080p, WUXGA, and 2K using DM 8G® cable or CAT5e [2] >Supports cable lengths up to 230 ft (70 m) for UHD and 4K using DM 8G cable, or 165 ft (50 m) using CAT5e [2] >Enables device control via CEC, IR, and RS-232 [1,7] >Powered via the DM connection or local power pack (included)[5,6] >1-gang wall box mount design (3-1/2” deep) >Surface mount bracket included >Available in white or black finish The DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G provides a simple, cost-effective interface solution for a single HDMI, DVI, or Dual-Mode DisplayPort source as part of a complete Crestron® DigitalMedia™ system. It functions as a DM 8G+® transmitter and control interface, providing a single HDMI® input along with RS-232 and IR control ports.[1] In addition to DM 8G+, it is also compatible with HDBaseT®, allowing it to be connected directly to an HDBaseT certified receiver or display device. Its 1-gang mountable design allows the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G to be flush mounted in a wall or presentation lectern. It can also be mounted beneath a table or attached to a suitable flat surface using the mounting bracket provided. It connects to the head end or display location using a single CAT type twisted pair cable.[2] Standard gang-box mounting (3-1/2” deep) allows for installation adjacent to an Ethernet jack (Crestron MP-WP183 or equivalent) for a total connectivity solution.[3] 4K Ultra HD Crestron DigitalMedia continues to advance the standard for digital AV signal distribution, delivering the world’s first end-to-end 4K system solution. The DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G features the latest DM 8G+ technology, providing support for the transport of 4K and Ultra HD video signals. Support for 4K video also ensures support for the latest generation of computers and monitors with native resolutions beyond 1080p and WUXGA. DigitalMedia 8G+® As the leader in HDMI and control system technologies, Crestron developed DigitalMedia (DM®) to deliver the first complete HD AV distribution system to take HDMI to a higher level. DigitalMedia allows virtually any mix of HDMI and other AV sources to be distributed throughout a home, office, school, or virtually any other facility. The latest generation of DM is called DigitalMedia 8G™ (DM 8G®). Engineered for ultra high-bandwidth and ultimate scalability, DM 8G provides a true one-wire lossless transport for moving high-definition video, audio, and control signals over a choice of twisted-pair or fiber optic cable. DM 8G over twisted-pair copper wire is called DigitalMedia 8G+ (DM 8G+). DM 8G+ handles uncompressed Full HD 1080p, Ultra HD, 2K, and 4K video signals with support for 3D, Deep Color, and HDCP 2.2. Audio capabilities include support for high-bitrate 7.1 audio formats like Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, and DTS-HD®, as well as uncompressed linear PCM. All signals are transported over a single CAT type wire, supporting 1080p, WUXGA, and 2K signals at distances up to 330 feet (100 m) using Crestron DM Ultra Cable, Crestron DM 8G Cable, or third-party CAT5e. Higher resolutions up to UHD and 4K are supported at distances up to 330 feet (100 m) using DM Ultra Cable, 230 feet (70 m) using DM 8G Cable, or 165 feet (50 m) using CAT5e.[2] HDBaseT® Certified Crestron DigitalMedia 8G+ technology is designed using HDBaseT Alliance specifications, ensuring interoperability with other HDBaseT certified products. Via its DM 8G+ output, the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G can be connected directly to an HDBaseT compliant device without requiring a DM receiver. Shown in black; faceplate not included DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Multimedia Computer/AV Interface A single HDMI digital AV input port is provided on the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G for connection of a laptop computer, mobile device, or other AV source. The HDMI input can also handle DVI and Dual-Mode DisplayPort signals using an appropriate adapter or interface cable.[4] A single CAT type cable connects the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G to a DM switcher or receiver, or to an HDBaseT device, transporting video, audio, control, and power signals all through one simple RJ45 connection.[2,5,6] Used with a single DM 8G+ Receiver/Room Controller, the DM-TX-4K-100- C-1G affords a simple solution for extending a computer or AV signal to a single display. As part of a larger system using a DM-MD series switcher, multiple DM-TX-4K-100-C-1Gs may be installed to enable the distribution of several sources at different locations to feed multiple displays throughout any room or larger facility. Embedded Device Control The DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G includes built-in RS-232 and IR control ports to allow for programmable control of the connected source device (via a control system).[1] Additional control capability is afforded by harnessing the CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) signal embedded in HDMI. Through its connection to the control system, the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G provides a gateway for controlling the source right through its HDMI connection, potentially eliminating the need for a dedicated serial cable or IR emitter.[7] Versatile Mounting Options The DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G is designed to be installed using a 3-1/2” deep 1-gang electrical box or plaster ring (not included). It can also be mounted beneath a table or attached to a suitable flat surface using the mounting bracket provided, or it can be fastened to a single rack rail in an equipment cabinet. The DM cable connects to the rear of the transmitter via a shielded RJ45 DM port. The unit can be powered using the wall mount power pack (included), or PoDM (Power over DigitalMedia) for a true one-wire solution.[5,6] An array of indicators is provided for easy setup and troubleshooting. Please refer to the DigitalMedia Resources Webpage at http://www.crestron.com/dmresources/ for additional design tools and reference documents. SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Cable Lengths Cable Type: Resolution: DM-CBL-ULTRA DM® Ultra Cable DM-CBL-8G DM 8G® Cable CAT5e (or better) [2] 1080p60 Full HD 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 1920x1200 WUXGA 1600x1200 UXGA 2048x1080 DCI 2K 2560x1440 WQHD 230 ft (70 m) 165 ft (50 m) 2560x1600 WQXGA 3840x2160 4K UHD 4096x2160 DCI 4K Video Input Signal Types: HDMI w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K (DVI & Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [4]) Output Signal Types: DM 8G+ & HDBaseT w/Deep Color, 3D, & 4K Maximum Resolutions: Scan Type Resolution Frame Rate Color Sampling Color Depth Progressive 4096x2160 DCI 4K & 3840x2160 4K UHD 24 Hz 4:4:4 30 bit 30 Hz 4:4:4 24 bit 30 Hz 4:2:2 36 bit 60 Hz 4:2:0 24 bit 2560x1600 WQXGA 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit 1920x1080 HD1080p 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit Interlaced 1920x1080 HD1080i 30 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit NOTE: Common resolutions are shown; other custom resolutions are supported at pixel clock rates up to 300 MHz DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G-B-T Front & Rear Views DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G-B-T With Mounting Bracket DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G-B-T Attached to Rack Rail DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Audio Input Signal Types: HDMI (Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [4]) Output Signal Types: DM 8G+, HDBaseT Formats: Dolby Digital®, Dolby Digital EX, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, DTS®, DTS-ES, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Res, DTS-HD Master Audio™, LPCM up to 8 channels Communications RS-232: 2-way device control and monitoring up to 115.2k baud with software handshaking (via control system) [1] IR/Serial: 1-way device control via infrared up to 1.1 MHz or serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19.2k baud (via control system) [1] DigitalMedia: DM 8G+, HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC [7], PoDM HDBaseT: HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC [7], PoE HDMI: HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC [7] Connectors – Front HDMI IN: (1) 19-pin Type A HDMI female; HDMI digital video/audio input; (DVI and Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [4]) IR OUT: (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR/Serial port [1]; IR output up to 1.1 MHz; 1-way serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19200 baud COM: (1) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Bidirectional RS-232 port [1]; Up to 115.2k baud, software handshaking support Connectors – Rear G: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug DM OUT: (1) 8-pin RJ45 female, shielded; DM 8G+ output, HDBaseT compliant; PoDM PD port (HDBaseT PoE compatible) [5,6]; Connects to the DM 8G+ input of a DM switcher, receiver, or other DM device, or to an HDBaseT device, via CAT5e, Crestron DM-CBL-8G, or Crestron DM-CBL-ULTRA cable [2] 24VDC 0.75A: (1) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; 24 Volt DC power input; PW-2407WUL power pack included Indicators PWR: (1) Green LED, indicates operating power supplied via PoDM, HDBaseT PoE, or local power pack VIDEO: (1) Green LED, indicates video signal presence at the HDMI input DM OUT (rear): (2) LEDs, green LED indicates DM link status, amber LED indicates video and HDCP signal presence Power Power Pack (included): Input: 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Output: 0.75 Amps @ 24 Volts DC Model: PW-2407WUL Power over DM (PoDM): IEEE 802.3at Type 1 Class 3 (12.95 W) compliant PoDM PD (Powered Device), capable of being powered by a PoDM PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment) [5] Power over HDBaseT: IEEE 802.3at Type 1 Class 3 (12.95 W) compliant HDBaseT PoE PD (Powered Device), capable of being powered by an HDBaseT PoE PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment) [6] Power Consumption: 4 Watts typical; 2.3 Watts idle Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 13.7 BTU/hr Enclosure Construction: Metal, black finish with white or black polycarbonate label overlay Flush Wall Mount: Mounts in a 1-gang 3-1/2” deep electrical box or plaster ring, requires decorator style faceplate (not included) Surface Mount: Surface mount bracket included Rack Mount: Attachable to a single 19-inch EIA rack rail Dimensions Height: 4.12 in (105 mm) Width: 1.72 in (44 mm) Depth: 2.35 in (60 mm) Weight 6.3 oz (179 g) DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G-B-T: Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100, Black Textured DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G-W-T: Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100, White Textured Included Accessories PW-2407WUL: Wall Mount Power Pack, 24VDC, 0.75A, Flying Leads, Universal (Qty. 1 included) Available Accessories DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector DM-CBL-ULTRA-PC: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Patch Cables DM-CONN-ULTRA-RECP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Keystone RJ45 Jack DM-CBL-ULTRA-NP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Non-Plenum Type CMR DM-CBL-ULTRA-P: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Plenum Type CMP DM-CBL-ULTRA-LSZH: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Low Smoke Zero Halogen (Available only in Europe) DM-CONN: Connectors for DM-CBL-ULTRA DigitalMedia Ultra Cable DM-CBL-8G-NP: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, non-plenum DM-CBL-8G-P: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, plenum DM-8G-CONN: Connectors for DM-CBL-8G DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable DM-8G-CRIMP: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN DM-8G-CONN-WG: Connectors with Wire Guide for DM-CBL-8G DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable DM-8G-CRIMP-WG: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN-WG CBL Series: Crestron® Certified Interface Cables CNSP-XX: Custom Serial Interface Cable IRP2: IR Emitter Probe w/Terminal Block Connector MP-WP183: Media Presentation Wall Plate - Ethernet Notes: 1. The IR and RS-232 (COM) ports are only enabled when the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G is connected to an Ethernet-enabled DM transmitter or switcher that is addressable from a Crestron control system. 2. The maximum cable length for DigitalMedia 8G+ (DM 8G+) or HDBaseT is dependent upon the type of cable and resolution of the video signal. Refer to the “Maximum Cable Lengths” table for a detailed overview. Crestron legacy cable models DM-CBL DigitalMedia Cable and DM-CBL-D DigitalMedia D Cable support the same resolutions and cable lengths as CAT5e. Shielded cable and connectors are recommended to safeguard against unpredictable environmental electrical noise which may impact performance at resolutions above 1080p. Refer to the Crestron DigitalMedia Design Guide, Doc. #4546 for complete system design guidelines. DM 8G+ is compatible with HDBaseT Alliance specifications for connecting to HDBaseT compliant equipment. All wire and cables are sold separately. 3. The DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G does not include an Ethernet port. Local Ethernet connectivity for external devices requires a MP-WP183 or equivalent Ethernet jack with a dedicated LAN connection. 4. The HDMI input requires an appropriate adapter or interface cable to accommodate a DVI or Dual-Mode DisplayPort signal. CBL-HD-DVI interface cables are available separately. 5. To power the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G using PoDM (Power over DigitalMedia) requires connection to a DM switcher or other equipment that has a PoDM PSE port. Any wiring that is connected to a PoDM PSE port is for intra-building use only and should not be connected to a line that runs outside of the building in which the PSE is located. 6. To power the DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G using HDBaseT PoE requires connection to a switcher or other equipment that has an HDBaseT PoE PSE port. Any wiring that is connected to an HDBaseT PoE PSE port is for intra-building use only and should not be connected to a line that runs outside of the building in which the PSE is located. 7. Supports simple pass-through of CEC when connected directly to a DM-RMC-4K-100-C-1G receiver. Supports full management of CEC between the locally connected HDMI device and a control system when connected to an Ethernet-enabled 4K DM receiver or switcher that supports CEC over HDBaseT. Refer to the spec sheet for each DM receiver, switcher, input card, or input blade to verify “CEC” is listed under “HDBaseT” in the “Communications” section of the product’s specifications. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, DigitalMedia, DigitalMedia 8G, DigitalMedia 8G+, DM, DM 8G, and DM 8G+ are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and Dolby Digital are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and/or other countries. DTS, DTS-HD, and DTS-HD Master Audio are either trademarks or registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDBaseT and the HDBaseT Alliance logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the HDBaseT Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI and the HDMI Logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trade- marks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. DM-TX-4K-100-C-1G Wall Plate 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Transmitter 100 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 12/08/16 DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Powers one or two PoDM-powered DM 8G+® devices [2] >Supports PoDM+ and PoDM++ powered devices >Simultaneously supplies up to 45 Watts from each port [1] >Inserts midspan and supplies power to both endpoints >Preserves the integrity of 4K video and 10 GB data signals >Maintains full 300 ft (100 m) cable length end-to-end >Also functions as a 2-port PoDM++ power supply for DMC I/O cards >Compatible with HDBaseT® PoE+ powered devices >Includes status indicators for basic troubleshooting >No configuration or programming required >Surface or under-table mountable >Attachable to a single rack rail >1 RU rack mount kit option sold separately The Crestron® DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN provides a single-point, midspan power injector for one or two PoDM-powered DM 8G+® devices. Its ability to deliver power in two directions without impacting the video or data signals passing through is unique in the industry. Its high-output power capacity of 45 Watts per port enables support for PoDM+ and PoDM++ powered devices including the Crestron TS-1542-C touch screen.[1] Bidirectional Power The DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN installs in line between two DM 8G+ devices and provides power to either or both of those devices. This allows a DM 8G+ transmitter and receiver, such as the DM-TX-4K-302-C and DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C-DSP, to be paired together to form a custom point-to-point 4K signal extender, all powered from a single midspan power source. The use of a midspan power source with bidirectional powering capability eliminates the need for separate power supplies or electrical outlets at either endpoint.[2] 2-Port PoDM++ Power Supply For larger systems utilizing a DM-MD8X8, DM-MD16X16, or DM-MD32X32 switcher, the DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN can be used to supply PoDM++ power to two DM 8G+ devices via their connections to the switcher. Instead of installing in line, each port on the DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN can be connected to the POE IN port of a DMC-4K-C input card, DMC-4K-C-DSP input card, or DMC-4K-CO-HD output card. Doing so enables the powering of two separate devices, whether transmitters, receivers, or touch screens, through the DM port on each card. A maximum of 45 Watts is available at each port.[1,2] HDBaseT® Compatible The DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN is compatible with HDBaseT® Alliance specifications and may be used to supply power to IEEE 802.3at compliant HDBaseT PoE+ powered devices. Mounting Options The DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN features integral mounting flanges to allow for surface mounting under a table, or attachment to a single rack rail. One or two units may also be installed in a single rack space using the optional rack mount kit (model ST-RMK, sold separately). SPECIFICATIONS Connectors G: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug 100-240V~ 50/60Hz 1.2-0.6A: (1) IEC 60320 C14 main power inlet; Mates with removable power cord, included PoDM++ 1 – 2: (2) 8-pin RJ45 female, shielded; DM 8G+ pass-through ports (HDBaseT compatible); PoDM++ PSE ports (HDBaseT PoE+ compatible) [2] Indicators PWR: (1 bottom/front, 1 top/rear) Green LEDs, each indicates main AC line power is connected and the unit is operating PoDM++ 1 – 2 (bottom/front): (2) Green LEDs, each indicates the corresponding port is delivering power to the connected device PORT PWR 1 – 2 (top/rear): (2) Green LEDs, each indicates the corresponding port is delivering power to the connected device Power Main Power: 1.2 Amp @ 100-125 Volts AC or 0.6 Amp @ 220-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: 0.7 Watts at idle DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Power over DM (PoDM): IEEE 802.3at compliant PoDM++ PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment); each port supplies up to 45 Watts to power one PoDM (Class 0-3), PoDM+ (Class 4), or PoDM++ PD (Powered Device) [1] Power over HDBaseT: IEEE 802.3at PoE+ compliant PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment); each port supplies up to 30 Watts to power one HDBaseT PoE or PoE+ PD (Powered Device) [3] Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 41 BTU/hr maximum; 8.2 BTU/hr typical; 2.4 BTU/hr idle Enclosure Chassis: Metal, black finish, with (2) integral mounting flanges; vented sides Mounting: Freestanding, surface mount, attach to a single rack rail, or 1 RU rack mount (ST-RMK rack mount kit sold separately) Dimensions Height: 6.06 in (154 mm) Width: 6.95 in (177 mm) Depth: 1.64 in (42 mm) Weight 2.6 lb (1.2 kg) MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector Available Accessories ST-RMK: Rack Mount Kit DM-CBL-ULTRA-PC: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Patch Cables DM-CONN-ULTRA-RECP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Keystone RJ45 Jack DM-CBL-ULTRA: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable DM-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-ULTRA DM-CBL-8G: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable DM-8G-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN DM-8G-CONN-WG: DigitalMedia Connector with Wire Guide for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP-WG: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN-WG Notes: 1. Due to the inherent power loss that occurs over CATx cable, a maximum of 40 Watts is delivered at the PoDM++ PD (powered device). 2. Any wiring that is connected to a PoDM++ PSE port is for intra-building use only and should not be connected to a line that runs outside of the building in which the PSE is located. 3. Due to the inherent power loss that occurs over CATx cable, a maximum of 25.5 Watts is delivered at the HDBaseT PoE+ PD (powered device). This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, DigitalMedia, and DM 8G+ are either trademarks or registered trade- marks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDBaseT and the HDBaseT Alliance logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the HDBaseT Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Front/Top View Top/Rear View Bottom/Front View DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/05/16 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Receiver 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DM-TX-4K-302-C DM OUT DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C-DSP DM IN PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN DM IN POE IN DMC-4K-C DM IN POE IN DM OUT DM-TX-4K- 100-C-1G DM OUT DMC-4K-CO-HD DM OUT POE IN DM OUT POE IN DM IN TS-1542-C DM IN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Touch Screen 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Input Cards 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Output Card PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DMPS3-4K-150-C DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN Inline Power Injector for Touch Screen Only DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Receiver DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter Touch Screen DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Input Card DMC-4K-C DM 8G+ Input Card DM 8G+ Dual-Output Card DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C DM 8G+ Receiver Touch Screen Touch ScreenSwitcher APPLICATION DIAGRAMS PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Receiver 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 PODM++DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN12DM-TX-4K-302-CDM OUT DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C-DSPDM INPODM++DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN12DM OUT TS-1542-CDM IN DM IN POE IN DMC-4K-C DM IN POE IN DM OUT DM-TX-4K- 100-C-1G DM OUT DMC-4K-CO-HD DM OUT POE IN DM OUT POE IN DM IN TS-1542-C DM IN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Touch Screen 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Input Cards 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Output Card PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DMPS3-4K-150-C DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN Inline Power Injector for Touch Screen Only DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ ReceiverDM-TX-4K-302-CDM 8G+ Transmitter Touch Screen DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Input Card DMC-4K-C DM 8G+ Input Card DM 8G+ Dual-Output Card DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C DM 8G+ Receiver Touch Screen Touch ScreenSwitcher PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Receiver 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 PODM++DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN12DM-TX-4K-302-CDM OUT DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C-DSPDM IN PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN DM IN POE IN DMC-4K-C DM IN POE IN DM OUT DM-TX-4K- 100-C-1G DM OUT DMC-4K-CO-HD DM OUT POE IN DM OUT POE IN DM IN TS-1542-C DM IN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Touch Screen 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Input Cards 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Output Card PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DMPS3-4K-150-C DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN Inline Power Injector for Touch Screen Only DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Receiver DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter Touch Screen DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Input Card DMC-4K-C DM 8G+ Input Card DM 8G+ Dual-Output Card DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C DM 8G+ Receiver Touch Screen Touch ScreenSwitcher PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Receiver 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DM-TX-4K-302-C DM OUT DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C-DSP DM IN PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN DM IN POE IN DMC-4K-C DM IN POE IN DM OUT DM-TX-4K- 100-C-1G DM OUT DMC-4K-CO-HD DM OUT POE IN DM OUT POE IN DM IN TS-1542-C DM IN Midspan Power Injector for DM 8G+ Transmitter & Touch Screen 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Input Cards 2-Port Power Supply for DM Switcher Output Card PODM++ DM-PSU- ULTRA-MIDSPAN 1 2 DMPS3-4K-150-C DM OUT TS-1542-C DM IN Inline Power Injector for Touch Screen Only DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Receiver DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter Touch Screen DM-TX-4K-302-C DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Transmitter DM 8G+ Input Card DMC-4K-C DM 8G+ Input Card DM 8G+ Dual-Output Card DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C DM 8G+ Receiver Touch Screen Touch ScreenSwitcher DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAM DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >DigitalMedia 8G+® receiver, 4K/60 scaler, audio extractor, and display controller >Connects to a DM® switcher or transmitter over a single CAT type twisted pair cable [1] >HDBaseT® Certified — Enables direct connection to other HDBaseT certified equipment >Provides one HDMI® or DVI display output [2] >Upscales the input signal to match the native resolution of any screen — including 4K and Ultra HD displays! >Downscales 4K, UHD, and ultra high-resolution computer signals to enable viewing on 1080p and other lower-resolution displays >Handles any input resolution from standard NTSC 480i or PAL 576i, to UHD and 4K >Provides intelligent frame rate conversion >Includes content-adaptive noise reduction >Includes motion-adaptive de-interlacing >Allows adjustable overscan or underscan up to 7.5% >Automatically passes 3D video without scaling to 3D capable displays [8] >Supports up to 8x8 video wall processing [9] >Handles Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, DTS-HD®, and uncompressed 7.1 linear PCM audio >Provides a balanced stereo analog line-level audio output with volume control [6] >Allows de-embedding of stereo 2-channel audio signals >HDCP 2.2 compliant >Supports cable lengths up to 330 ft (100 m) for all resolutions up to UHD and 4K using DM Ultra cable [1] >Supports cable lengths up to 330 ft (100 m) for 1080p, WUXGA, and 2K using DM 8G® cable or CAT5e [1] >Supports cable lengths up to 230 ft (70 m) for UHD and 4K using DM 8G cable, or 165 ft (50 m) using CAT5e [1] >Provides a 10/100 Ethernet LAN connection >Compatible with Crestron USB over Ethernet Extenders [7] >Enables device control via CEC, IR, RS-232, and Ethernet >Provides two low-voltage relay control ports >Allows quick, easy setup and diagnostics >Powered via the DM connection or local power pack (included)[3,4] >Low-profile surface mount design The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C provides an advanced one-box interface solution for a single display device as part of a complete Crestron® DigitalMedia™ system. It functions as a DM 8G+® receiver, 4K/60 video scaler, and control interface, providing a single HDMI® output along with an analog audio output, plus Ethernet, RS-232, IR, and relay control ports. In addition to DM 8G+, it is also compatible with HDBaseT®, allowing it to be connected directly to an HDBaseT certified source. Built-in scaling enables the connected display to handle virtually any video signal — including 4K and Ultra HD! Its compact, low-profile design allows the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C to be installed discreetly behind a flat panel display or above a ceiling mounted projector. It connects to the head end or source location using a single CAT type twisted pair cable.[1] 4K Ultra HD Crestron DigitalMedia continues to advance the standard for digital AV signal distribution, delivering the world’s first end-to-end 4K system solution. The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C features the latest DM 8G+ technology, providing support for the transport of 4K and Ultra HD video signals. Support for 4K video also ensures support for the latest generation of computers and monitors with native resolutions beyond 1080p and WUXGA. DigitalMedia 8G+® As the leader in HDMI and control system technologies, Crestron developed DigitalMedia (DM®) to deliver the first complete HD AV distribution system to take HDMI to a higher level. DigitalMedia allows virtually any mix of HDMI and other AV sources to be distributed throughout a home, office, school, or virtually any other facility. The latest generation of DM is called DigitalMedia 8G™ (DM 8G®). Engineered for ultra high-bandwidth and ultimate scalability, DM 8G provides a true one-wire lossless transport for moving high-definition video, audio, Ethernet, and control signals over a choice of twisted pair or fiber optic cable. DM 8G over twisted pair copper wire is called DigitalMedia 8G+ (DM 8G+). DM 8G+ handles uncompressed Full HD 1080p, Ultra HD, 2K, and 4K video signals with support for 3D, Deep Color, and HDCP 2.2. Audio capabilities include support for high-bitrate 7.1 audio formats like Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, and DTS-HD® as well as uncompressed linear PCM. All signals are transported over a single CAT type cable, supporting 1080p, WUXGA, and 2K signals at distances up to 330 feet (100 m) using Crestron DM Ultra Cable, Crestron DM 8G Cable, or third-party CAT5e. Higher resolutions up to UHD and 4K are supported at distances up to 330 feet (100 m) using DM Ultra Cable, 230 feet (70 m) using DM 8G Cable, or 165 feet (50 m) using CAT5e.[1] DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DM 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler crestron.com | 800.237.2041 DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C – Left, Front, and Right Views HDBaseT® Certified Crestron DigitalMedia 8G+ technology is designed using HDBaseT Alliance specifications, ensuring interoperability with other HDBaseT certified products. Via its DM 8G+ input, the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C can be connected directly to an HDBaseT compliant source without requiring a DM transmitter. Multimedia Display Interface A single HDMI digital AV output port is provided on the DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C for connection to a display or other device. The HDMI output can also handle DVI signals using an appropriate adapter or interface cable.[2] A single CAT type cable connects the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C to a DM switcher or transmitter, or to an HDBaseT source, transporting video, audio, control, networking, and power signals all through one simple RJ45 connection.[1,3,4] Multiple DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-Cs may be installed to handle each display in a multiroom distribution system,all fed from a central DM-MD series switcher. Or, a single DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C can be fed straight from a DM 8G+ or HDBaseT transmitter, affording a simple solution for extending a computer or AV signal to a single display. 4K/60 Scaler Crestron exclusive 4K/60 scaling technology ensures an optimal image on any screen no matter what video or computer source is selected. And, by placing an independent, high-performance 4K scaler at every display, DigitalMedia delivers the most flexible and user-friendly solution for routing multiple disparate sources to many different display devices. This “distributed scaler” approach allows sources of any resolution or frame rate to be routed to any screen in the building and displayed reliably without compromising the original input signal. So, displays with the same native resolution as the source can receive a pure, unprocessed signal while every other display receives a signal that’s perfectly scaled to look amazing on its particular screen. With distributed 4K scaling, DM lets you enjoy a full, unadulterated 4K Ultra HD image in your high-end theater while simultaneously distributing the same image to smaller, lesser displays in other rooms. It also enables HD 1080p and lower resolution images from cameras and legacy sources to look their best on every screen in the house. The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C accepts any input resolution from standard definition NTSC 480i to ultra high-definition DCI 4K, and scales it beautifully to any output resolution up to DCI 4K (4096 x 2160 @ 60 Hz). Interlaced sources are converted to progressive scan using motion-adaptive deinterlacing. Intelligent frame rate conversion enables support for 24p and PAL format sources. Fully automatic operation eliminates any complicated setup by utilizing the display’s EDID to configure the scaler.[5] Video Wall Processing The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C has another trick up its sleeve, providing zoom capability and bezel compensation on its output to display just a portion of the source image. Using this feature, multiple units may be combined to configure a video wall composed of up to 64 individual displays. Configurations of up to eight wide by up to eight high are supported, and all that is required is a separate DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C for each display, and a DM switcher with sufficient DM 8G+ outputs. DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DM 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Audio De-embedding The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C is equipped with a balanced analog audio output, allowing stereo audio signals to be extracted from the digital stream and fed to a local amplifier, sound bar, or a pair of powered speakers. The output volume is adjustable via a control system using a keypad, touch screen, handheld remote, or mobile device.[6] See also model DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C-DSP for applications requiring stereo downmixing of multichannel audio. LAN Connectivity Along with high-definition AV and control, DigitalMedia also integrates high-speed Ethernet networking for a total signal distribution solution. The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C includes a 10/100 Ethernet port, which can be used to provide a convenient LAN connection for a local network device. Embedded Device Control The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C includes built-in RS-232, IR, and Ethernet control ports to enable programmable control of the display device connected to it (via a control system). It also offers an alternative to such conventional control methods by harnessing the CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) signal embedded in HDMI. Through its connection to the control system, the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C provides a gateway for controlling the display device right through the HDMI connection, potentially eliminating the need for any dedicated control wires or IR emitters. The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C also supports CEC over HDBaseT, enabling control of an HDBaseT source connected to the DM 8G+ input. Two low-voltage relay ports are also included on the DM-RMC-4K- SCALER-C for control of a projection screen or lift. USB Signal Extension (optional) DigitalMedia allows for the routing of USB signals alongside video and audio. USB signal extension is enabled on the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C by adding a USB-EXT-DM USB over Ethernet Extender Module [7]. Low-Profile Installation The DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C mounts conveniently to a wall, ceiling, or other flat surface. At just over an inch deep, it fits easily behind a flat panel display or above a ceiling-mounted projector. The unit can be powered using the wall mount power pack (included), or PoDM+ (Power over DigitalMedia Plus) for a true one-wire solution.[3,4] All connections and LED indicators are positioned on the sides, ensuring optimal access and visibility for a clean, serviceable installation. An array of indicators is provided for easy setup and troubleshooting. Please refer to the DigitalMedia Resources Webpage at http://www.crestron.com/dmresources/ for additional design tools and reference documents. SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Cable Lengths Cable Type: Resolution: DM-CBL-ULTRA DM® Ultra Cable DM-CBL-8G DM 8G® Cable CAT5e (or better) [1] 1080p60 Full HD 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 330 ft (100 m) 1920x1200 WUXGA 1600x1200 UXGA 2048x1080 DCI 2K 2560x1440 WQHD 230 ft (70 m) 165 ft (50 m) 2560x1600 WQXGA 3840x2160 4K UHD 4096x2160 DCI 4K Video Scaler: 4K video scaler, motion-adaptive deinterlacer, intelligent frame rate conversion, Deep Color support, content-adaptive noise reduction, widescreen format selection (zoom, stretch, maintain aspect-ratio, or 1:1), video wall processing up to 8 wide x up to 8 high [9] Input Signal Types: DM 8G+ & HDBaseT w/Deep Color, 3D [8], & 4K Output Signal Types: HDMI w/Deep Color, 3D [8], & 4K (DVI compatible [2]) Maximum Scaler Input & Pass-Through Resolutions: Scan Type Resolution Frame Rate Color Sampling Color Depth Progressive 4096x2160 DCI 4K & 3840x2160 4K UHD 24 Hz 4:4:4 30 bit 30 Hz 4:4:4 24 bit 30 Hz 4:2:2 36 bit 60 Hz 4:2:0 24 bit 2560x1600 WQXGA 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit 1920x1080 HD1080p 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit Interlaced 1920x1080 HD1080i 30 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit Maximum Scaler Output Resolutions: Scan Type Resolution Frame Rate Color Sampling Color Depth Progressive 4096x2160 DCI 4K & 3840x2160 4K UHD 24 Hz 4:4:4 30 bit 30 Hz 4:4:4 24 bit 30 Hz 4:2:2 36 bit 60 Hz 4:2:0 24 bit 2560x1600 WQXGA 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit 1920x1080 HD1080p 60 Hz 4:4:4 36 bit NOTE: Common resolutions are shown; other custom resolutions are supported at pixel clock rates up to 300 MHz DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DM 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Audio Input Signal Types: DM 8G+, HDBaseT Output Signal Type: HDMI, analog stereo [6] Digital Formats: Dolby Digital®, Dolby Digital EX, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Atmos®, DTS®, DTS-ES, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Res, DTS-HD Master Audio™, LPCM up to 8 channels Analog Formats: Stereo 2-Channel [6] Digital-To-Analog Conversion: 24-bit 48 kHz Analog Performance: Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz ±0.5 dB; S/N Ratio: >95 dB 20 Hz to 20 kHz A-weighted; THD+N: <0.005% @ 1 kHz; Stereo Separation: >90 dB Analog Volume Adjustment: -80 to 0 dB Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, DHCP RS-232: 2-way device control and monitoring up to 115.2k baud with hardware and software handshaking (via control system) IR/Serial: 1-way device control via infrared up to 1.1 MHz or serial TTL/ RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19.2k baud (via control system) DigitalMedia: DM 8G+, HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC, PoDM+, Ethernet HDBaseT: HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC, PoE+, Ethernet HDMI: HDCP 2.2, EDID, CEC NOTE: Supports management of HDCP and EDID; supports management of CEC between the connected HDMI and/or HDBaseT device(s) and a control system Connectors COM: (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Bidirectional RS-232 port; Up to 115.2k baud, hardware and software handshaking support IR 1 – 2: (1) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Comprises (2) IR/Serial ports; IR output up to 1.1 MHz; 1-way serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19200 baud AUDIO OUT L, R: (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Balanced/unbalanced stereo line-level audio output [6]; Output Impedance: 200 Ohms balanced, 100 Ohms unbalanced; Maximum Output Level: 4 Vrms balanced, 2 Vrms unbalanced RELAY 1 – 2: (1) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Comprises (2) normally open, isolated relays; Rated 1 Amp, 30 Volts AC/DC; MOV arc suppression across contacts Ground: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug LAN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 female, shielded; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port HDMI OUT: (1) 19-pin Type A HDMI female; HDMI digital video/audio output (DVI compatible [2]) DM IN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 female, shielded; DM 8G+ input, HDBaseT compliant; PoDM+ PD port (HDBaseT PoE+ compatible) [3,4]; Connects to the DM 8G+ output of a DM switcher, transmitter, or other DM device, or to an HDBaseT device, via CAT5e, Crestron DM-CBL-8G, or Crestron DM-CBL-ULTRA cable [1] 24VDC 1.25A MAX: (1) 2.1 x 5.5 mm DC power connector; 24 Volt DC power input; PW-2412WU power pack included Controls & Indicators ACT: (1) Green LED, indicates activity SETUP: (1) Red LED and (1) recessed pushbutton, for Ethernet setup RESET: (1) Recessed pushbutton, for hardware reset LAN: (2) LEDs, green LED indicates Ethernet link status, amber LED indicates Ethernet activity HDMI: (1) Green LED, indicates video signal presence at the HDMI output DM IN: (2) LEDs, green LED indicates DM link status, amber LED indicates video and HDCP signal presence 24VDC: (1) Green LED, indicates operating power supplied via PoDM+, HDBaseT PoE+, or local power pack Power Power Pack (included): Input: 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Output: 1.25 Amps @ 24 Volts DC Model: PW-2412WU Power over DM (PoDM): IEEE 802.3at Type 2 Class 4 (25.5 W) compliant PoDM+ PD (Powered Device), capable of being powered by a PoDM+ PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment) [3] Power over HDBaseT: IEEE 802.3at Type 2 Class 4 (25.5 W) compliant HDBaseT PoE+ PD (Powered Device), capable of being powered by an HDBaseT PoE+ PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment) [4] Power Consumption: 18 Watts Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 63 BTU/hr Enclosure Chassis: Metal, black finish, with (2) integral mounting flanges, vented top, front, and bottom Mounting: Freestanding, surface mount, or attach to a single rack rail Dimensions Height: 12.51 in (318 mm) Width: 5.37 in (137 mm) Depth: 1.08 in (28 mm) DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DM 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Weight 1.38 lb (625 g) MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C: 4K DigitalMedia 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler Included Accessories PW-2412WU: Wall Mount Power Pack, 24VDC, 1.25A, 2.1mm, Universal (Qty. 1 included) Available Accessories DM-PSU-ULTRA-MIDSPAN: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Midspan PoDM++ Injector DM-CBL-ULTRA-PC: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Patch Cables DM-CONN-ULTRA-RECP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Keystone RJ45 Jack DM-CBL-ULTRA-NP: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Non-Plenum Type CMR DM-CBL-ULTRA-P: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Plenum Type CMP DM-CBL-ULTRA-LSZH: DigitalMedia™ Ultra Cable, Low Smoke Zero Halogen DM-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-ULTRA DM-CBL-8G-NP: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, non-plenum DM-CBL-8G-P: DigitalMedia 8G™ Cable, plenum DM-8G-CONN: Connector for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN DM-8G-CONN-WG: Connector with Wire Guide for DM-CBL-8G DM-8G-CRIMP-WG: Crimping Tool for DM-8G-CONN-WG CBL Series: Crestron® Certified Interface Cables MP-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates MPI-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates - International Version CNSP-XX: Custom Serial Interface Cable IRP2: IR Emitter Probe w/Terminal Block Connector USB-EXT-DM: USB over Ethernet Extender with Routing MP-AMP30: Media Presentation Audio Amplifier MP-AMP40-70V: Media Presentation Audio Amplifier, 70 Volt MP-AMP40-100V: Media Presentation Audio Amplifier, 100 Volt SAROS SB-200-P: Saros® Sound Bar 200, Powered Notes: 1. The maximum cable length for DigitalMedia 8G+ (DM 8G+) or HDBaseT is dependent upon the type of cable and resolution of the video signal. Refer to the “Maximum Cable Lengths” table for a detailed overview. Crestron legacy cable models DM-CBL DigitalMedia Cable and DM-CBL-D DigitalMedia D Cable support the same resolutions and cable lengths as CAT5e. Shielded cable and connectors are recommended to safeguard against unpredictable environmental electrical noise which may impact performance at resolutions above 1080p. Refer to the Crestron DigitalMedia Design Guide, Doc. #4546 for complete system design guidelines. DM 8G+ is compatible with HDBaseT Alliance specifications for connecting to HDBaseT compliant equipment. All wire and cables are sold separately. 2. The HDMI output requires an appropriate adapter or interface cable to accommodate a DVI signal. CBL-HD-DVI interface cables are available separately. 3. To power the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C using PoDM+ (Power over DigitalMedia+) requires connection to a DM switcher or other equipment that has a PoDM+ PSE port. Any wiring that is connected to a PoDM+ PSE port is for intra-building use only and should not be connected to a line that runs outside of the building in which the PSE is located. 4. To power the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C using HDBaseT PoE+ requires connection to a switcher or other equipment that has an HDBaseT PoE+ PSE port. Any wiring that is connected to an HDBaseT PoE+ PSE port is for intra-building use only and should not be connected to a line that runs outside of the building in which the PSE is located. 5. EDID (Extended Display Identification Data) is data embedded in an HDMI, DVI, or VGA signal that enables a display device to tell the source device what resolutions and formats it can support, allowing the source to configure itself automatically to feed the best signal that both devices can support. 6. The analog stereo audio output is only active when the DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C is receiving a 2-channel stereo signal. For applications using a multichannel surround sound source, use model DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C-DSP which provides a stereo downmix of the multichannel signal. 7. USB-EXT-DM USB over Ethernet Extender Modules are sold separately. Refer to the USB-EXT-DM spec sheet for more information. 8. Does not support scaling of 3D signals. Reverts to pass-through mode if a 3D signal and 3D-capable display are detected. 9. Video wall processing requires a separate DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C for each individual display. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, DigitalMedia, DigitalMedia 8G, DigitalMedia 8G+, DM, DM 8G, and DM 8G+ are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and Dolby Digital are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and/or other countries. DTS, DTS-HD, and DTS-HD Master Audio are either trademarks or registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. HDBaseT and the HDBaseT Alliance logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the HDBaseT Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI and the HDMI Logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trade- marks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. DM-RMC-4K-SCALER-C 4K DM 8G+® Receiver & Room Controller w/Scaler Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 12/07/16 SPKA-NCTP New-Construction Speaker Templates crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Provides a pre-construction placeholder for Crestron in-ceiling and in-wall speakers >Allows versatile positioning over wall studs and ceiling joists spaced 16” to 24” o.c. >Plastic and flat metal models provide a guide for cutting holes in place >Collared metal models accommodate drywall compound for a smooth, finished opening These simple accessories are designed to be attached to framing prior to the installation of drywall in preparation for the installation of Crestron® speakers. They allow for versatile positioning over wall studs and ceiling joists spaced 16” to 24” on center. Plastic models are available to fit all sizes of Excite®, Aspire®, and Essence® in-ceiling and in-wall speakers. Each model allows drywall to be installed over the template and acts as a guide for cutting the hole in place. Metal models are available to fit all sizes of Saros® in-ceiling speakers, and are offered in a choice of flat or collared versions. •The flat version allows drywall to be installed over the template and acts as a guide for cutting the hole in place. •The collared version accommodates drywall with a precut hole and provides a formed collar suitable for the application of drywall compound for a smooth, finished opening. Available Models SPKA-NCTP-IC500: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 5.25” In-Ceiling Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IC600: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 6.5” In-Ceiling Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IC800: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 8” In-Ceiling Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IW500: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 5.25” In-Wall Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IW600: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 6.5” In-Wall Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IW800: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Excite®, Aspire®, & Essence® 8” In-Wall Speakers, 1 Pair SPKA-NCTP-IC410: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 4” In-Ceiling Speakers, Flat, 10 Pack SPKA-NCTP-IC610: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 6.5” In-Ceiling Speakers, Flat, 10 Pack SPKA-NCTP-IC810: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 8” In-Ceiling Speakers, Flat, 10 Pack SPKA-NCTP-IC411: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 4” In-Ceiling Speakers, Collared, 10 Pack SPKA-NCTP-IC611: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 6.5” In-Ceiling Speakers, Collared, 10 Pack SPKA-NCTP-IC811: New-Construction Speaker Templates for Saros® 8” In-Ceiling Speakers, Collared, 10 Pack Notes: This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Crestron, the Crestron logo, Aspire, Essence, Excite, and Saros are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2014 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Plastic models shown SPKA-NCTP New-Construction Speaker Templates crestron.com | 800.237.2041 SPKA-NCTP-IW800 SPKA-NCTP-IC500 SPKA-NCTP-IW600 SPKA-NCTP-IC600 SPKA-NCTP-IW500 SPKA-NCTP-IC800 ∅7.45 in (189 mm) ∅9.26 in (235 mm) 25.80 in (656 mm) ∅8.33 in (212 mm) ∅10.14 in (258 mm) 26.69 in (678 mm) ∅10.79 in (274 mm) ∅12.60 in (320 mm) 29.15 in (741 mm) 7.21 in (183 mm) 25.18 in (640 mm) 9.73 in (247 mm) 12.42 in (316 mm) 11.17 in (284 mm) 26.26 in (669 mm) 8.29 in (211 mm) 13.86 in (352 mm) 13.21 in (336 mm) 27.73 in (705 mm) 9.76 in (248 mm) 15.90 in (404 mm) SPKA-NCTP New-Construction Speaker Templates Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2014 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 02/19/14 SPKA-NCTP-IC811 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅11.28 in (287 mm) ∅15.28 in (388 mm) ∅11.41 in (290 mm) SPKA-NCTP-IC810 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅11.28 in (287 mm) 0.22 in (6 mm) ∅15.28 in (388 mm) SPKA-NCTP-IC611 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅13.79 in (350 mm) ∅9.91 in (252 mm) 0.63 in (16 mm) 0.41 in (11 mm) SPKA-NCTP-IC610 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅9.79 in (249 mm) ∅13.79 in (350 mm) 0.22 in (6 mm) 0.41 in (11 mm) 0.63 in (16 mm) ∅9.79 in (249 mm) SPKA-NCTP-IC411 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅7.86 in (200 mm) 0.63 in (16 mm) SPKA-NCTP-IC410 28.00 in (711 mm) ∅7.74 in (197 mm) ∅11.74 in (298 mm) 0.22 in (6 mm) ∅7.74 in (197 mm) 0.41 in (11 mm) ∅11.74 in (298 mm) SAROS IC8T Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >High-performance 2-way in-ceiling speaker >8” polypropylene woofer with damped cloth surround for tight, controlled bass and clear midrange >Optimized dual front ports for enhanced low-frequency response >Wide-dispersion, horn-loaded titanium dome tweeter for crisp, clear high-end and enhanced pattern control >Built-in 60 Watt 70/100V multi-tap transformer >“Zero-bezel” frameless grille for a clean, contemporary appearance >Integral metal back can with top and side conduit knockouts >Two-step toggle clamps for fast, easy installation >Includes tile bridge for installation in a drop-tile ceiling >Meets the requirements of UL® 2043 for installation in an environmental air-handling space >150 Watts program power handling at 8 Ohms >50 Hz - 20 kHz frequency response >95° nominal coverage pattern >Available in black or white >Paintable to blend with surroundings Saros® speakers by Crestron® deliver professional grade performance and flexible installation in a range of popular sizes for demanding commercial applications. Solid construction, easy installation, and high-end components are hallmarks of the Saros speaker line. Ideal for use in background or foreground music, paging, and sound reinforcement systems, Saros speakers are engineered to achieve smooth, even coverage, high output, and clear, natural sound quality through the employment of horn-loaded titanium dome tweeters, high-efficiency damped cone woofers, ported enclosures, and precisely tuned crossovers. The Saros IC8T model is a 2-way in-ceiling speaker featuring an 8 inch woofer and wide-dispersion, horn-loaded 1 inch dome tweeter. A built-in 60 Watt multi-tap transformer allows for use with 70 and 100 Volt distributed speaker systems. Power handling at 8 Ohms is an impressive 150 Watts (program), with a wide frequency response from 50 Hz to 20 kHz (±3 dB). The Saros IC8T is smartly designed for quick and easy installation and years of reliable performance. Its “zero-bezel” frameless grille achieves an unobtrusive and contemporary appearance well-suited for use in restaurants and night clubs, retail spaces, houses of worship, convention facilities, universities, and office buildings. Installing the grille requires no hardware or tools, utilizing powerful magnets to hold it in place. A safety tether is included to prevent the grille from ever falling from the ceiling. Unitized construction of the speaker enclosure simplifies specification and installation for use in new and existing ceilings. Mounting the speaker is facilitated using rugged, 2-step toggle clamps integrated into the enclosure. Each toggle clamp offers two positions to accommodate standard and extra thick surfaces up to 2.4 inches (61 mm). A tile bridge is included to provide proper support when installed in a typical drop-tile ceiling. The tile bridge is adjustable to enable off-center speaker positioning, and can be folded to fit through the speaker cutout in blind- mount situations. Two rigging points are also provided on the top of the speaker enclosure for securing to the building structure using the optional safety tether kit (SPKA-ST-15 [1]). An integral metal back can is employed to meet the requirements of UL® 2043 for installation in an environmental air-handling (plenum) space. The wiring connection is accessible behind a rear cover panel by removing a single screw. Top and side knockouts are provided on the cover panel to accommodate 1/2” or 3/4” flexible conduit. A cable clamp is also provided. Connecting the wiring behind the cover panel is facilitated using a detachable screw terminal block with provisions for easy parallel wiring in a multi-speaker application. Setting the 70/100V transformer tap is performed via a screwdriver-adjustable control located on the front baffle behind the grille. Saros IC8T speakers are available in white or black, and can be painted to blend with the ceiling surface. They are priced individually, but must be ordered in pairs. SAROS IC8T Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 SPECIFICATIONS Features & Performance Woofer: 8 inch (203 mm) polypropylene w/ring mode decoupled cloth surround & steel basket Tweeter: 0.98 inch (25 mm) titanium dome, horn loaded Crossover Frequency: 2.5 kHz Impedance: 8 Ohms nominal with transformer set to “8Ω” Transformer Taps: 3.75W/7.5W/15W/30W/60W at 70V; 7.5W/15W/30W/60W at 100V Frequency Response: 50 Hz to 20 kHz (±3 dB) Frequency Range: 40 Hz to 20 kHz (-10 dB) Power Handling: 150 Watts program (8 Ohms) Sensitivity: 90.5 dB @ 1W/1m Coverage: 95° conical (nominal) Connections Input: (1) 4-pin 5 mm detachable terminal block with screw-down flanges; Speaker input with parallel pass-thru; Maximum Wire Size: 12 AWG Controls Transformer Tap: (1) Recessed screwdriver-adjustable rotary switch on baffle; used to select 70/100V tap or 8 Ohms (bypass) 10k5k2k1k500200100502020 20kHz 100.0 dBSPL 90.0 80.0 70.0 60.0 50.0 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 200Hz 250Hz 315Hz 400Hz SAROS IC8T – Frequency Response SAROS IC8T – Dispersion Pattern, 200 Hz - 400 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 500Hz 630Hz 800Hz 1000Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 1250Hz 1600Hz 2000Hz 2500Hz SAROS IC8T – Dispersion Pattern, 1250 Hz - 2500 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 3150Hz 4000Hz 5000Hz 6300Hz SAROS IC8T – Dispersion Pattern, 3150 Hz - 6300 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 8000Hz 10000Hz 12500Hz 16000Hz SAROS IC8T – Dispersion Pattern, 8000 Hz - 16000 Hz SAROS IC8T – Dispersion Pattern, 500 Hz - 1000 Hz SAROS IC8T Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Environmental Temperature: -2° to 120° F (-19° to 49° C) Humidity: 5% to 95% RH (non-condensing) Construction Enclosure: Zinc-plated steel, plenum-rated, 1/2” or 3/4” conduit knockout top and side, (1) cable clamp included Baffle: Glass fiber reinforced ABS plastic, UL 94V-0 flame rated Grille: Steel with white or black textured finish, paintable, magnetically- held “zero-bezel” frameless design, safety tether included Mounting: Flush ceiling mount using 4 integral 2-step toggle clamps, 2.4 in (61 mm) maximum surface thickness, 8.9 in (226 mm) minimum mounting depth, 11.2 in (285 mm) diameter recommended cutout, tile bridge included, (2) rigging points for safety tether (SPKA-ST-15 sold separately) Dimensions Diameter: 12.07 in (307 mm) not including toggles Depth: 9.10 in (231 mm) Weight 12.5 lb (5.7 kg) Compliance UL 1480, UL 2043 [2] MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models SAROS IC8T-B-T-EACH: Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker, Black Textured, Single (must be ordered in multiples of 2) SAROS IC8T-W-T-EACH: Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker, White Textured, Single (must be ordered in multiples of 2) Available Accessories SPKA-ST-15: Safety Tether/Tie Down Kits, 10 Sets SPKA-NCTP-IC810: New-Construction Speaker Templates, Flat SPKA-NCTP-IC811: New-Construction Speaker Templates, Collared SPKA-GRILLE-IC810: Round Grilles (for replacement) SAROS ICS8T: Saros® 8” In-Ceiling Subwoofer Notes: 1. Item(s) sold separately. 2. UL 1480 speakers for fire alarm and signaling systems in the United States, in accordance with the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, and the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, NFPA 72. In Canada, in accordance with CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations; and with CAN/ULC S524, Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems. UL 2043 in accordance with the Standards for Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces, UL 2043 and ULC ORD-C2043. Crestron warrants to the original end purchaser that this Crestron Speaker Product, when purchased directly from Crestron or an authorized Crestron Dealer, will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the life of the product except for speaker grills and outdoor rated speakers, which are warranted for five (5) years. Crestron will at its option and expense either repair the defect or replace the Speaker Product with a new or remanufactured Product or a reasonable equivalent. In cases where a new model is substituted, a modification to the mounting surface may be required. If mounting surface modification is required, Crestron assumes no responsibility or liability for such modifications. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, and Saros are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. UL is either a trademark or registered trademark of UL LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. SAROS IC8T Saros® 8” 2-Way In-Ceiling Speaker Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/24/16 PRO3 3-Series Control System® crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Enterprise-class control system >3-Series® Control Engine — substantially faster and more powerful than other control systems >Exclusive modular programming architecture >Onboard 1GB RAM & 4GB Flash memory >Expandable storage up to 1TB >Rear panel memory card slot >High-speed USB 2.0 host port >Industry-standard Ethernet and Cresnet® wired communications >Control Subnet — provides a dedicated local network for Crestron® devices >XPanel with Smart Graphics™ computer and web based control >iPhone®, iPad®, and Android™ control app support >Crestron Fusion® Cloud Enterprise Management Service support >SNMP remote management support >Two RS-232/422/485 COM ports with hardware and software handshaking >Four RS-232 COM ports with software handshaking only >Eight IR/serial, eight relay, and eight Versiport I/O ports >Three built-in 3-Series control card expansion slots >Programmable event scheduling with astronomical time clock >Native BACnet™/IP support [2] >IEC 61000-4-5 Installation Class 4 surge immunity on COM, Versiport, and network connections [3] >Installer setup via front panel, Crestron Toolbox™ software, or web browser >C#, symbol based, and drag-and-drop programming environments >Full Unicode (multi-language) support >Increased network throughput and security >Secure access through full user/group management or Active Directory integration >Hardware level security using 802.1X authentication >TLS, SSL, SSH, and SFTP network security protocols >FIPS 140-2 compliant encryption >IIS v.6.0 Web Server >IPv6 ready >Front panel color LCD display for setup and diagnostics >Front panel USB computer console port >2-space rack-mountable The flagship Crestron® PRO3 is an enterprise-class control system with an enhanced feature set including a front panel color LCD display, built-in control card expansion slots, and a dedicated Control Subnet port. Featuring the 3-Series® control engine, the PRO3 forms the core of any modern networked home or commercial building, managing and integrating all the disparate technologies throughout your facility to make life easier, greener, more productive, and more enjoyable. 3-Series® Control Systems Today’s commercial buildings and custom homes comprise more technology than ever before, and all these systems need to be networked, managed, and controlled in fundamentally new ways. The IP based 3-Series platform is engineered from the ground up to deliver a network- grade server appliance capable of faithfully handling everything from boardroom AV and home theater control to total building management. 3-Series embodies a distinctively robust, dynamic, and secure platform to elevate your system designs to higher levels of performance and reliability. Compared to other control systems, Crestron 3-Series provides a pronounced increase in processing power and speed with more memory, rock solid networking and IP control, and a unique modular programming architecture. Modular Programming Architecture Designed for enhanced scalability, the PRO3 affords high-speed, real- time multi-tasking to seamlessly run multiple programs simultaneously. This exclusive modular programming architecture lets programmers independently develop and run device-specific programs for AV, lighting, shades, HVAC, security, etc., allowing for the optimization of each program, and allowing changes to be made to one program without affecting the whole. Even as your system grows, processing resources can easily be shifted from one 3-Series processor to another without rewriting any code. The end benefit is dramatically simplified upgradability with minimal downtime, whether implementing changes on site or remotely via the network. Robust Ethernet & IP Control IP technology is the heart of 3-Series, so it should be no surprise that its networking abilities are second to none. Gigabit Ethernet connectivity enables integration with IP-controllable devices and allows the PRO3 to be part of a larger managed control network. Whether residing on a sensitive corporate LAN, a home network, or accessing the Internet through a cable modem, the PRO3 provides secure, reliable interconnectivity with IP-enabled touch screens, computers, mobile devices, video displays, media servers, security systems, lighting, HVAC, and other equipment — whether on premises or across the globe. PRO3 3-Series Control System® crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Dedicated Control Subnet The Crestron Control Subnet is a Gigabit Ethernet network dedicated to Crestron devices. Via the PRO3’s Control Subnet port, an installer may simply connect a single touch screen or wireless gateway, or add a Crestron PoE switch (CEN-SW-POE-5 or CEN-SWPOE-16)[1] to handle multiple touch screens, gateways, AV components, and other devices. Auto-configuration of the entire subnet is performed by the PRO3, discovering each device and assigning IP addresses without any extra effort from the installer. A separate LAN port on the PRO3 provides a single-point connection to the primary LAN, requiring just one IP address for the complete control system. The LAN port allows full interconnectivity between devices on the local subnet with other devices, systems, servers, and WAN/Internet connections outside the local subnet. For sensitive applications that require absolute security, the entire Control Subnet can be completely hidden from the primary LAN using Isolation Mode. Control Apps & XPanel Years ago, Crestron pioneered the world’s first IP-based control system unleashing vast new possibilities for controlling, monitoring, and managing integrated systems over a LAN, WAN, and the Internet. Today, Crestron offers more ways than ever to control your world the way you want. Using a computer, smartphone, or tablet device, Crestron lets you control anything in your home or workplace from anywhere in the world. Native to every 3-Series control system, Crestron XPanel technology transforms any laptop or desktop computer into a virtual Crestron touch screen. Crestron control apps deliver the Crestron touch screen experience to iPhone®, iPad®, and Android™ devices, letting you safely monitor and control your entire residence or commercial facility using the one device that goes with you everywhere. Crestron Fusion® Cloud Crestron Fusion Cloud provides an integrated platform for creating truly smart buildings that save energy, enhance worker productivity, and prolong the life-span of valuable equipment. As part of a complete managed network in a corporate enterprise, college campus, convention center, or any other facility, the PRO3 works integrally with Crestron Fusion Cloud to enable remote scheduling, monitoring, and control of rooms and technology from a central help desk. It also enables organizations to reduce energy consumption by tracking real-time usage and automating control of lighting, shades, and HVAC. SNMP Support Built-in SNMP support enables integration with third-party IT management software, allowing network administrators to manage and control Crestron systems on the network in an IT-friendly format. Cresnet® Cresnet provides a dependable network wiring solution for Crestron keypads, lighting controls, shade motors, thermostats, occupancy sensors, and other devices that don’t require the higher speed of Ethernet. The Cresnet bus offers easy wiring and configuration, carrying bidirectional communication and 24VDC power to each device over a simple 4-conductor cable. To assist with troubleshooting, the PRO3 includes our patent-pending Network Analyzer which continuously monitors the integrity of the Cresnet network for wiring faults, marginal performance, and other errors. Onboard Control Ports In addition to Ethernet, the PRO3 includes six bidirectional COM ports and eight IR ports to interface directly with all of your centralized AV sources, video displays, and other devices. Eight programmable relay ports are included for controlling projection screens, lifts, power controllers, and other contact-closure actuated equipment. Eight “Versiport” I/O ports enable the integration of power sensors, motion detectors, door switches, alarms, or anything else that provides a dry contact closure, low-voltage logic, or 0-10 Volt DC signal. Control Card Expansion Slots Additional control ports can be added to the PRO3 using 3-Series Control Cards [1]. The PRO3 provides three control card expansion slots on its rear panel, affording great expansion capability without requiring any additional rack space. Front Panel Color LCD Display The PRO3’s front panel includes a color LCD display to enable extensive setup and diagnostics without having to connect a computer. BACnet™/IP Native support for the BACnet/IP communication protocol provides a direct interface to third-party building management systems over Ethernet, simplifying integration with HVAC, security, fire & life safety, voice & data, lighting, shades, and other systems. Using BACnet/IP, each system runs independently with the ability to communicate together on one platform for a truly smart building.[2] PRO3 – Rear View PRO3 3-Series Control System® crestron.com | 800.237.2041 SPECIFICATIONS Control Engine Crestron 3-Series; real-time, preemptive multi-threaded/multitasking kernel; Transaction-Safe Extended FAT file system; supports up to 10 simultaneously running programs Memory SDRAM: 1 GB Flash: 4 GB Memory Card: Supports SD and SDHC cards up to 32 GB External Storage: Supports USB mass storage devices up to 1 TB Communications Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto- discovery, full/half duplex, industry-standard TCP/IP stack, UDP/IP, CIP, DHCP, SSL, TLS, SSH, SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol), FIPS 140-2 compliant encryption, IEEE 802.1X, SNMP, BACnet/IP [2], IPv4 or IPv6, Active Directory authentication, IIS v.6.0 Web Server, SMTP e-mail client Control Subnet: 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, auto-switching, auto- negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, DHCP server, DNS Server, port forwarding, Isolation Mode Cresnet: Cresnet master mode USB: Supports USB mass storage class devices via rear panel USB 2.0 host port, supports computer console via front panel USB 2.0 device port RS-232/422/485: For 2-way device control and monitoring, all ports support RS-232 up to 115.2k baud with software handshaking, two ports also support hardware handshaking, RS-422, and RS-485 IR/Serial: Supports 1-way device control via infrared up to 1.2 MHz or serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 115.2k baud Connectors & Card Slots S1 – S3: (3) 3-Series control card expansion slots COM 1 – 2: (2) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal blocks; Bidirectional RS-232/422/485 ports [3]; Up to 115.2k baud; hardware and software handshaking support COM 3 – 6: (4) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal blocks; Bidirectional RS-232 ports [3]; Up to 115.2k baud; software handshaking support IR - SERIAL OUTPUT 1 – 8: (2) 8-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal blocks; Comprises (8) IR/Serial output ports; IR output up to 1.2 MHz; 1-way serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 115.2k baud RELAY OUTPUT 1 – 8: (2) 8-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal blocks; Comprises (8) normally open, isolated relays; Rated 1 Amp, 30 Volts AC/DC; MOV arc suppression across contacts LAN: (1) 8-pin RJ45 jack; 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Ethernet port [3]; Connects to the customer’s LAN CONTROL SUBNET: (1) 8-pin RJ45 jack; 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Ethernet port [3]; Provides a dedicated local network for Crestron devices USB: (1) USB Type A female; USB 2.0 port for storage devices MEMORY: (1) SD memory card slot; Accepts one SD or SDHC card up to 32 GB for memory expansion I/O 1 – 8: (1) 9-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Comprises (8) “Versiport” digital input/output or analog input ports (referenced to GND) [3]; Digital Input: Rated for 0-24 Volts DC, input impedance 20k Ohms, logic threshold >3.125V low/0 and <1.875V high/1; Digital Output: 250 mA sink from maximum 24 Volts DC, catch diodes for use with “real world” loads; Analog Input: Rated for 0-10 Volts DC, protected to 24 Volts DC maximum, input impedance 21k Ohms with pull-up resistor disabled; Programmable 5 Volts, 2k Ohms pull-up resistor per pin NET: (1) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Cresnet master port, outputs power to Cresnet devices [3]; See “Power” section for additional specifications 100-240V~2.4A 50/60Hz: (1) IEC 60320 C14 main power inlet; Mates with removable power cord, included G: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug COMPUTER (front): (1) USB Type B female; USB 2.0 computer console port (6 ft cable included); For setup only LCD Display Display Type: TFT active matrix color LCD Size: 2.8 inch (72 mm) diagonal Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels Functions: Displays configuration menus, control port activity, and other system information Controls & Indicators PWR: (1) Green LED, indicates operating power supplied from AC line NET: (1) Amber LED, indicates communication with the Cresnet system MSG: (1) Red LED, indicates control system has generated an error message HW-R: (1) Recessed pushbutton for hardware reset SW-R: (1) Recessed pushbutton for software reset CNPS FAULT: (1) Red LED and (1) pushbutton, LED indicates an excessive Cresnet load detected at the NET port, pushbutton resets the fault indication SLOT 1 – 3: (3) Green LEDs, indicate control cards are inserted in the cor- responding slots Nav Pad: (1) 5-way navigation pad for menu navigation and parameter adjustment HOME: (1) Pushbutton, returns to the home menu PRO3 3-Series Control System® crestron.com | 800.237.2041 BACK: (1) Pushbutton, steps menu back one level LAN (rear): (2) Bi-color green/amber LEDs, left LED indicates Ethernet link status and connection speed, right LED indicates Ethernet activity CONTROL SUBNET (rear): (2) Bi-color green/amber LEDs, left LED indicates Ethernet link status and connection speed, right LED indicates Ethernet activity Power Main Power: 2.4 Amps @ 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Available Cresnet Power: 75 Watts (3.125 Amps @ 24 Volts DC) Environmental Temperature: 41° to 113° F (5° to 45° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 45 BTU/hr with no Cresnet devices, no control cards; 71 BTU/hr with full Cresnet load, no control cards; See individual control card spec sheets for additional specifications Enclosure Chassis: Metal, black finish, vented top and sides Faceplate: Extruded metal, black finish, polycarbonate label overlay Mounting: Freestanding or 2 RU 19-inch rack-mountable (adhesive feet and rack ears included) Dimensions Height: 3.47 in (89 mm) without feet Width: 17.28 in (439 mm), 19.00 in (483 mm) with rack ears Depth: 10.13 in (258 mm) Weight 5.0 lb (2.3 kg) MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models PRO3: 3-Series Control System® Available Accessories C3COM-3: 3-Series® Control Card - 3 COM Ports C3IO-16: 3-Series® Control Card - 16 Versiport I/O Ports C3IR-8: 3-Series® Control Card - 8 IR Ports C3RY-8: 3-Series® Control Card - 8 Relay Ports C3RY-16: 3-Series® Control Card - 16 Relay Ports PWE-4803RU: PoE Injector CEN-SW-POE-5: 5-Port PoE Switch CEN-SWPOE-16: 16-Port Managed PoE Switch C2N-HBLOCK: Multi-type Cresnet Distribution Block CNTBLOCK: Cresnet Distribution Block CNSP-XX: Custom Serial Interface Cable IRP2: IR Emitter Probe w/Terminal Block Connector Crestron® App: Control App for Apple® iOS® & Android™ XPanel: Crestron Control® for Computers myCrestron: Dynamic DNS Service for Crestron Systems Crestron Fusion®: Enterprise Management Platform 3-Series® BACnet™/IP Support: 3-Series Native BACnet/IP Interface License CSP-LIR-USB: IR Learner Notes: 1. Item(s) sold separately. 2. License required. The PRO3 supports a maximum of 2000 BACnet objects when dedicated for BACnet use only. Actual capabilities are contingent upon the overall program size and complexity. 3. The following connections comply with IEC 61000-4-5 Installation Class 4 surge immunity levels: COM 1 - 6, I/O 1 - 8, NET, LAN, and CONTROL SUBNET. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, 3-Series, 3-Series Control System, Cresnet, Crestron Control, Crestron Fusion, Crestron Toolbox, and Smart Graphics are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. BACnet and the BACnet logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Apple, iPad, and iPhone are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. IOS is either a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Android is either a trademark or registered trademark of Google, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. PRO3 3-Series Control System® Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/18/16 GLS-ODT-C-CN Dual-Technology Occupancy Sensor with Cresnet®, 2000 sq ft crestron.com | 800.237.2041crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Ceiling-mount occupancy sensor >Dual-technology motion detection >360 degree coverage pattern >2,000 sq ft coverage area >Discreet, low-profile appearance >Extremely accurate and reliable sensing >Fully digital circuitry for low cost and high reliability >Built-in ambient light recognition >External photosensor input >Control system communications via Cresnet® >Grace Occupany feature The Crestron® GLS-ODT-C-CN sensor features accurate, dual-technology occupancy detection in a large room or space and delivers a powerful and cost-effective solution for reducing energy consumption and enhancing the functionality of lighting and environmental systems. The GLS-ODT-C-CN is a low-profile, ceiling-mounted occupancy sensor designed for areas up to 2,000 square feet, making it great for use in large spaces such as auditoriums, warehouses, and building lobbies. Reliable Cresnet® wired communications directly connects the sensor to a Crestron control system for integrated control of lighting, climate, and other devices in the room. Dual-Technology Occupancy Sensing Achieving consistent and dependable occupancy sensing is accomplished using a combination of ultrasonic and passive infrared (PIR) sensing technologies. Ultrasonic motion detection is highly sensitive to small movements over a large area, while passive infrared sensing ensures superior immunity to false triggers from vibrations, inanimate objects, or movement in an adjacent corridor. Ultrasonic motion detection can be turned on for Side A, Side B, or both sides of the occupancy sensor to avoid false occupancy readings when the sensor is facing a hallway or doorway. The GLS-ODT-C-CN provides independent sensitivity adjustment for each sensor type for optimum performance in any space. Walk-Through Mode This sensor detects momentary occupancy and automatically turns the lights off after 90 seconds with the built-in Walk-Through feature, reducing unnecessary energy consumption. Grace Occupancy Feature When the lights turn off in a room programmed to vacancy only mode, a 15-second grace period starts during which the room lights can be turned on again by simply waving a hand to trigger the sensor. Ambient Light Recognition A built-in photosensor detects the amount of ambient light in the room. When enabled, the photosensor can override the occupancy sensor’s signal to turn on the lights if the ambient light level is above a set threshold, preventing lights from turning on when there is sufficient daylight in the room and also performing daylight harvesting and dimming when appropriate. Programming logic must be included to utilize this override feature. Versatile Installation The GLS-ODT-C-CN achieves a discreet, nearly hidden appearance when installed on a typical drywall or droptile ceiling. Hardware is included for fast and simple mounting in a standard 4-inch octagon box or in a hole created with the help of the provided cutout template. The sensor includes a built-in Cresnet connection for data and power and an input for an optional external photosensor. For easy wiring, the 5-pin Cresnet connector is detachable. Cresnet The GLS-ODT-C-CN uses the dependable Cresnet wired network for communication between devices. Cresnet provides a simple solution for configuring and wiring keypads and sensors as part of any complete Crestron system. Cresnet is the communications backbone for Crestron lighting dimmers, keypads, shades, thermostats, and many other devices. This flexible 4-wire bus provides data communications and 24 Volts DC power for all of the devices on the Cresnet network. IR Remote A variety of parameters can be set for the GLS-ODT-C-CN by using the GLS-REMOTE-ODT/OIR remote (sold separately). This IR remote eliminates the need for a ladder when commissioning or setting up any system. The installer can simply stand underneath the sensor and use the remote to complete setup functions and fine-tune the sensor’s settings after installation. The remote provides all of the following funtionality: •Adjusts the sensitivity for vacancy and occupancy states separately •Enables or disables Walk-Through mode •Changes settings for Timeout feature •Turns LEDs ON/OFF during normal operation •Sets or changes the Cresnet ID •Uses Force Vacancy or Factory Reset GLS-ODT-C-CN Dual-Technology Occupancy Sensor with Cresnet®, 2000 sq ft crestron.com | 800.237.2041crestron.com | 800.237.2041 SPECIFICATIONS Sensing Sensor Technology: Passive infrared and ultrasonic (40 kHz) Ambient Light Recognition: Built-in photosensor (0-1000 lux) Coverage Area: 2,000 sq ft Coverage Pattern: 360 degrees LED Indicators IR: (1) Red LED, indicates PIR detection Ultrasonic: (1) Green LED, indicates ultrasonic detection Controls (1) Pushbutton located behind the front cover for testing the unit IR Remote (Sold Separately) Parameters and Settings Available Via IR Remote: •Separate occupancy and vacancy sensitivity settings •Timeout (30s, 2m, 5m, 10m, 15m, 30m) •Walk-Through mode “Short Timeout” (Enable/Disable) •LEDs (Enable/Disable) •PIR sensitivity (High, Med, Low, OFF), with the option to set separate occupancy and vacancy settings •US sensitivity (High, Med, Low, OFF), with the option to set separate occupancy and vacancy settings •US detection (Side A only, Side B only, Both) •ID of sensor •Factory Reset •Force Vacancy •(4) Custom buttons for future additional features Connections EXT: (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Cresnet® slave port and external photosensor input Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Power Requirements Current Consumption: 45 mA at 24 Volts DC Cresnet Power Usage: 1 Watt Enclosure Housing: Plastic, white Mounting: Mounts to a 4” (102 mm) octagon box or ~3-1/2” (88 mm) diameter hole created by provided cutout template; Includes mounting screws and integral toggle clamps; A 1-1/2” (38 mm) minimum mounting depth is recommended Dimensions Diameter: 4.80 in (122 mm) Depth: 2.30 in (59 mm) overall, 0.97 in (25 mm) exposed Weight 5.1 oz (144 g) Standards & Certifications UL60730-1, FCC, CE, C-Tick, IC, Plenum Rated, California Title 24 Code MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models GLS-ODT-C-CN: Dual-Technology Occupancy Sensor with Cresnet®, 2000 sq ft Available Accessories GLS-REMOTE-ODT/OIR: IR Remote for GLS-ODT-C-CN & GLS-OIR-C-CN GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP-500: Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 sq ft CRESNET-NP-TL-B250: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, teal, 250 ft box CRESNET-NP-BK-B500: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, black, 500 ft box CRESNET-NP-OR-B500: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, orange, 500 ft box CRESNET-NP-TL-B500: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, teal, 500 ft box CRESNET-NP-TL-SP500: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, teal, 500 ft spool CRESNET-NP-TL-SP1000: Cresnet® Control Cable, non-plenum, teal, 1000 ft spool CRESNET-P-BK-SP500: Cresnet® Control Cable, plenum, black, 500 ft spool CRESNET-P-OR-SP500: Cresnet® Control Cable, plenum, orange, 500 ft spool CRESNET-P-TL-SP500: Cresnet® Control Cable, plenum, teal, 500 ft spool CRESNET-P-TL-SP1000: Cresnet® Control Cable, plenum, teal, 1000 ft spool Notes: This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, and Cresnet are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. GLS-ODT-C-CN Dual-Technology Occupancy Sensor with Cresnet®, 2000 sq ft Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 05/10/16 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 05/10/16 CAD DRAWING SAROS SR8T Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >High-performance 2-way surface mount speaker >Designed for high reliability in both indoor and outdoor applications >8” polypropylene woofer with damped cloth surround for tight, controlled bass and clear midrange >Optimized dual front ports for enhanced low-frequency response >Horn-loaded titanium dome tweeter for crisp, clear high end and enhanced pattern control >Built-in 60 Watt 70/100V multi-tap transformer >Rigid ABS plastic construction with powder coated aluminum grille >IPx4 splash-proof rated, weatherized construction >Versatile and easy-to-install “QuickBall” mounting system >Allows 360° rotation and continuously variable positioning >200 Watts program power handling at 8 Ohms >60 Hz - 18 kHz frequency range >Available in black or white >Paintable to blend with surroundings Saros® speakers by Crestron® deliver professional grade performance and flexible installation in a range of popular sizes for demanding commercial or residential applications. Solid construction, easy installation, and high- end components are hallmarks of the Saros speaker line. Ideal for use in background or foreground music, paging, and sound reinforcement systems, Saros speakers are engineered to achieve smooth, even coverage, high output, and clear, natural sound quality through the employment of horn- loaded titanium dome tweeters, high-efficiency damped cone woofers, ported enclosures, and precisely tuned crossovers. The Saros SR8T model is a 2-way surface-mount speaker featuring an 8 inch woofer and horn-loaded 1 inch dome tweeter. A built-in 60 Watt multi-tap transformer allows for use with 70 and 100 Volt distributed speaker systems. Power handling at 8 Ohms is an impressive 200 Watts (program), with a frequency range from 60 Hz to 18 kHz (-10 dB). The Saros SR8T is smartly designed for quick and easy installation and years of reliable performance. Its clean, contoured enclosure achieves an attractive appearance in restaurants and night clubs, retail spaces, houses of worship, convention facilities, universities, office buildings, and custom homes. Weatherized construction allows for use in outdoor entertainment venues, decks, patios, locker rooms, and swimming pools. Featuring a unique “QuickBall” mounting system, the Saros SR8T can be mounted to any solid flat surface with the ability to orient and aim the speaker in virtually any position. The QuickBall bracket achieves a very clean and stable installation using a tool-free ball-and-socket mechanism. Simply position the speaker as desired and flip the clamp lever closed. A security screw is included to deter theft by preventing the lever from being released. The QuickBall mounting bracket can be mounted over a 1-gang US, UK, or European electrical box, allowing wiring to be run through the wall and exit cleanly through the included cover plate. It can also be mounted to a light pole or post using pole-mounting straps (not included). A rear rigging point is also provided for securing the speaker using the optional safety tether kit (SPKA-ST-15 [1]). Connecting the wire at the back of the speaker is facilitated using a detachable screw terminal block with provisions for easy parallel wiring in multi-speaker applications. A weather boot is included to protect the wiring connections from moisture. Setting the 70/100V transformer tap is done via a recessed screwdriver-adjustable control on the rear. Saros SR8T speakers are available in white or black, and can be painted to blend with the surrounding architecture. They are priced individually, but must be ordered in pairs. SPECIFICATIONS Features & Performance Woofer: 8 inch (203 mm) polypropylene w/ring mode decoupled cloth surround & steel basket Tweeter: 0.98 inch (25 mm) titanium dome, 90° conical horn loaded Crossover Frequency: 2 kHz Impedance: 8 Ohms nominal with transformer set to “8Ω” Transformer Taps: 3.75W/7.5W/15W/30W/60W at 70V; 7.5W/15W/30W/60W at 100V SAROS SR8T Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Frequency Response: 80 Hz to 16 kHz (±3 dB) Frequency Range: 60 Hz to 18 kHz (-10 dB) Power Handling: 200 Watts program (8 Ohms) Sensitivity: 91.5 dB @ 1W/1m Connections Input: (1) 4-pin 5 mm detachable terminal block with screw-down flanges and weather boot; speaker input with parallel pass-thru; Maximum Wire Size: 12 AWG Controls Transformer Tap: (1) Recessed screwdriver-adjustable rotary switch on rear; Used to select 70/100V tap or 8 Ohms (bypass) Environmental Temperature: -2° to 120° F (-19° to 49° C) Humidity: 5% to 95% RH (non-condensing) Splash Resistance: IPx4 rated per IEC 60529; withstands water splashing from any direction Construction Enclosure: ABS plastic, textured finish, paintable Grille: Aluminum, powder coated, paintable Mounting: Surface mount to a solid flat surface with option to position over a flush-mounted 1-gang electrical box, 1-gang UK (BS 4662) electrical box, or 1-gang European (DIN 49073) electrical box; pole mount (straps not included); rigging point for safety tether (SPKA-ST-15 sold separately); theft-resistant security screw Positioning Yaw (Horizontal): ±30° Pitch (Vertical): ±30° Roll (Rotation): 360° Dimensions Height: 13.31 in (338 mm) Width: 9.57 in (244 mm) Depth: 6.89 in (175 mm), 9.05 in (230 mm) with mounting bracket Weight 10.1 lb (4.6 kg) QuickBall Mounting Bracket (included) Black model – shown with cover removed White model – shown with cover installed SAROS SR8T – Shown in White SAROS SR8T Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker crestron.com | 800.237.2041 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 200Hz 250Hz 315Hz 400Hz SAROS SR8T – Frequency Response SAROS SR8T – Dispersion Pattern, 200 Hz - 400 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 500Hz 630Hz 800Hz 1000Hz SAROS SR8T – Dispersion Pattern, 500 Hz - 1000 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 1250Hz 1600Hz 2000Hz 2500Hz SAROS SR8T – Dispersion Pattern, 1250 Hz - 2500 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 3150Hz 4000Hz 5000Hz 6300Hz SAROS SR8T – Dispersion Pattern, 3150 Hz - 6300 Hz 12 0 -12 -24 -36 -48 dB 30° 60° 90°-90° -60° -30° 8000Hz 10000Hz 12500Hz 16000Hz SAROS SR8T – Dispersion Pattern, 8000 Hz - 16000 Hz MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models SAROS SR8T-B-T-EACH: Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker, Black Textured, Single (must be ordered in multiples of 2) SAROS SR8T-W-T-EACH: Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker, White Textured, Single (must be ordered in multiples of 2) Available Accessories SPKA-ST-15: Safety Tether/Tie Down Kits, 10 Sets Notes: 1. Item(s) sold separately. Crestron warrants to the original end purchaser that this Crestron Speaker Product, when purchased directly from Crestron or an authorized Crestron Dealer, will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the life of the product except for speaker grills and outdoor rated speakers, which are warranted for five (5) years. Crestron will at its option and expense either repair the defect or replace the Speaker Product with a new or remanufactured Product or a reasonable equivalent. In cases where a new model is substituted, a modification to the mounting surface may be required. If mounting surface modification is required, Crestron assumes no responsibility or liability for such modifications. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at www.crestron.com/salesreps or by calling 800-237-2041. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed online at: patents.crestron.com. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, please visit www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, and Saros are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. SAROS SR8T Saros® 8” 2-Way Surface Mount Indoor/Outdoor Speaker Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2016 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 10/25/16 AM-200 AirMedia® Presentation System 200 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 >Turns underutilized open spaces and seating areas into productive meeting spaces >Enables secure wired and wireless presentation from laptops, smartphones, and tablet devices >Fully automated operation – just connect and present >Compact, surface-mountable form factor – hides discreetly behind the room display >Features AirMedia® 2.0 wireless presentation technology [1] >Leverages your existing Wi-Fi® wireless network for BYOD connectivity >Compatible with Windows®, macOS®, Android®, and Apple® iOS® devices >HDMI® input provides wired connectivity for sources with resolutions up to HD 1080p60 [2] >HDMI output feeds a single HD or WUXGA display device >Controls the display device via CEC, IR, or RS-232 >HDCP 1.4 compliant >Customizable welcome screen provides clear instructions for presenters >Displays space availability, meeting details, and other messaging on screen >Integrates natively with Microsoft® Office 365® and Outlook® calendaring applications via Microsoft Exchange >Integrates with Crestron Fusion® room scheduling and enterprise management services >Allows scheduled on/off display control >Optional wireless occupancy sensor enables enhanced automation and monitoring of the space >XiO Cloud™ support enables remote provisioning and management >Enterprise-grade security and content encryption protect privacy and ensure compliance with IT policies >Available touch screen and wireless keypad control options >High-speed 10/100 Ethernet LAN port >PoE or AC line powered >100-240V universal power pack included The AirMedia® Presentation System 200 (AM-200) enables secure wired and wireless presentation in lounges, lobbies, and open spaces, and integrates with popular calendaring platforms. It is ideal for organizations with a dispersed workforce, open floor plans, and reliance on mobile devices to present. It is secure, easy to deploy and manage, increases workflow, and facilitates collaboration by turning underutilized spaces into productive meeting spaces while supporting the many different platforms and services employees and guests have on their personal devices. Connect and Present The AM-200 device mounts invisibly behind a wall mount display and enables wired or wireless presentation with auto-switching. It features built-in AirMedia 2.0 wireless presentation capability, plus an HDMI® input, HDMI out to the display (HD or WUXGA), and auto-on/off display control via CEC, serial, or IR. Connecting a source via AirMedia or HDMI selects that input automatically and instantly displays the source image on the display. There’s no programming required, no dongles to plug in, and no remotes to lose or batteries to replace. AirMedia® Wireless Presentation Crestron AirMedia technology allows for wireless presentation of content from a laptop, smartphone, or tablet device via a Wi-Fi® wireless network. With AirMedia, anyone can walk into the room with a Windows® or MacBook® laptop and connect without wires, enabling the presentation of any content including Full HD video at frame rates up to 30 fps. iPhone®, iPad®, and Android® devices can present PowerPoint®, Excel®, Word, and PDF documents, as well as pictures, videos, or any app content with full- screen mirroring. For more information about AirMedia, please visit https://www.crestron.com/airmedia.[1] HDMI® Connectivity In addition to AirMedia, the AM-200 includes an HDMI input for direct connection of a mini-PC or other local source, or a portable laptop computer via an optional wall plate or cable. The HDMI input supports HD 1080p signals.[2] For a comparable solution with both HDMI input and a 4K-capable DM® input, refer to the AM-300. Enhanced Onscreen Experience When no presentation source is connected, the AM-200 displays a customizable welcome screen on the room display with simple instructions for connecting and presenting. Integration with Microsoft® Exchange (for users of Outlook® and Office 365®) or Crestron Fusion® room scheduling allows the space’s availability and details about the current scheduled meeting to appear on screen. As the meeting progresses, gentle notifications appear periodically to indicate how much time is left in the meeting and what’s scheduled next for the space. Pop-up messages, sent from Crestron Fusion, may also appear prominently on screen in the event of an emergency or other important announcement. AM-200 AirMedia® Presentation System 200 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Crestron Fusion® Room Monitoring AirMedia presentation spaces can be centrally monitored and managed through integration with the Crestron Fusion enterprise management service. Adding an optional wireless occupancy sensor enhances monitoring and automation capabilities by reporting and logging when people are present in the space, and turning the display on and off accordingly. Crestron Fusion also supports room scheduling, with the ability to integrate with an expanded selection of popular third-party calendaring applications. An AirMedia presentation space can turn on and off automatically according to its schedule to save energy. If no one shows up for a scheduled meeting, the space can be returned to inventory automatically to maximize availability for new bookings. Occupancy and usage data can be collected, and reports can be generated to help organizations optimize investments in space and technology. In the event of a technical issue, instant alerts notify the help desk to rapidly resolve problems and maximize uptime and workflow. For more information about Crestron Fusion, please visit https://www.crestron.com/fusion. XiO Cloud™ Provisioning and Management XiO Cloud is Crestron’s unifying cloud-based platform for remotely provisioning, monitoring, and managing Crestron devices across an enterprise or an entire client base. XiO Cloud enables installers and IT managers to deploy and manage thousands of devices in the amount of time it would ordinarily take to manage just one. It provides a zero-touch solution that allows complete configuration of device settings without any hardware in hand, then simply connect each device on site and let XiO Cloud push out the settings, licenses, drivers, and firmware updates – automatically and securely – for a quick and painless, ready-to-use deployment. Ongoing XiO Cloud services facilitate daily management and monitoring of every device through a single dashboard with comprehensive reporting and logging, live status viewing and alerts, performance metrics and analytics, scheduled actions and updates, and more. As requirements grow and evolve, new features and functionality can be added easily to one or many devices at any time without ever going on site. XiO Cloud is a subscription-based service offering an adaptable SaaS (Software as a Service) solution with graduated levels of functionality and unlimited scalability. For more information about XiO Cloud, please visit https://www.crestron.com/xiocloud. Enterprise-Grade Security The AirMedia Presentation System is an enterprise-grade solution that can be deployed affordably across hundreds of spaces, and set up easily using just a web browser, Crestron Fusion, or XiO Cloud. It employs standard network security protocols, including 802.1X network access control, Active Directory® authentication, and AES content encryption, to protect privacy and ensure compliance with your organization’s IT policies. Add-On Control Options Manual control of the AM-200 can be enabled by adding a Crestron TSW-760 or TSW-1060 series touch screen. The touch screen provides a small-screen view of the room schedule and meeting details, with controls for input source selection, display power on/off, and display volume and mute, plus a help page. Additional control options include a wireless 4-button keypad (ZUMMESH-KP10AMBATT series [3]), which provides simple on/off and volume control, and a wireless occupancy sensor (ZUMMESH-PIR-OCCUPANCY-BATT) for enhanced automation and room monitoring functionality. The wireless keypad and occupancy sensor require the addition of the wireless AV Bridge accessory (ZUMMESH-AVBRIDGE), which connects to the AM-200 via USB. Note: The AM-200 is engineered to deliver a consistent user experience across many spaces, with intuitive functionality tailored for small seating areas and huddle spaces. It cannot be custom programmed and is not addressable from a Crestron control system. SPECIFICATIONS Communications Ethernet: 10/100 Mbps, auto-switching, auto-negotiating, auto-discovery, full/half duplex, TCP/IP, UDP/IP, DHCP, SSL, TLS, SSH, SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol), IEEE 802.1X, Active Directory authentication, HTTPS web browser setup and XiO Cloud client, 802.3af and 802.3at Type 1 compliant AirMedia: (Via Ethernet) IPv4, mDNS, TLS, AES [1] USB Host: USB 2.0 for optional Crestron AV Bridge (model ZUMMESH- AVBRIDGE sold separately) to enable wireless keypad control and occupancy sensing AM-200 – Top, Front, and Bottom Views AM-200 AirMedia® Presentation System 200 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 USB Device: USB 2.0 for computer console (installer setup and firmware update) RS-232: 2-way display device control up to 115.2k baud with hardware and software handshaking IR/Serial: 1-way display device control via infrared up to 1.1 MHz or serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19.2k baud HDMI Input: HDCP 1.4, EDID HDMI Output: HDCP 1.4, EDID, CEC NOTE: Supports management of HDCP and EDID AirMedia [1] Mobile App OS Support: Apple iOS, Android Client Software OS Support: Windows 7, Windows 8, Window 10, macOS (versions 10.10 through 10.13) Client Software Video Frame Rate: 30 fps, audio supported Full Screen Device Mirroring: Shares the screen image and audio from an Apple iOS, Android, macOS, or Windows device Resolutions: 800x600@60Hz, 1024x768@60Hz, 1280x720@60Hz (720p60), 1280x768@60Hz, 1280x800@60Hz, 1280x1024@60Hz, 1360x768@60Hz, 1400x1050@60Hz, 1440x900@60Hz, 1600x1200@60Hz, 1920x1080@60Hz (1080p60), 1920x1200@60Hz Bitrate Peak: 0.25 to 8.5 Mbps, variable depending on content complexity Bitrate Average: 1.4 Mbps typical Note: The bitrate for Apple native mirroring may deviate from above depending on the OS version and content Audio Format: Stereo Video Input Signal Types: AirMedia, HDMI (DVI & Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [2]) Output Signal Types: HDMI (DVI compatible [2]) Maximum Input Resolution: 1920x1080@60Hz (HD 1080p60), 4:4:4, 36 bit color depth NOTE: Other input resolutions are supported at pixel clock rates up to 148 MHz; interlaced video is not supported Output Resolutions: 640x480@60Hz, 800x600@60Hz, 1024x768@60Hz [4], 1280x720@50Hz (720p50), 1280x720@60Hz (720p60), 1280x800@60Hz [4], 1366x768@60Hz [4], 1440x900@60Hz [4], 1600x900@60Hz [5], 1600x1200@60Hz, 1680x1050@60Hz [4], 1920x1080@50Hz (1080p50), 1920x1080@60Hz (1080p60), 1920x1200@60Hz NOTE: All video inputs are automatically scaled to the operative output resolution when displayed full screen. Background & Logo File Support: GIF, JPEG, PNG Audio Input Signal Types: AirMedia, HDMI (Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [2]) Output Signal Types: HDMI Input/Output Format: 2 channel LPCM NOTE: Audio input signals are passed to the output without any processing. Volume control capability requires a display device with discrete volume up, down, and mute commands available via CEC, IP, IR, or RS-232. Connectors CONSOLE: (1) Micro-USB Type B connector, female; USB 2.0 device port for computer console (installer setup); 6 ft (1.83 m) USB Type A to Micro-B cable included IR: (1) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; IR/Serial output port for display device control; IR output up to 1.1 MHz; 1-way serial TTL/RS-232 (0-5 Volts) up to 19200 baud Note: IR port #2 is not used. IRP2 emitter sold separately. COM: (1) 5-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; Bidirectional RS-232 port for display device control; Up to 115.2k baud, hardware and software handshaking support HDMI INPUT: (1) HDMI Type A connector, female; HDMI digital video/audio input; (DVI & Dual-Mode DisplayPort compatible [2]) HDMI OUTPUT: (1) HDMI Type A connector, female; HDMI digital video/audio output; (DVI compatible [2]) USB: (1) USB Type A connector, female; USB 2.0 host port for Crestron AV Bridge (ZUMMESH-AVBRIDGE sold separately) LAN PoE: (1) 8-pin RJ45 connector, female; 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet port and PoE PD port 24 VDC 0.75 A: (1) 2.1 x 5.5 mm DC power connector; 24 Volt DC power input; PW-2407WU power pack included Ground: (1) 6-32 screw; Chassis ground lug Controls & Indicators PWR: (1) Green LED, indicates operating power supplied via the local power pack or PoE, flashes while booting RESET: (1) Recessed pushbutton for hardware reset SETUP: (1) Red LED and (1) recessed pushbutton for Ethernet setup, momentarily displays the device’s IP address at the HDMI output when pressed ONLINE: (1) Green LED (not used) HDMI IN & OUT: (2) Green LEDs, indicate HDMI signal presence at the HDMI input or output LAN PoE: (2) LEDs, green LED indicates Ethernet link status, amber LED indicates Ethernet activity Power Power over Ethernet: IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (802.3af compatible) Class 0 (12.95 W) PoE Powered Device Power Pack (included): Input: 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz; Output: 0.75 Amps @ 24 Volts DC; Model: PW-2407WU AM-200 AirMedia® Presentation System 200 crestron.com | 800.237.2041 Power Consumption: 8 Watts (typical) Environmental Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity: 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation: 27.3 BTU/hr Enclosure Chassis: Metal, black finish, with (2) integral mounting flanges, vented sides Mounting: Freestanding, surface mount, or attach to a single rack rail Dimensions Height: 6.42 in (163 mm) Width: 7.40 in (188 mm) Depth: 1.35 in (35 mm) Weight 19.6 oz (554 g) Compliance UL Listed for US & Canada, CE, IC, FCC Part 15 Class B digital device MODELS & ACCESSORIES Available Models AM-200: AirMedia® Presentation System 200 Included Accessories PW-2407WU: Wall Mount Power Pack, 24VDC, 0.75A, 2.1mm, Universal Available Accessories ZUMMESH-AVBRIDGE: AV Bridge – Wireless Control Integration Module ZUMMESH-KP10AMBATT Series: AirMedia® Wireless Keypad, Battery-Powered ZUMMESH-PIR-OCCUPANCY-BATT: Zūm™ Wireless Battery-Powered Occupancy Sensor TSW-760 Series: 7” Touch Screen TSW-1060 Series: 10.1” Touch Screen CBL-Series: Crestron® Certified Interface Cables MP-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates MPI-WP Series: Media Presentation Wall Plates – International Version PWE-4803RU: PoE Injector CEN-SW-POE-5: 5-Port PoE Switch CEN-SWPOE-16: 16-Port Managed PoE Switch CNSP-XX: Custom Serial Interface Cable IRP2: IR Emitter SW-XIOC-S Series: XiO Cloud Standard Provisioning and Management Service for one device SW-XIOC-P Series: XiO Cloud Premium Provisioning and Management Service for one device SW-FUSION-C-3: Crestron Fusion® Cloud; 250 rooms; 3-year SW-FUSION-P-L: Crestron Fusion® On-premises; Unlimited rooms; lifetime SW-HS-x-C Series: Crestron Fusion® Cloud Room Scheduling SW-HS-x-P Series: Crestron Fusion® On-premises Room Scheduling Notes: 1. AirMedia wireless presentation requires a wired network connection between the AM-200 and an external Wi-Fi wireless access point (not included). Laptops may alternately connect to AirMedia using a wired Ethernet connection. Full-motion video performance is dependent upon the performance of the network and the sending device. The AM-200 supports the same essential functionality as the AM-101 AirMedia Presentation Gateway with the exclusion of quad view, moderator mode, and remote view. Computer client software and mobile device apps are available for download at https://www.crestron.com/airmedia. 2. Using an appropriate adapter or interface cable, the HDMI input can support DVI and Dual-Mode DisplayPort sources, and the HDMI output can provide a DVI signal. CBL-HD-DVI interface cables are available separately. 3. Wireless keypad functionality is limited to power and volume control, and requires use of a display device that supports discrete power on, power off, volume up, and volume down commands via CEC, IP, IR, or RS-232. 4. With or without reduced blanking. 5. With reduced blanking only. This product may be purchased from an authorized Crestron dealer. To find a dealer, please contact the Crestron sales representative for your area. A list of sales representatives is available online at https://www.crestron.com/How-To-Buy/Find-a-Representative or by calling 855-263-8754. The specific patents that cover this and other Crestron products are listed online at https://www.crestron.com/legal/patents. Certain Crestron products contain open source software. For specific information, visit https://www.crestron.com/opensource. Crestron, the Crestron logo, AirMedia, Crestron Fusion, DM, PinPoint, and Zūm are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Apple, iPad, iPhone, MacBook, and macOS are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. IOS is either a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Android is either a trademark or registered trademark of Google LLC in the United States and/or other countries. HDMI and the HDMI logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Office 365, Outlook, PowerPoint, and Windows are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Wi-Fi is either a trademark or registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance in the United States and/or other countries. Other trade- marks, registered trademarks, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in typography or photography. Specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. AM-200 AirMedia® Presentation System 200 Crestron Electronics, Inc. 15 Volvo Drive | Rockleigh, NJ 07647 Tel: 800.237.2041 / 201.767.3400 | Fax: 201.767.1903 www.crestron.com All brand names, product names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ©2018 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revised 08/08/18 6.42 in 163 mm 6.26 in 159 mm 1.28 in 33 mm 7.40 in 188 mm 6.35 in 162 mm 1.35 in 35 mm Features \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ CDI DriveCore™ Series Direct Drive 70/100Vrms Output – Each output channel is capable of providing either 70V or 100V for high impedance applications. Front-Panel Interface – Completely configure the amplifier using an intuitive front-panel interface. GPIO/AUX Port – Recall presets, mute channels, monitor faults, power on/off the amplifier, and more through a combined GPIO/AUX Port. Pre-loaded Speaker Tunings – For quicker and easier setup and installation. DriveCore™ Technology – Crown’s proprietary DriveCore technology eliminates hundreds of components within each amplifier, reducing the variability of component values, increasing reliability, resulting in incredible audio fidelity from an efficient design. Network Control and Monitoring – Through HARMAN’s HiQnet Audio Architect software, the CDi DriveCore can be controlled, configured, and monitored through standard TCP/IQ network. DSP – On-board Digital Signal Processor in each amplifier allows for custom configuration and includes these integrated features: • Input Router • Input Delay – Up to 1000ms • Input Parametric EQ – 8 band • Crossover • Output Parametric EQ – 8 band • Output Delay – Up to 100ms • LevelMAX™ Limiter BLU link (BL models only) – Both receive and send channels over HARMAN’s 256 channel, fault-tolerant audio BUS, BLU link. CDI DriveCore™ Series Specifications \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ CDi DriveCore 4|600, 2|1200 and 4|1200BL models shown Input Sensitivity Amp Model 8Ω 70Vrms 100Vrms 37dB Gain Mode 34dB Gain Mode 26dB Gain Mode 37dB Gain Mode 34dB Gain Mode 26dB Gain Mode 37dB Gain Mode 34dB Gain Mode 26dB Gain Mode 2|300 / 2|300BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) 4|300 / 4|300BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) 2|600 / 2|600BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) 4|600 / 4|600BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) 2|1200 / 2|1200BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 150W 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) 4|1200 / 4|1200BL 0.7Vrms (-0.8dBu, -3.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 2.5Vrms (10.2dBu, 8.0dBV) 1.0Vrms (2.2dBu, 0.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 3.5Vrms (13.2dBu, 11.0dBV) 1.4Vrms (5.2dBu, 3.0dBV) 2.0Vrms (8.2dBu, 6.0dBV) 5.0Vrms (16.2dBu, 14.0dBV) CDI DriveCore™ Series \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Amp Model Channels 2Ω 4Ω 8Ω 16Ω 70Vrms 100Vrms 2|300 / 2|300BL 2 150W 300W 300W 150W 300W 300W 4|300 / 4|300BL 4 150W 300W 300W 150W 300W 300W 2|600 / 2|600BL 2 300W 600W 600W 300W 600W 600W 4|600 / 4|600BL 4 300W 600W 600W 300W 600W 600W 2|1200 / 2|1200BL 2 850W 1200W 1200W 600W 1200W 1200W 4|1200 / 4|1200BL 4 850W 1200W 1200W 600W 1200W 1200W Minimum Guaranteed Power (1kHz, all channels driven, max distortion 0.5%, duration 0.5 seconds, 120 – 240Vrms ~50/60Hz) Output Power: Dual Mode – All Channels Driven Amp Model 4Ω 8Ω 16Ω 140Vrms 200Vrms 2|300 / 2|300BL 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 4|300 / 4|300BL 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 2|600 / 2|600BL 600W 1200W 1200W 1200W 1200W 4|600 / 4|600BL 600W 1200W 1200W 1200W 1200W 2|1200 / 2|1200BL 1200W 2400W 2400W 2400W 2400W 4|1200 / 4|1200BL 1200W 2400W 2400W 2400W 2400W Minimum Guaranteed Power (1kHz, all channels driven, max distortion 0.5%, duration 0.5 seconds, 120 – 240Vrms ~50/60Hz) Output Power: Bridge Mono Mode – All Channels Driven CDI DriveCore™ Series \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Specification Description 2|300 / 2|300BL 4|300 / 4|300BL 2|600 / 2|600BL 4|600 / 4|600BL 2|1200 / 2|1200BL 4|1200 / 4|1200BL Digital Signal Processing 96kHz, 32-bit floating point 96kHz, 32-bit floating point 96kHz, 32-bit floating point 96kHz, 32-bit floating point 96kHz, 32-bit floating point 96kHz, 32-bit floating point Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting) 4/8Ω, 70Vrms and 100Vrms Operation 34dB 34dB 34dB 34dB 34dB 34dB Frequency Response (8Ω, 20Hz - 20kHz)+/-0.5dB +/-0.5dB +/-0.5dB ±0.25dB ±0.25dB ±0.25dB BLU link Signal-to-Noise Ratio (ref. rated power, 100V, 20Hz - 20kHz) >108dB >108dB >108dB >108dB >108dB >108dB Total Harmonic Distortion (at full rated power, from 20Hz - 20kHz) 0.35%0.35%0.35%0.35%0.35%0.35% Analog Input Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. rated power, 100V, 20Hz - 20kHz) >104dB >104dB >104dB >104dB >104dB >104dB Intermodulation Distortion (60Hz and 7kHz at 4:1, from - 30dB to full rated power) ≤0.35%≤0.35%≤0.35%≤0.35%≤0.35%≤0.35% Damping Factor (20Hz to 100Hz)>1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 Crosstalk (below rated power, 20Hz to 1kHz)>80dB >80dB >80dB >80dB >80dB >80dB Common Mode Rejection (20Hz to 1kHz, typical)>70dB >70dB >70dB >70dB >70dB >70dB DC Output Offset (with inputs shorted)±10mV ±10mV ±10mV ±10mV ±10mV ±10mV Input Impedance (Nominally balanced, nominally unbalanced) 20 kΩ balanced, 10 kΩ unblanced 20 kΩ balanced, 10 kΩ unblanced 20 kΩ balanced, 10 kΩ unblanced 10 kΩ balanced, 5 kΩ unblanced 10 kΩ balanced, 5 kΩ unblanced 10 kΩ balanced, 5 kΩ unblanced Maximum Input Level (Low Amp Gain Mode)+20dBU +20dBU +20dBU +20dBU +20dBU +20dBU Required AC Mains (±10%)100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz 100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz 100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz 100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz 100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz 100V – 240V~ 50/60Hz Cooling Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to- back airflow Power Supply Connector Standard IEC type 320 inlet for detach- able connector 100 – 240V~ Standard IEC type 320 inlet for detach- able connector 100 – 240V~ Standard IEC type 320 inlet for detach- able connector 100 – 240V~ 15A IEC connector, 100 – 240V 15A IEC connector, 100 – 240V 20A IEC connector, 100 – 240V Load Impedance Stereo/Dual Mode 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and 100Vrms Load Impedance Bridge Mono 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and 200Vrms Maximum Fan Noise (re dB SPL @ 1M)51dBA 51dBA 51dBA 51dBA 54 dBA 54dBA Weight 14.56 lbs (6.6 kg) 16.13 lbs (7.31 kg) 14.56 lbs (6.6 kg) 16.3 lbs (7.39 kg) 17.2 lbs (7.8 kg) 20.1 lbs (9.12 kg) Performance Specifications CDI DriveCore™ Series \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Specifications subject to change without prior notice. Latest information available at www.crownaudio.com. Crown offers a three-year, no-fault, fully transferable warranty for every new Crown amplifier – an unsurpassed industry standard. With this unprecedented no-fault protection, your new Crown amplifier is warranted to meet or exceed original specifications for the first three years of ownership. During this time, if your amplifier fails, or does not perform to original specifications, it will be repaired or replaced at our expense. In most cases, the only things not covered by this warranty are those losses normally covered by insurance and those caused by intentional abuse. Plus, the coverage is transferable, should you sell your amplifier. See your authorized Crown dealer for full warranty disclosure and details. For customers outside of the USA, please contact your authorized Crown distributors for warranty information or call 574-294-8200. © 2017 Crown Audio®, Inc. Dimensions 2|300 / 2|300BL / 4|300 / 4|300BL / 2|600 / 2|600BL / 4|600 / 4|600BL 3.5 In. (8.9 cm) 12.25 In. (31.12 cm) 1.3 In. (3.3 cm) DepthWidth / Height 19 In. (48.3 cm) 11.78 In. (29.92 cm) 3.5 In. (8.9 cm) 12.25 In. (31.12 cm) 1.3 In. (3.3 cm) DepthWidth / Height 19 In. (48.3 cm) 11.78 In. (29.92 cm) 2|1200 / 2|1200BL / 4|1200 / 4|1200BL 3.5 In. (8.9 cm) 14.71 In. (37.36 cm) 14.24 In. (36.17 cm) 1.3 In. (3.3 cm) DepthWidth / Height 19 In. (48.3 cm) 3.5 In. (8.9 cm) 14.71 In. (37.36 cm) 14.24 In. (36.17 cm) 1.3 In. (3.3 cm) DepthWidth / Height 19 In. (48.3 cm) Designed to eliminate the extra step of finishing the screen with trim, the Advantage line of projection screens is designed with ceiling trim already in place. Once the screen is installed, the screen’s trim conceals the rough opening eliminating the need to complete additional trim work. Sliding installation brackets make it easy to attach the screen housing to the structure above the drop ceiling. Tensioned screens ensure the smoothest surface possible, and all Deluxe screens feature a closure door that hides the open space and screen in the ceiling, providing a cleaner aesthetic. The Tensioned Advantage® Deluxe Electrol® screen features simple in ceiling installation that can be done in two stages. The screen case can be installed during the rough-in construction stage and the fabric assembly can be completed during the finishing stage. Features • All sizes standard with 12” of black drop except for Parallax which is standard with 2” • Standard Low Voltage Control (LVC) to keep your screen operation flexible • Smooth Roll Technology to keep your screen perfectly flat • Slim-Tab, a lower profile and stronger tab design to keep your screen perfectly taut • Support includes a comprehensive five-year warranty to keep you confident in your purchase • Tensioning Cable System to prevent warping and ensure even lateral tension • UL Plenum rated case • White powder-coated closure doors and case for a clean aesthetic • Available with SCB-100 (RS-232 serial control board) or Video Projector Interface (screen trigger) built into the case • Decora-style, three-button wall switch • Standard black backing retains projected brightness on front projection surfaces • Seamless surfaces in all models • Parallax 0.8 surface for standard throw projectors (1.5:1 throw or greater) Optional Accessories: • Radio Frequency Wireless Remote • Infrared Wireless Remote • Locking Switch Cover Plate 4:3 Video Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 43" x 57"109 x 145 72"183 50" x 67"127 x 170 84"213 60" x 80"152 x 203 100"254 69" x 92"175 x 234 120"305 87" x 116"221 x 295 150"381 108" x 144"274 x 366 180"457 120" x 160"305 x 406 200"508 16:9 HDTV Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 45" x 80"114 x 203 92"234 52" x 92"132 x 234 106"269 54" x 96"137 x 244 110"279 58" x 104"147 x 264 119"302 65" x 116"165 x 295 133"338 78" x 139"198 x 353 159"404 90" x 160"229 x 406 184"467 16:10 Wide Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 50" x 80"127 x 203 94"239 57½" x 92"146 x 234 109"277 60" x 96"152 x 244 113"287 65" x 104"165 x 264 123"312 69" x 110"175 x 279 130"330 72½" x 116"184 x 295 137"348 87" x 139"221 x 353 164"417 100" x 160"254 x 406 189"480 Tensioned Advantage Deluxe Electrol Case Profile In Ceiling (Closed)In Ceiling (Open) Available with the Following Screen Surfaces Product images HD Progressive 1.1 Perf Half Angle: 85º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 0.6 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 0.6 HD Progressive 0.9 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 0.9 HD Progressive 1.1 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 1.3 Half Angle: 75º Gain: 1.3 Da-Mat Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.0 High Contrast Da-Mat Half Angle: 45º Gain: 0.8 Dual Vision Half Angle: 65º Gain: 0.9 Da-Tex Half Angle: 30º Gain: 1.3 Parallax 0.8* Horizontal Half Angle: 85º Vertical Half Angle: 17º Gain: 0.8 HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.1 *NOTE: The Advantage Deluxe Electrol featuring Parallax will look visibly different when compared to other Da-Lite tensioned screens with vinyl surfaces. This is due to the nature of the Parallax material, which is a micro-layered, high-grade plastic lens system. While it may have slight variations in appearance, it is optically flat. Meaning, that when under projection, the Advantage Deluxe Electrol featuring Parallax will perform on the same level as the Da-Lite 4K-ready HD Progressive surfaces. Front Projection Rear Projection FOR YOUR IMAGE | legrandav.com USA P 866.977.3901 E info@da-lite.com CANADA P 877.345.4329 E canadainfo@milestone.com EMEA P +31 495 580 840 E emea.sales@milestone.com APAC P +852 2145 4099 E asia.da-lite@milestone.com In British Columbia, Milestone AV Technologies ULC carries on business as MAVT Milestone AV Technologies ULC. ©2018 Milestone AV Technologies. DL–0415 (Rev. 4) 8/18 Da-Lite is a registered trademark of Milestone AV Technologies. All other brand names or marks are used for identification purposes and are trademarks of their respective owners. All patents are protected under existing designations. Other patents pending. Commercial AV Brands Chief | Da-Lite | Middle Atlantic | Projecta | Vaddio MILESTONE IS NOW LEGRAND Parallax 0.8 Projector Placement • Parallax 0.8 requires a minimum Lens Throw Ratio of 1.5:1 • How to calculate Projection Distance (x): Projection Distance = Screen Width (viewable) x Lens Throw Ratio Example: 180" projection distance ÷ 96" wide screen = 1.88 (1.88:1 Lens Throw Ratio) • How to calculate Lens Throw Ratio: Lens Throw Ratio = Projection Distance ÷ Screen Width (viewable) Example: 87" wide screen x 1.5 (minimum lens throw ratio) = 130.5 (130.5" projection distance) x Projector Distance Projection Angle y x 25° • If the Projection Distance (x) is known, find the Maximum Vertical Offset: Maximum Vertical Offset (y) = 0.4 x Projection Distance (x) Example: Projection Distance (x) = 130.5" 130.5" x 0.4 = 52.2" 52.2" = Maximum Vertical Offset • If the Vertical Offset (y) is known, find the Minimum Projection Distance: Minimum Projection Distance (x) = 2.5 x Vertical Offset (y) Example: 87" wide screen with a 60" Vertical Offset (y) 60" x 2.5 = 150" 150" = Minimum Projection Distance The examples below are for a ceiling mounted projector, but can be reversed for a table-top projector. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: projection screen(s), (H) x (W). The Tensioned Advantage® Deluxe screen shall have two motors, one to operate door and one to operate screen. Door motor electrically operated 120 volt (60 Hz) not more than 1.2 amp. Shall have motor mounted inside the roller, to be three wire with ground, quick reversal type, oiled for life, with automatic thermal overload cutout, integral gears, capacitor and an electric brake to prevent coasting. To have pre-set but adjustable limit switches to automatically stop fabric door in the ”down“ position. The door will lift to the closed position where a micro switch shall cut off the electrical current to the door motor. The roller to be of rigid aluminum. Screen motor is electrically operated 120 volt (60 Hz) not more than 2.4 amp. Shall have motor mounted inside the roller, to be three wire with ground quick reversal type, oiled for life, with automatic thermal overload cutout, integral gears, capacitor and an electric brake to prevent coasting. To have pre-set but adjustable limit switches to automatically stop picture surface in the ”up“ and ”down“ positions. The roller to be of rigid metal. Screen fabric to be seamless and mildew resistant with black masking borders standard. Each side of the fabric to have tab guide cable system to maintain even lateral tension and hold surface flat. Custom slat bar with added weight maintains vertical tension on the screen surface. The ends of the slat to be protected by heavy duty plastic caps enclosing a preset adjustable mechanism for screen tensioning. Case shall be a white powder coated extruded aluminum. Bottom of case to be self-trimming with a built- in flange around the bottom of the case. A section of the bottom of the case shall be an aluminum door equipped with hinges so that it opens and closes automatically with the lowering and raising of the picture surface. The balance of the bottom of the case shall be a second hinged aluminum door with manual opening to provide access. Hinges shall be mounted in a concealed way. Junction box shall be internally integrated into the housing making it possible to install the housing and wire to the building’s electrical system during construction. The junction box shall contain a quick connect connector that is mounted in the housing for easy plug-in connection to the motorized fabric and roller assembly. The motorized fabric and roller assembly to be installed in the case at the factory or at a later time at the job site. To be complete with integrated low voltage control unit and three position control switch and cover plate. Suitable for use in environmental air space in accordance with section 300-22 (c) of the National Electric Code, and sections 2-128, 12-010 (3) and 12-100 of the Canadian Electrical Code, part 1, CSA C22.1. Screen to be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories. SPECIFICATION DATA HDTV (16:9) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case* For Vinyl Surfaces** Overall Length of Case* For Parallax Surface Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 45" x 80"114 x 203 92"234 102¾"261 101¾"258 125 56.7 52" x 92"132 x 234 106"269 115¼"293 114¼"290 140 63.5 54" x 96"137 x 244 110"279 119¾"304 118¾"302 145 65.8 58" x 104"147 x 264 119"302 128¼"326 127¼"323 150 68 65" x 116"165 x 295 133"338 141¼"359 --163 73.9 78" x 139"198 x 353 159"404 166¼"422 --188 85.3 90" x 160"229 x 406 184"467 184¼"468 --203 92.3 Wide (16:10) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case* For Vinyl Surfaces** Overall Length of Case* For Parallax Surface Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 50" x 80"127 x 203 94"239 103¼"262 102¼"260 125 56.7 57½" x 92"146 x 234 109"277 116¼"295 114¾"291 148 67.1 60" x 96"152 x 244 113"287 120¾"307 --145 65.8 65" x 104"165 x 264 123"312 129¼"328 --150 68 69" x 110"175 x 279 130"330 135¾"345 --157 71.2 72½" x 116"184 x 295 137"348 142¼"361 --170 77.1 87" x 139"221 x 353 164"417 163¼"415 --188 85.3 100" x 160"254 x 406 189"480 185¼"471 --203 92.1 Video (NTSC 4:3) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case* For Vinyl Surfaces**Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 43" x 57"109 x 145 72"183 79¼"201 102 46.3 50" x 67"127 x 170 84"213 90¼"229 114 51.7 60" x 80"152 x 203 100"254 104¼"265 125 56.7 69" x 92"175 x 234 120"305 118¼"300 148 67.1 87" x 116"221 x 295 150"381 145¼"369 170 77.1 108" x 144"274 x 366 180"457 170¼"432 189 85.7 120" x 160"305 x 406 200"508 187¼"476 203 92.1 Tensioned Advantage® Deluxe Electrol® Automatic Electric Projection Screen Model *Case length does not include flange **Vinyl surfaces include all HD Progressive, Da-Mat, Da-Tex and Dual Vision surfaces PRODUCT NOTES • All screens except Parallax standard with 12" black drop at the top. Screens with Parallax surface standard with 2" of black drop at the top. Extra drop may alter case dimensions. Contact Da-Lite for details. • Overall case length dimensions +/- ¼" (6mm). • Detail dimensional drawings, wiring diagrams and installation instructions available upon request. • Specifications subject to change without notice. • Custom formats and sizes available upon request. SURFACE INFORMATION • All viewing surfaces are standard with black backing except Da-Tex® and Dual Vision. • Parallax available in sizes up to 58" x 104" in HDTV format and 57½" x 92" in Wide format. • HD Progressive 1.1 Perf and HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf available in sizes up to 87" x 116" in Video format and 78" x 139" in HDTV format. • All surfaces will be seamless in the image area. • All HD Progressive, Da-Mat, Da-Tex and Dual Vision surfaces are fire retardant. SUGGESTED CEILING INSTALLATION WHEN ORDERING, MARK APPROPRIATE SELECTIONS 1. Select Size from Charts. 2. Select Viewing Surface (All Da-Lite surfaces are GREENGUARD GOLD Certified.):: Parallax 0.8 HD Progressive 0.6 HD Progressive 0.9 HD Progressive 1.1 HD Progressive 1.1 Perf HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast 3. Options: 220 Volt (50 Hz) Motor. Video Projector Interface Control – built-in SCB-100 RS-232 Serial Control Board – built-in. NET-100 Ethernet-Serial Adapter HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf HD Progressive 1.3 Da-Mat® High Contrast Da-Mat® Da-Tex®(Rear) Dual Vision Project Name: Architect: Contractor: Phone: Reseller: Phone: 9 ¼" 7 ¼" 8 ¾" 5 3/8"3 3/8" 7 ¼" Self-Trimming Flange Finished Ceiling Door Roller Screen Roller Access DoorScreen Door Audience Side Electrical Junction Box Motor End (Suggested) 3/8" threaded rod (not included) attached to mounting bracket Case Length Variable Position Mounting Brackets A BRAND OF MILESTONE AV TECHNOLOGIES www.milestone.com P 800.622.3737 / 574.267.8101 F 877.325.4832 / 574.267.7804 E info@da-lite.com In British Columbia, Milestone AV Technologies ULC carries on business as MAVT Milestone AV Technologies ULC. ©2017 Milestone AV Technologies. DL–0167 (Rev. 7) 01.18. Da-Lite is a registered trademarks of Milestone AV Technologies. All other brand names or marks are used for identification purposes and are trademarks of their respective owners. All patents are protected under existing designations. Other patents pending. 4. Optional Accessories: Wireless Remote Control for LVC. Radio Frequency Remote. Radio Frequency Range Extender Infrared Remote. Key Locking Cover Plate for LVC Switch. The Tensioned Contour® Electrol® is the latest ceiling or wall- mounted electric screen offering simple installation. A variety of finishes and veneer options make this a seamless addition to any room. Tensioned screens ensure the smoothest surface possible. Features • All sizes standard with 12” of black drop except for Parallax which is standard with 2” • Standard Silent Drive System to keep your screen whisper quiet (sizes up to 10’x10’) • Standard Low Voltage Control (LVC) to keep your screen operation flexible • Smooth Roll Technology to keep your screen perfectly flat • Slim-Tab, a lower profile, stronger tab design to keep your screen perfectly taut • Simple Installation with a new installation kit and user-friendly packaging to keep you on schedule • Support includes a comprehensive five-year warranty to keep you confident in your purchase • Tensioning Cable System to prevent warping and ensure even lateral tension • Available with SCB-100 or SCB-200 (RS-232 serial control board) built into the case (adds 3¾" to overall length of case) • Available with Video Projector Interface (screen trigger) built into the case (adds 3¾" to overall length of case of 220V motor version) • Decora-style, three-button wall switch • Standard black backing retains projected brightness on front projection surfaces • Seamless surfaces • Standard white powder-coated aluminum finish; available in black finish upon request Optional Accessories: • Radio Frequency Wireless Remote • Infrared Wireless Remote • Locking Switch Cover Plate 4:3 Video Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 43" x 57"109 x 145 72"183 50" x 67"127 x 170 84"213 60" x 80"152 x 203 100"254 69" x 92"175 x 234 120"305 87" x 116"221 x 295 150"381 108" x 144"274 x 366 180"457 120" x 160"305 x 406 200"508 16:9 HDTV Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 45" x 80"114 x 203 92"234 52" x 92"132 x 234 106"269 54" x 96"137 x 244 110"279 58" x 104"147 x 264 119"302 65" x 116"165 x 295 133"338 78" x 139"198 x 353 159"404 90" x 160"229 x 406 184"467 16:10 Wide Format Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal in.cm in.cm 50" x 80"127 x 203 94"239 57½ x 92"146 x 234 109"277 60" x 96"152 x 244 113"287 65" x 104"165 x 264 123"312 69" x 110"175 x 279 130"330 72½" x 116"184 x 295 137"348 87" x 139"221 x 353 164"417 100" x 160"254 x 406 189"480 Tensioned Contour Electrol Black CaseWhite Case (Standard) Available with the Following Screen Surfaces Product images HD Progressive 1.1 Perf Half Angle: 85º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 0.6 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 0.6 HD Progressive 0.9 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 0.9 HD Progressive 1.1 Half Angle: 85º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 1.3 Half Angle: 75º Gain: 1.3 Da-Mat Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.0 High Contrast Da-Mat Half Angle: 45º Gain: 0.8 Dual Vision Half Angle: 65º Gain: 0.9 Da-Tex Half Angle: 30º Gain: 1.3 Parallax 0.8* Horizontal Half Angle: 85º Vertical Half Angle: 17º Gain: 0.8 HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.1 HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf Half Angle: 60º Gain: 1.1 *NOTE: The Contour Electrol featuring Parallax will look visibly different when compared to other Da-Lite tensioned screens with vinyl surfaces. This is due to the nature of the Parallax material, which is a micro-layered, high-grade plastic lens system. While it may have slight variations in appearance, it is optically flat. Meaning, that when under projection, the Contour Electrol featuring Parallax will perform on the same level as the Da-Lite 4K-ready HD Progressive surfaces. Front Projection Rear Projection FOR YOUR IMAGE | legrandav.com USA P 866.977.3901 E info@da-lite.com CANADA P 877.345.4329 E canadainfo@milestone.com EMEA P +31 495 580 840 E emea.sales@milestone.com APAC P +852 2145 4099 E asia.da-lite@milestone.com In British Columbia, Milestone AV Technologies ULC carries on business as MAVT Milestone AV Technologies ULC. ©2018 Milestone AV Technologies. DL–0440 (Rev. 7) 8/18 Da-Lite is a registered trademark of Milestone AV Technologies. All other brand names or marks are used for identification purposes and are trademarks of their respective owners. All patents are protected under existing designations. Other patents pending. Commercial AV Brands Chief | Da-Lite | Middle Atlantic | Projecta | Vaddio MILESTONE IS NOW LEGRAND Parallax 0.8 Projector Placement • Parallax 0.8 requires a minimum Lens Throw Ratio of 1.5:1 • How to calculate Projection Distance (x): Projection Distance = Screen Width (viewable) x Lens Throw Ratio Example: 180" projection distance ÷ 96" wide screen = 1.88 (1.88:1 Lens Throw Ratio) • How to calculate Lens Throw Ratio: Lens Throw Ratio = Projection Distance ÷ Screen Width (viewable) Example: 87" wide screen x 1.5 (minimum lens throw ratio) = 130.5 (130.5" projection distance) x Projector Distance Projection Angle y x 25° • If the Projection Distance (x) is known, find the Maximum Vertical Offset: Maximum Vertical Offset (y) = 0.4 x Projection Distance (x) Example: Projection Distance (x) = 130.5" 130.5" x 0.4 = 52.2" 52.2" = Maximum Vertical Offset • If the Vertical Offset (y) is known, find the Minimum Projection Distance: Minimum Projection Distance (x) = 2.5 x Vertical Offset (y) Example: 87" wide screen with a 60" Vertical Offset (y) 60" x 2.5 = 150" 150" = Minimum Projection Distance The examples below are for a ceiling mounted projector, but can be reversed for a table-top projector. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: projection screen(s), (H) x (W), electrically operated 120 volt (60 Hz) not more than 2.4 amp. Shall have specially designed motor mounted inside the roller, to be three wire with ground, quick reversal type, oiled for life, with automatic thermal overload cutout, integral gears, capacitor and an electric brake to prevent coasting. To have preset but adjustable limit switches to automatically stop the picture surface in the “up” and “down” positions. Junction box shall be integrated into the housing making it possible to install the housing and wire to the building’s electrical system during construction. The junction box shall contain a quick connect connector that is mounted in the housing for easy plug-in connection to the motorized fabric and roller assembly. The motorized fabric and roller assembly may be installed in the case at the factory or at a later time at the job site. The roller to be of rigid metal. Roller mounting brackets to be adjustable to allow centering or offsetting of the screen within the case. Screen case to be a two piece design made of extruded aluminum. Case to be finished in white, lightly textured powder coat. Screen fabric to be mildew resistant vinyl with black masking borders standard. Each side of fabric to have a tab guide cable system to maintain even lateral tension and hold surface flat. Bottom of fabric to be inserted into a custom aluminum slat bar with added weight to provide vertical tension on the screen surface. The ends of the slat to be protected by heavy duty plastic caps enclosing a preset adjustable mechanism for screen tensioning. To be complete with integrated low voltage control unit and three position control switch and cover plate. Screen to be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories. SPECIFICATION DATA HDTV (16:9) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case For Vinyl Surfaces* Overall Length of Case For Parallax Surface Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 45" x 80"114 x 203 92"234 100¼"255 99¼"252 79 35.8 52" x 92"132 x 234 106"269 113¼"288 111¾"284 83 37.6 54" x 96"137 x 244 110"279 117¼"298 116¼"295 86 39 58" x 104"147 x 264 119"302 125¾"319 124¾"317 95 43.1 65" x 116"165 x 295 133"338 138¾"352 --114 51.7 78" x 139"198 x 353 159"404 159¾"406 --134 60.8 90" x 160"229 x 406 184"467 181¾"462 --148 67.3 Wide (16:10) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case For Vinyl Surfaces* Overall Length of Case For Parallax Surface Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 50" x 80"127 x 203 94"239 100¾"256 99¾"253 77 34.9 57½" x 92"146 x 234 109"277 112¾"286 112¼"285 83 37.6 60" x 96"152 x 244 113"287 118¾"302 --92 41.7 65" x 104"165 x 264 123"312 126¾"322 --95 43.1 69" x 110"175 x 279 130"330 133¼"338 --104 47.2 72½" x 116"184 x 295 137"348 138¾"352 --114 51.7 87" x 139"221 x 353 164"417 160¾"408 --126 57.2 100" x 160"254 x 406 189"480 181¾"462 --148 67.1 Video (NTSC 4:3) Format Dimensions Viewing Area (H x W)Nominal Diagonal Overall Length of Case For Vinyl Surfaces*Approx. Ship. Wt. In.Cm In.Cm In.Cm Lbs.Kg 43" x 57"109 x 145 72"183 77¼"196 66 29.9 50" x 67"127 x 170 84"213 87¾"223 73 33.1 60" x 80"152 x 203 100"254 102¼"260 84 38.1 69" x 92"175 x 234 120"305 111¾"284 94 42.6 87" x 116"221 x 295 150"381 137¼"349 114 51.7 108" x 144"274 x 366 180"457 167¾"426 135 61.2 120" x 160"305 x 406 200"508 184¼"468 148 67.1 Tensioned Contour® Electrol® Automatic Electric Projection Screen PRODUCT NOTES • All screens except Parallax standard with 12" black drop at the top. Screens with Parallax surface standard with 2" of black drop at the top. • Extra drop may alter case dimensions. Contact Da-Lite for details. • Overall case length dimensions +/- ¼" (6mm). • Detail dimensional drawings, wiring diagrams and installation instructions available upon request. • Specifications subject to change without notice. • Custom formats and sizes available upon request. *Vinyl surfaces include all HD Progressive, Da-Mat, Da-Tex and Dual Vision surfaces WHEN ORDERING, MARK APPROPRIATE SELECTIONS 1. Select size from charts on the other side.. 2. Select viewing surface (All Da-Lite surfaces are GREENGUARD GOLD Certified.): Parallax 0.8 HD Progressive 0.6 HD Progressive 0.9 HD Progressive 1.1 HD Progressive 1.1 Perf HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf HD Progressive 1.3 Da-Mat® High Contrast Da-Mat® Da-Tex® (Rear) Dual Vision 3. Options: 220 Volt (50 Hz) Motor. Video Projector Interface Control – built-in (adds 3¾" to case length of 220V motor version). SCB-100 RS-232 Serial Control Board – built in (adds 3¾" to length of case). NET-100 Ethernet-Serial Adapter SCB-200 RS-232 Serial Control Board – built-in (adds 3¾" to length of case). WC-200 Wall Controller. IR-200 Infrared Remote. Black case (white standard). 4. Optional accessories: Wireless Remote Control for LVC. Radio Frequency Remote. Radio Frequency Range Extender available. Infrared Remote. Key Locking Cover Plate for LVC Switch. Project Name: Architect: Phone: Contractor: Phone: Date: Revised: Case Hook Wall Mount Bracket Stop Screw 511⁄16" 63⁄8" 25⁄16" 29⁄16" SUGGESTED METHODS OF INSTALLATION Ceiling Hook BracketCeiling Mount Bracket PRODUCT VIEW A BRAND OF MILESTONE AV TECHNOLOGIES www.milestone.com P 800.622.3737 / 574.267.8101 F 877.325.4832 / 574.267.7804 E info@da-lite.com In British Columbia, Milestone AV Technologies ULC carries on business as MAVT Milestone AV Technologies ULC. ©2018 Milestone AV Technologies. DL–0194 (Rev. 5) 04.18. Da-Lite is a registered trademarks of Milestone AV Technologies. All other brand names or marks are used for identification purposes and are trademarks of their respective owners. All patents are protected under existing designations. Other patents pending. SURFACE INFORMATION • All viewing surfaces are standard with black backing except Da-Tex® and Dual Vision. • Parallax available in sizes up to 58" x 104" in HDTV format and 57½" x 92" in Wide format. • HD Progressive 1.1 Perf and HD Progressive 1.1 Contrast Perf available in sizes up to 87" x 116" in Video format and 78" x 139" in HDTV format. • All surfaces will be seamless in the image area. • All HD Progressive, Da-Mat, Da-Tex and Dual Vision surfaces are fire retardant. 3X6 SPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM COMPLETE LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM more flexibility.more power.more control. Ideal applications: LIVE/TOUR VENUES HOUSES OF WORSHIP PERFORMANCE VENUES STEREO 2-WAY FOH W/AUX-FED SUBS + 2 ZONES OR DELAY FILLS MONO 2-WAY FOH + 2 STAGE MONITORS Mixer or or Windows® or Mac® Computer iOS® or Android® Tablet iOS® or Android® Phone RAux L or Wireless Router High Amp Low Amp Left Sub Speaker Left Main Speaker Right Sub Speaker Right Main Speaker 1 2 Zone or Delay Fill Amp Zone or Delay Fill 2 Zone or Delay Fill 1 LR LR 21 L RL R RL RL Mixer or or Windows® or Mac® Computer iOS® or Android® Tablet iOS® or Android® Phone Aux 2 Aux 1 Mono or Wireless Router High Amp Low Amp Left Sub Speaker Left Main Speaker Right Sub Speaker Right Main Speaker 1 2 Stage Monitor Amp 21 Stage Monitor 1 Stage Monitor 2 LR LR Mixer or or Windows® or Mac® Computer iOS® or Android® Tablet iOS® or Android® Phone CR L or Wireless Router L C R L C R Left Powered Speaker Left Powered Sub Center Powered Speaker Center Powered Sub Right Powered Speaker Right Powered Sub LCR 2-WAY FOH LEGEND Analog Audio Connection Ethernet Connection Left SignalL Right SignalR Wi-Fi Signal Center SignalC ETHERNET PORT Control the VENU360 from a mobile device or computer using a standard wi-fi router. USB CONNECTION Go to www.dbxpro.com and follow the update instructions for firmware updates, or use the wireless app! PIN 1 (GROUND) LIFT Press this Pin Lift switch to eliminate hum caused by a ground loop between the mixer and VENU360. AUDIO OUTPUTS Completely configurable balanced outputs for connecting up to a mono 6-way system. Flexible configuration means that outputs can be configured for PA system FOH, stage monitors, delay fills, zones, and more. EASY-TO-READ DISPLAY System setup and audio monitoring made easy, even in the darkest of rooms, with the backlit LCD display. WIZARD FUNCTIONS Automatically sets up hundreds of precise audio parameters with the push of a few buttons — no previous audio experience required! < Level Assist & AutoEQ Wizards < AFS™ Feedback Suppression Wizard < Stage Monitor Wizard < Built-in Speaker & Amp Tunings — Includes JBL® Speakers, Crown® Amps and many, many more! INPUT / OUTPUT METERS WITH MUTES These meters show signal level from your mixer and signal level to your amps. The LEDs at the top of the INPUT meters show input clipping. The LEDs at the top of the OUTPUT meters show Limiter activity. MUTE buttons provided for each input and output. AUDIO INPUTS Connect your mixer outputs to these balanced XLR analog or AES digital inputs with added support for LCR and aux fed sub configurations. STREAMLINED AUTOEQ The RTA Mic “listens” to the sound system and makes speaker leveling and room EQ easy when used with the dbx Level Assist and AutoEQ Wizards — no need to be a seasoned pro to get great sound from any room. < Full-time RTA function also available < dbx RTA-M Mic sold separately YOUR FAVORITE PRESETS Up to 75 user configurations can be saved — no need to re-enter the same system or venue settings again and again. ON-SCREEN MAP NAVIGATION Navigate the on-screen map to select a processor block to configure or edit. Copy and paste settings using the COPY/PASTE buttons. All the processing needed to supercharge your sound system. Now with complete control from your mobile device. dbx took the dominant DriveRack 260, improved its features, and added more. AVAILABLE OUTPUT PROCESSING: < Crossover (supports full range up to mono 6-way systems) < 14-Band AutoEQs (10 AutoEQ bands, 4 user bands) < dbx Compression < Automatic Gain Control < Subharmonic Synthesis < Noise Gate < Fill Delays (up to 1000ms per output) < 8-Band Parametric EQs (used for speaker tunings) < dbx Limiting < Driver Alignment Delays The result? The DriveRack® VENU360. It provides all the processing and flexibility you need between your mixer and amplifiers to optimize and protect your loudspeakers. The VENU360 represents dbx’s first ever 3X6 Speaker Management System with 24-bit/96kHz conversion and 32-bit internal floating- point processing. With the latest advancements in dbx’s proprietary AutoEQ™ and AFS™ algorithms, additional input channels, Ethernet control via an Android,® iOS,® Mac,® or Windows® device, and updated Wizards, the DriveRack VENU360 continues the DriveRack legacy of great-sounding, powerful, and affordable loudspeaker management processors, for a whole new generation. UPDATED WIZARDS MAKE INITIAL SET UP EASY, WHILE ENSURING SPEAKER TUNINGS AND OTHER SETTINGS ARE UP-TO-DATE. Wizard functions in the DriveRack VENU360 guide you through easy, step-by-step processes to help you get the most from your loudspeaker system. The Wizards help you easily configure routing, level balancing, AutoEQ, Advanced Feedback Suppres- sion, and provide access to updated speaker tunings – available for most major speaker brands. The addition of a Monitor Wizard makes it easy to configure and optimize stage monitors. dbx DRIVERACK VENU360 COMPLETE LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT NEW, IMPROVED AUTOEQ ALGORITHM ENSURES AN EXTREMELY ACCURATE, FAST, AND NON-INTRUSIVE AUTOMATIC EQ EXPERIENCE. With the RTA Mic “listening” to your room, the updated DriveRack VENU360 AutoEQ algorithm sets speaker levels and room EQ automatically in a matter of seconds using sine sweeps. This means room adjustments can now be made very quickly, without subjecting the audience to annoying, lengthy broadcasts of pink noise. ENHANCED AFS™ ALGORITHM FOR FASTER, MORE PRECISE FEEDBACK ELIMINATION, WITHOUT ADVERSELY AFFECTING YOUR SYSTEM’S TONE. Nothing turns audiences away like annoying and potentially painful audio feedback. Fortunately, dbx engineers have revisited our already-stellar Advanced Feedback Suppression algorithm and made it work even better. The DriveRack VENU360 listens for and anticipates feedback and automatically removes it before it even has a chance, while never altering your sound. Mobile Control Connect to the DriveRack VENU360 through your local network with your Android, iOS, Mac, or Windows device to customize the sound of your loudspeaker system so it sounds and performs optimally. The app lets you directly manipulate the Compressor, Graphic EQ, Parametric EQ, Crossover settings, Speaker profiles, and more with its attractive, easy-to-use graphical user interface. AVAILABLE INPUT PROCESSING: < AFS™ (Advanced Feedback Suppression) < 31-Band Graphic EQ < 12-Band Parametric EQ (with narrow notch capabilities) < dbx Compression < Subharmonic Synthesis < Backline Delay < Noise Gate Windows® PC Apple® iPad® Apple® iOS phone Apple® Macintosh® Android® phone or tablet DriveRack app is subject to change at any time. Mobile devices are not included. Windows,® Mac,® iOS,® Apple,® and Android® are registered trademarks of their respective companies. Copyright © 2014 Draper Inc. Form ScissorLiftSLX_Inst14-R Printed in U.S.A. Installation/Operating Instructions Scissor Lift SLX Video Projector Lift by Draper Electrical Connections Unit operates on 115V AC, 60 Hz. current. 10.93 amps current draw (3.93 amps for lift, 7 amps for outlet). Opening the electrical box exposes terminals for field connections. Unit is shipped with internal wiring complete. Wire to connect unit to power supply should be furnished by installer. Connections should be made in accordance with wiring diagram, and wiring should comply with national and local electrical codes. An appropriate disconnect device shall be provided as part of the building installation. All operating switches should be “off” before power is connected. Caution: Make sure electrical supply has been disconnected before attempting to connect Scissor Lift to electricity. Scissor Lift should be operated and checked prior to installing projector and/or optional ceiling closure. Low Voltage Control Switch shown on Page 2 comes with 22.8 m of non- plenum rated cable and should be plugged in to Control Panel on top frame of lift for control of the "Up" and "Show" positions. Momentary Key Switch shown on Page 2 comes with 22.8 m of cable and should be plugged in to Control Panel on top frame of lift for control of the "Service" position. If you encounter any difficulties installing or servicing your Scissor Lift SLX, call your dealer or Draper, Inc. in Spiceland, Indiana, 765-987-7999, or fax 765-987-7142. Caution: ImPOrtAnt SAfety InStrUCtIOnS Read all instructions completely before proceeding. WARNING/AVERTISSEMENT RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. DO NOT OPEN RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE. NE PAS OUVRIR. DAnGer: to reduce risk of shock: 1 Always disconnect power from lift before cleaning. WARNING–To reduce risk of burns, fires, electric shock or injuries to persons: 2 Disconnect power from lift before putting on or taking off parts. 3 Use this lift only for its intended use as described in these instructions. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer. 4 Never operate this lift if it has a damaged cord or plug. If it is not working properly, call your dealer or the manufacturer for assistance/repair. 5 Keep cords away from heated surfaces. 6 Never operate lift with air opening blocked. Keep the air openings free of lint, hair, and the like. 7 Never drop or insert any object into any opening. 8 Do not use outdoors. 9 Route cords and cables as shown in the instructions. 10 WARNING: Rick of Electric Shock— connect this product to a properly grounded electrical supply. ImPOrtAnt InStALLAtIOn/OPerAtInG InStrUCtIOnS WARNING: To prevent injury, this apparatus must be securely attached to the building structure in accordance with the instructions. 11 Test lift prior to installation. Please Note: Packaging must be removed from lift before testing. 12 Follow instructions carefully. Installation contrary to instructions invalidates warranty. 13 Do not obstruct operation of Scissor Lift SLX with fingers or any object. Serious injury or damage could result. 14 Lift is intended for use with product weighing not more than 350 pounds. 15 Scissor Lift SLX is designed to accommodate ceiling suspended equipment. equipment should not be allowed to rest on optional ceiling closure during operation (refer to section titled “Installing Projector”). 16 Entire bottom of unit must be unobstructed to permit proper operation. Sufficient clearance must be allowed below projector or optional ceiling closure: 10' for Model SLX10, 14' for Model SLX14, etc. 17 Unit must be installed level (use a carpenter’s level). 18 Unit operates on 115V AC 60 Hz. current. 10.93 amps current draw (3.93 amps for lift, 7 amps for outlet). 19 Verify the show position when testing lift. Make required changes by referring to adjustment instructions on page 4 of this document. 20 The maintenance/service factory limit setting must not be adjusted to a lower position than the preset factory limit setting. In addition, Draper does not recommend setting show position at the maintenance/service position—for example, if you wish to have 8' show position, order a lift with at least a 10' maintenance position. 21 When the Scissor Lift SLX is to be installed in “other space used for environmental air” the optional environmental air space housing must be installed per instructions to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 22 When Scissor Lift SLX is nOt installed in environmental air space housing and optional ceiling closure, the ALTERNATE wiring for up limit switch may be used (see Alternate Wiring schematic on page 5). CAUTION: Before servicing unit, disconnect hardwired control and any remote control. Note: Unit has been thoroughly inspected and tested at factory and found to be operating properly prior to shipment. Planning 1 Based on screen location and projector specifications, determine proper position for projector installation. 2 Confirm that there is adequate space for installation and operation. Minimum clearance above ceiling level varies according to Scissor Lift model, plus height of projector, optional mounting bracket, optional ceiling closure, and optional Environmental Air Space Housing. 3 Arrange to provide service access to the unit. 4 Maximum lifting capacity is 350 kg. As Soon As Scissor Lift Arrives 1 Open carton and inspect for damage. 2 Locate the following parts: A. the unit itself B. Controls C. Optional equipment: I. Environmental Air Space Housing, II. Universal Projector Mount, III. Closure Panel or Ceiling Finish Kit (all ship in separate cartons). 3 Test lift prior to installation. Please Note: Packaging must be removed from lift before testing. Caution: Beware of pinch points Caution: Beware of pinch points Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 2 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Figure 2 3/8"-18 x 1" hex head cap screws for attaching Lifting Cable Bar to Bottom PanAttachment points for Lifting Cables ¼"-20 x ¾" hex head cap screws for attaching Projector Pan to Bottom Pan Lifting Cable Bar Projector Pan Bottom Pan Hanging Unit Please note: If using Environmental Air Space Housing option, go to Environmental Air Space Housing instructions on page 8. The Scissor Lift may be installed in a variety of ways; recessed above the ceiling, or suspended below the ceiling. The lift should be supported by four ½" threaded mounting rods or bolts with locking nuts. If ceiling recessed, the entire unit (including the projector) should set approximately 1½" above the finished ceiling in its “stored” position. The threaded rods should pass through the corner mounting flanges and be secured by nuts above and below. The unit should then be guy wired or blocked to prevent swinging. All installations should observe the following guidelines: 1 If installing above a hard ceiling, optional Draper Access Panels are available to allow access to the unit. 2 Installer must ensure that all fasteners and supports are of adequate strength to securely support Scissor Lift and projector. 3 Fastening methods must be suitable for mounting surface, and securely anchored so that vibration or abusive pulling on unit will not weaken installation. 4 Unit should be level, with weight shared more or less equally by all four threaded mounting rods. 5 Bottom of unit must be unobstructed after installation. Sufficient clearance must be allowed below projector or optional ceiling closure. 6 Unit must be secured independent from suspended ceiling and do not use unit to support adjacent ceiling, light fixtures, etc. 7 Unit to be installed so when lowered to its lowest point, it is a minimum of 8 feet (2.44 m) above the floor. 8 Do not complete the ceiling below unit until electrical connections have been completed and unit has been operated successfully. 9 We recommend that safety cables be attached to the Scissor Lift SLX for added security (a sound installation practice with overhead equipment). 10 When the Scissor Lift SLX is to be installed in “other space used for environmental air” the optional environmental Air Space Housing must be installed per instructions to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 11 When Scissor Lift SLX is nOt installed in environmental air space housing and optional ceiling closure, the ALTERNATE wiring for 'UP' limit switch may be used. Disconnect both BLACK (BK) wires from 'UP' limit switch and quick connect them together using the provided jumper cable (see Alternate Wiring schematic on page 5). Operation Before operating or testing the unit, make sure the packaging has been removed from the unit. Remove the corrugated block from the cardboard sleeve (bottom-most packaging material), then collapse the sleeve and remove it, along with the rest of the packaging. Next, using the 3 button switched, operate the lift in the "up" direction, so the lift's control encoder will recognize it's "home" location. Until you do this, the Down function will not work. You must also do this if the Scissor Lift ever loses or is disconnected from the power. When unit is first operated, be cautious! If unit fails to operate properly, press “StOP” and recheck electrical connections before proceeding. Cycle unit down and up several times to confirm satisfactory operation. Caution: Do not pull on or touch safety belt when unit is in motion. If belt locks, the cables will unspool. Caution: Obstructing bottom pan may cause cables to unspool. Caution: Do not operate Scissor Lift SL without a minimum of 15 lbs. of weight attached to the pan. Operating without weight may cause cables to unspool. Standard Single Station Low Voltage Control (See Fig. 1)— One three-button switch with “UP”, “DOWn”, and “StOP” buttons. Lift starts up or down when appropriate button is pressed, and may be stopped by pressing “StOP” button. Factory set limit switches stop lift automatically when projector is in “show” position. One momentary key switch lowers lift from “show” to “service” position. Optional Multiple Station Control— Optional, moves lift from “stored” to “show” position only. Each switching station has a three-button switch with “UP”, “DOWn”, and “Off” buttons. Lift starts up or down when appropriate button is pressed, and may be stopped by pressing “Off” button. Factory set limit switches stop lift automatically when projector is in “show” position. Optional Key Operated Switch— If ordered, the standard Lift LV Switch can be replaced with a second single station, momentary key-operated three position (up/off/down) switch. Multiple Station Control required for this option. Moves lift from “stored” to “show” position only. Optional Infrared or Radio Frequency Remote Control—If ordered, a three- button transmitter is provided, with “UP”, “DOWn”, and “StOP” buttons. Unit starts up or down when appropriate button is pressed, and may be stopped by pressing “Off” button. Factory set limit switches stop unit automatically when projector is in “show” position. Only controls "show" and "stored" positions. Optional RS232 Control—For Serial communication an R2D7 Serial Communications Interface is optionally available. Low Voltage Trigger—Input provided for Low Voltage Trigger from projector (see diagram on page 4). Please Note: Scissor Lift SLX must be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Local Building Codes, the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC), CAN/CSA C22.1 and the National Electric Code (NEC), NFPA 70, as required. An appropriate disconnect device shall be provided as part of the building installation.Scissor Lift SLX is approved to UL 2442 and CSA C22.2 no. 60065-03. Preferred Method—Adjusting Projector Pan The Projector Pan can be moved forward or back. 1 Make sure Bottom Pan is supported. 2 Remove the Lifting Cable Bar. 3 Remove screws holding Projector Pan on Bottom Pan. 4 Move Projector Pan forward or back. 5 Replace screws. 6 Replace Lifting Cable Bar. Secondary Method—Adjusting Lifting Cable Bar (if above does not work) Run the unit to its "Service" position and make sure Bottom Pan is level. Try and set so that bottom pan is not more than ¾" out of level. However, the pan does not have to be perfectly level, as long as the positioning is consistent and repeatable in "Show" and "Closed" positions. 1 Make sure Bottom Pan is supported. 2 Remove screws holding Lifting Cable Bar to the Projector Pan. 3 Move Lifting Cable Bar forward or back. 4 Replace screws. 5 Check level again. If still not level, repeat. Adjusting for Level or Center of Gravity (See Fig. 2 Below) Caution: Beware of pinch points Caution: Beware of pinch points 2¾" 4½" 7/8" Front Side Back D C U Lift LV Switch Up & Show UP OFF DOWNUPDOWN OFF SP-KSM Service Figure 1 Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 3 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Installing Projector Generally, the video projector should be suspended from the Projector Pan according to projector manufacturer’s instructions and recommended standard ceiling mounting hardware. Projector should be bolted to projector pan as in a normal ceiling mounting. Equipment should not be allowed to rest on optional ceiling closure during operation. The Scissor Lift SLX has a grounded 115V AC, 60 Hz outlet for projector power supply. Control cables should be laced through our Cable Management System on rear scissor mechanism only. Route the cables and attach with plastic wire ties similar to factory installed power cable. Make sure to use flexible cables. Plenum rated cables are typically too stiff and should not be used. Installer is responsible for ensuring cables do not stretch, kink, or interfere with the scissor mechanism as the unit raises and lowers. This will ensure that cords do not become tangled and damaged during Scissor Lift SL operation. Unit and projection system should be operated, checked and adjusted as necessary at this time. NOTE: Immediately upon completion of the surrounding ceiling, units should be operated to confirm that optional ceiling closure panel stops just short of touching ceiling in closed position. Warning: Keep fingers and other objects away from automatic ceiling closure and scissor mechanisms when unit is operating. Serious injury or damage could result. Attaching Universal Projector Mount to Projector Pan If you ordered the unit with optional Universal Projector Mount pre-installed, disregard these instructions. If you did not order the mount pre-installed, you will need to install a new Projector Pan, which includes the Universal Projector Mount's rectangular plate. 1 Lower unit until the Bottom Pan is resting on a tabletop or other stable and sturdy surface. 2 Remove Lifting Cable Bar from Bottom Pan (see Fig. 2). 3 Remove bolts holding Projector Pan to Bottom Pan (see Fig. 2). 4 Remove Projector Pan and set aside. 5 Place new Projector Pan with Universal Mount into place. 6 Re-attach Projector Pan to Bottom Pan. 7 Re-attach Lifting Cable Bar to Bottom Pan. Installing Projector Using Universal Projector Mount (maximum Capacity 26 lbs) See Installation Instructions included with Universal Pojector Mount. 315/16" (100mm) 12" (304mm) 21/16"(52mm) 7"(178mm) 315/16" (100mm) 12" (304mm) 21/16"(52mm) 7"(178mm) 7" (178mm) 2½"(64mm) 10" (254mm)12" (305mm) 12" (305mm) 5½" (140mm) 7" (178mm) 2½"(64mm) 10" (254mm)12" (305mm) 12" (305mm) 5½" (140mm) Figure 3 Figure 4 Installing Optional Ceiling Closure If your Scissor Lift SLX is equipped with optional ceiling closure, it can be used as is, or in conjunction with a square of existing ceiling tile (see Fig. 5). 1 If installing with ceiling tile, you may need to cut tile so that its overall dimensions are the same as (or slightly less than) the closure panel. Place tile into trim frame. Lay closure panel on top (back side) of ceiling tile, and tighten screws to hold in place. Lipless Closure Option is available by removing the Trim Ring from the Closure Panel. A substrate material (ceiling tile, gypsum board, etc.) can be attached directly to the Closure Panel using adhesive, double-sided tape or screws. NOTE: Make sure the added weight of the substrate does not exceed the stated weight capacity of the lift. Substrate should be installed so that it is centered within the finished opening in the ceiling, with a gap of no less that 3/16" around all edges. Lipless Closure dimensions shown with * in drawing below. 2 Attach provided angle brackets to side of Bottom Panel of Scissor Lift SLX. 3 Attach threaded rods to angle bracket. 4 Run unit “up” until bottom pan stops at highest position. Mark position on rods even with ceiling level and cut to length (remove from pan if convenient). 5 Run unit “down” until bottom pan stops at “show” position. 6 Attach closure to lower end of rods by slipping into four corner slots and secure with nuts above and below slots. Caution: Make sure nuts are completely tightened. 7 Run unit “up” again to highest position. Measure distance by which panel fails to reach required “closed” height for surrounding ceiling. 8 Run unit “down” then re-adjust mounting of threadedrods in traveling grid to raise panel required distance. 9 Test unit operation to confirm that panel will stop in closed position just before touching ceiling. PLEASE NOTE: Immediately upon completion of the surrounding ceiling, unit should be operated to confirm that optional ceiling closure panel by Draper or by others stops 1/8" short of touching ceiling in closed position. If closure panel touches, the motor may continue operating after the lift is closed. If it continues to cycle once the lift is closed, a motor failure may occur. Installing Optional Ceiling Trim Kit The Scissor Lift SLX is available with a Ceiling Trim Kit, which consists of the lower section of the Environmental Air Space Housing and the optional closure panel (see Fig. 6). 1 Install Scissor Lift SLX as previously described in these instructions. 2 Install bottom section of Environmental Air Space Housing and Trim Ring in opening. This can be accomplished by suspending with wire, or by mounting directly to the ceiling joists (if space permits). 3 Install projector and attach optional ceiling closure to Scissor Lift SLX, according to the instructions included in this document. Ceiling tile (by others) Lower section of Environmental Air Space Housing Tr im Ring Item Qty Part number Description 1 1 C028.546 Frame, SLX Closure Trim 2 1 C044.181.07SA Panel, SLX Assembled Closure 3 2 C002.845.07SA Bracket, SLX Closure 4 4 C077.035.49 Rod 3/8"-16 x 177/8" L Threaded , Zinc 5 8 C013.050 Washer .375 I.D. x .875" O.D. x .064" TK GRD 2 Zinc Flat 6 8 C020.082 Screw, 10-16 X ½" 6 Lobe Truss Head AB E-White 7 16 C018.027 Nut, 3/8"-16 Hex GRD 2 NSF 8 4 C020.322 Screw, 5/16"-18 x ¾" Long Grade 5 HH Zinc 9 4 C018.045 Nut, 5/16"-18 Zinc Hex KEPS 1 2 389 7 4 7 5 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 For Additional Safety: 1 Be sure the nuts that attach the threaded rods to the closure panel are tight. 2 Wrap a plastic wire tie around the mounting tab and the threaded rod at all four corners of the closure panel (see drawing). Please Note: Do NOT use a paper-covered or similar wire tie— use only plastic wire ties for maximum safety. Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 4 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Scissor Lift SLX Inspection and Maintenance Draper recommends inspecting the Scissor Lift SLX at least annually or every 300 cycles—whichever comes first. A recommended maintenance schedule includes: -Cables: Check for fraying. -Drive Chain Gears: Check for rust, breaks, secure attachment. -Fasteners along scissor arm assemblies: Make sure they are not loose. If any are loose, hand tighten the nuts. Please Note: There is no need to tighten nut in the top scissor which slides back and forth in the side slot in the lift. Tightening this fasteners assembly will cause the unit to lock up and lead to damage to the unit. -Closure: Make sure threaded rod remains seated firmly in the closure panel corners, and that nuts remain tight. If they are loose, tighten them. KE Y WA L L RP / R Q RP / R Q LV T Red - Down Black - Com Black - Com Blue - Up Pin 3 - Green Pin 2 - Yellow Pin 5 - Black DCU GreenBlack Yellow PIN 1 - NOT USED 2 - YELLOW 3 - GREEN 4 - NOT USED 5 - BLACK 6 - NOT USED Please Note: Data cable connections must be made using electrically straight 6 Pin 4 conductor modular cable (RJ14/6P4C). Please Note: Data Cables for Serial Control Provided by Others SP-KSMKey Switch-Service Position Optional R2D7, RS232 Controller RP/RQ Bus Ports for remote controlssuch as IR Eye, RF Receiver, LED Wall Switch and RS232. LVC-SShow Position Low Voltage Trigger (6-24 VDC) (Polarity Independent) Function Indicator To RS232 Serial Port: Blue = Not UsedYellow = Rx (Data from control system)Green = Tx (Data to control system)Red = Not UsedBlack = Gnd (Signal Ground)White = Not Used DETAIL OF DATA CABLE SPLITTER BOARD Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 5 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Connecting Controls to Data Cable Splitter Board Controls plug into the Data Cable Splitter Board (See diagram below) which is located on the Top Frame on the front side of the lift, using RJ14/6P4C connectors. For IR or RF Remote Control, use data cable with RJ14/6P4C connectors on both ends. For serial control of "Show" position, use data cable with RJ14/6P4C connectors on both ends and an R2D7 Serial Control Interface. Plug into the "RP/RQ" input. Figure 7 Clearing and Resetting Show Position CLEARING THE SHOW POSITION AT CURRENT SHOW POSITION: 1 Move lift to the show position. 2 While lift is at the show position press and hold the Key Up toggle switch and release once the Lift begins moving upward. 3 The show position is now cleared and ready for a new show position to be set. PROCEDURE FOR SETTING SHOW POSITION: 1 Now that the show position has been cleared, use wall switch up and down buttons to get lift into desired show position. 2 While lift is at desired show position, press and hold the Key Down toggle switch until lift begins to move upward. Lift will begin a calibration cycle where it will move upward for two seconds, stop then move down for one second and then the Lift will return to the desired show position. PLEASE NOTE: At this point the Key Switch will not operate until the new “Show Position” has been set. Also the 3-Button Wall Switch changes into a maintain, push and hold type button, for continuous movement. This allows for easy setting of new “Show Position”) Optional Delay Feature 1 When the Optional Delay Feature is installed the Delay Switch must be in the "Delay On" position for normal operation. 2 If the Optional Delay Feature is installed and the "Show Position" requires adjusting, then the "Delay Switch" must be switched to Off while adjusting the show position. CAUTION: Be sure all switches are in Off position before adjusting limit switch. Always be prepared to shut lift off manually when new adjustment is being tested. Please refer to wiring diagram. PLEASE NOTE: If the Scissor Lift loses power, the DOWn function will not work until you operate the lift in the UP direction using the wall switch. This allows the lift's control encoder to recognize it's "home" location. NOTICE - Delay Feature WillNot Operate Properly Without The Optional Current Sensor Connected To The Lift.KEEP DELAY IN OFF POSITION W H E N CURRENT SENSOR IS NOT USE D Please Note:Any control, including automated dry contact systems, being connected to the wall switch input MUST send a momentary signal. Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 6 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Wiring Schematic N U C D Dashed wiring by electrician 11 5 V a c , Su p p l y Attached to lower pan WH BKBK WH GN WH Low voltage wiring by others Low Voltage Tr igger (6-24 VDC) WH EncoderRD BK RD WH RD WH BK Wall SwitchKey Switch RP/RQ Bus Po rts for remote controls such as IR Eye, RF Receiver, LED Wall Switch and RS232. WH RD BNRDWHBKYL YL/GN RD BKBKOR Up LimitSwitch NC NC RDBNNC Down LimitSwitch Delay Switch (ON position) RD BKBK OR BK BK RD BL YL/GN BK Motor Up Down BK BK BK WH OR RD BK BK WH OR RD AC AC COM N.O. N.C. BK WH RD OR Optional Delay Assembly 115V ac, 7A 60 Hz Outlet Run Cap 60 MFD 2 Cond. Cable RD BKBK OR Up Limit Switch NC NC BK Jumper* ALTERNATE ‘UP’ LIMIT SWITCH WIRING nOte: this CAnnOt be used when lift is installed in environmental Air Space Housing and Optional Ceiling Closure *Black (BK) Jumper wire is located in the plastic sleeve with these instructions. ROTAT ETOADJUST DOWNLimit Switch RRRRRRRROTAT ETTTTTTTOOTTAAAAAAADJAAAAAUST DOWN Adjusting fULLy DOWn position Limit switches for the Scissor Lift SL are preset at the factory. The DOWn limit switch is set for the fully down (maintenance) position for the size lift you have ordered. The limit switch assembly is located inside the lift and behind the Lifting Cable Drum. The Down limit switche shown in the drawing are for setting the "Fully Down" position. This can be adjusted manually by loosening or tightening the screw to increase or reduce the travel. Caution: The maintenance/service factory limit setting must not be adjusted to a lower position than the preset factory limit setting. In addition, Draper does not recommend setting show position at the maintenance/service position. Adjusting Limit Switches PLEASE NOTE: Changing the fully open or fully closed position will reset the electronic controls and cause the lift to operate improperly. Please call Draper before attempting these adjustments. Figure 8 Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 7 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 363/16" (919 mm) 385/16" (973 mm) 359/16" (903 mm) 3711/16" (957 mm) See Ta ble A 357/16" (900 mm) 371/16" (941 mm) 42" (1067 mm) 36¼" (921 mm)391/16" (992 mm)42" (1067 mm) 35" (889 mm)19/16" (39.6875 mm) 1/8" (3.175 mm) Top View Front View Side View 39 1/8" (994mm) x 39 1/8" (994mm) Lipless Closure Dimensions Scissor Lift SLX Dimensions Table A Closed extended model Height Height SLX10 141/16" 10'7" SLX14 165/16" 14'2" SLX17 189/16" 17'8" SLX21 2013/16" 21'3" SLX24 231/16" 24'9" SLX28 255/16" 28'5" 5" 20¾" 41¾" 48½"-22½" 19" 41½" front/Back View Side View Scissor Lift SLX by Draper page 8 of 8 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Installing Optional Environmental Air Space Housing The Environmental Air Space Housing is shipped in pieces, and must be assembled by the installer. The height of the Environmental Air Space Hous- ing is set by drilling out the knockouts at the desired locations then using screws to connect side panels. It is recommended that an access panel be installed in the ceiling to allow future access. The optional Environmental Air Space Housing must be installed per instructions to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” Includes trim ring for ceiling opening. Caution: Be careful when handling Environmental Air Space Housing Panels. The panels could have sharp edges. 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 7 11 1 3 5 9 3 910 2 4 6 3 4 3 8 5 FRONT/BAC K SIDE Item Qty Part number Description 1 1 C028.544.02SA Frame, SLX Plenum 2 1 C028.545.07SA Frame, SLX Trim Ring 3 4 C044.178SA Panel, SLX Plenum Side 4 4 C044.180SA Panel, SLX Plenum End 5 2 C044.179SA Panel, SLX Middle End 6 2 C044.177SA Panel, SLX Plenum Middle Side 7 1 C095.123SA Cover, SLX Plenum 8 28 C020.325 Screw, 8-32 x 3/8" Type 1 HWH 9 40 C018.051 Nut #8-32 Zinc Hex KEPS 10 12 C013.070 Washer, .188 I.D. x .5 O.D. x .07" TK Nylon Flat 11 24 C020.112 Screw, 8-32 x 3/8" Type F HWH Do not use electrical knockouts on bottom sections 1 Attach Environmental Air Space Housing top frame to top of Scissor Lift SLX with bolts provided. 2 Install top panel to Environmental Air Space Housing frame. 3 Attach assembly to overhead structure. Allow clearance between Environ- mental Air Space Housing top and structure for ease of future access. 4 Install side and end panels, and trim frame. Please Note: The factory wiring of 'UP' Limit Switch MUST ALWAYS be used when SLX is installed in Environmental Air Space Housing and Optional Ceiling Closure. See installation instructions included with Environmental Air Space Housing. Knockouts Technical Data Sheet SP-KSM—3-Position Key Switch (Momentary) By Draper USES: The SP-KSM replaces the standard 3-position key switch (KS-3) where a momentary (spring-loaded) action is required. It combines the directional functions (Up and Down) with the security of a key switch. It can be used as a single- or multiple-station control. COMPATIBILITY*: SP-KSM can be used in multiples, for either high- or low-voltage systems. LVC-IV (low voltage module) can be triggered by SP-KSM (stop doesn’t work). LVC-S (low voltage switch) can be used in conjunction with SP-KSM. ILT Motor with Built-in Low Voltage Controller (stop doesn’t work). KS-1 Power Supply Key Switch. CONTACTS: Two cam-operated Single-Pole, Single-Throw contact blocks (On-Off), wired to emulate Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Center Off (On-Off-On). Momentary action. RATING: 600 Volts, UL recognized, CSA recognized. DESCRIPTION: 3-position key operator, momentary action. Cover plate is stainless steel. Four 6" wire leads: black, black, red and blue (2 commons, down and up). 2¾" x 4½" cover plate fits a single-gang box. PART NUMBER: 121022. ILLUSTRATION: Copyright ©2015 Draper Inc. Form SP-KSM_TechDataSheet5 Printed in U.S.A. 2¾" 4½" 211/16" 19/16" 1¾" Red - DownBlack - ComBlack - ComBlue - Up UP DOWNOFF Scissor Lift SLX Series Planning sheet submission required with your order or request for quotation. Please mark appropriate response to each numbered item (front and back) by Scissor Lift—SLX Series Quantity 10 ft.—Model SLX10 14 ft.—Model SLX14 17 ft.—Model SLX17 21 ft.—Model SLX21 24 ft.—Model SLX24 28 ft.—Model SLX28 2 Standard, factory set “show” position is 36" (914 mm) below “store” position. “Show” position can be adjusted after installation. For “show” position of more or less than 36" (914 mm), list show position: 3 Select Powder Coat Finish: White (Standard) Black Trim Ring Only (Standard) Entire Environmental Air Space Housing (Optional) 1 Select one model based on the maximum exact distance you need the projector to descend from “store” position to “service” position. DRAPER SALESPERSON: CUSTOMER CONTACT: SIGNATURE: Copyright © 2016 Draper Inc. Form ScissorLiftSLX_Sub-PlanSheet16-R Printed in U.S.A. DEALER NAME: PROJECT NAME: P.O. #: DATE: (Continued on Page 2) Table A Closed Extended Model Height Height SLX10 141/16" (36 cm) 10'7" (232 cm) SLX14 165/16" (42 cm) 14'2" (432 cm) SLX17 189/16" (47 cm) 17'8" (538 cm) SLX21 2013/16" (53 cm) 21'3" (648 cm) SLX24 231/16" (60 cm) 24'9" (754 cm) SLX28 255/16" (65 cm) 28'5" (866 cm) Specifications—Scissor Lift SLX video projector lifts for projectors weighing up to 350 lbs (158.8kg). White or black powder coat finish. Projector bolts onto operating pan, or mounts to pan with mounting bracket (by others). Electrically operated 110- 120V AC, 60 Hz. UL recognized gearmotor, with metal chain drive system, to be lifetime lubricated. Projector to be suspended from steel pan supported by steel scissor arms and operated by two, 3/16" (4.7625 mm) aircraft cables with 4200 foot/pounds tensile strength per cable. Equipped with 3 sets of stabilizing scissors, positioned on the left, right, and rear sides. Also equipped with fail-safe inertial safety belt system and Cable Management System with projector power cord. Factory set limit switches to automatically stop travel at store, show, and service positions. Single Station Low Voltage Control, standard, consists of one 3-button wall switch to lower lift from “stored” to “show ” position, and one momentary key switch to lower lift to “service” position. Scissor Lift SLX is approved to UL 2442 and CSA C22.2 No. 60065-03. Optional Current Sensor available. Optional Environmental Air Space Housing: Consists of suitable painted steel panels for use in return air plenum situations. Includes trim ring for ceiling opening. Two sizes available. Optional ceiling closure panel: Finished in white baked textured powder coat, shall descend smoothly with projector. Two sizes available. Ceiling Finish Kit: Finished white. Trims ceiling opening when required. Consists of trim ring and closure panel. Two sizes available. Factory-installed control cables available. Please Note: The Scissor Lift SLX should be specified in conjunction with a Draper motorized screen. Optional Ceiling Access Door: Provides access to projector and lift when unit is installed above hard ceiling. Two styles: White painted finish or accepts ceiling tile. Patented by Draper, Inc. Patent information available at http://www.draperinc.com/legal/patents/ Downloadable 3-part specifications are available at www.draperinc.com. 363/16" (919 mm) 385/16" (973 mm) 359/16" (903 mm) 3711/16" (957 mm) See Ta ble A 357/16" (900 mm) 371/16" (941 mm) 42" (1067 mm) 36¼" (921 mm)391/16" (992 mm)42" (1067 mm) 35" (889 mm)19/16" (39.6875 mm) 1/8" (3.175 mm) Top View Front View Side View 39 1/8" (994mm) x 39 1/8" (994mm) Lipless Closure Dimensions For drawings/dims with Environmental Air Space Housing, see page 3. There are two sizes of closure. See page 3. There are two sizes of closure. See page 3. 16" (406 mm) threaded rod included. Can be cut down to match projector and mount dims. Draper does not recommend setting show position at the maintenance/ service position. For example, if you wish to have 8' (2.4 m) Show position, order a lift with at least a 10' (3 m) maintenance position. Submittal and Planning sheet 4 Select Optional Accessories Optional Ceiling Access Door (2' x 2' [60 x 60 cm]) to allow access above finished ceiling (highly recommended). White Painted Finish Accepts Ceiling Tile Optional Environmental Air Space Housing: Optional ceiling closure panel not included (see page 3). SLX SLXR Optional Ceiling Closure Panel: Pairs with Environmental Air Space Housing. Installs with ceiling trim lip or as Lipless Closure (see page 3). SLX SLXR Optional Ceiling Finish Kit: Ceiling closure panel and mating trim kit used to finish ceiling opening when no Air Space Housing is needed (see page 3). SLX SLXR Optional Universal Projector Mount (max. load 26 lbs.). Optional Current Sensor. (Please Note: Optional Current Sensor may reduce projector space available. Contact Draper). 5 Select factory installed hookup for RGB, Video and Projector Control? (Note: Cables are Optional, not plenum rated and are shielded) Yes No What type of connectors do you need? (Inputs to Projector and Outputs at top of Lift) BNC How Many? 15 Pin HD How Many? RCA How Many? S-Video How Many? RS232 (DB9) How Many? Cat 6 How Many? HDMI How Many? * Please note: There is a limit of seven (7) video, RGB and control cables per Scissor Lift. 6 Select Voltage: 110-120V 220-230V 7 Select Low Voltage Controls: This unit comes with one 3-Button Wall Switch and one Momentary Key Control. For other switching options, please select from below: Replace 3-Button Wall Switch with optional second Momentary Key Control (SP-KSM) Optional Key Operated Power Supply Key Switch (On-off) Optional Wireless Remote Control (radio frequency transmitter & receiver) (Controls the "Show" position only) Optional Wireless Remote Control (infrared transmitter & receiver) (Controls the "Show" position only) Optional R2D7 RS232 interface for Serial Communication (Controls the "Show" position only) 8 Will this unit be controlled by other equipment? No. Yes. What kind of equipment? Scissor Lift Submittal & Planning Sheet for SLX Series page 2 of 4 (765) 987-7999www.draperinc.com Lipless Ceiling Closure Dimensions (Optional) SLX SLXR Width 391/8" (994 mm)391/8" (994 mm) Depth 391/8" (994 mm)451/8" (1146 mm) Lipless Closure Option is available by removing the Trim Ring from the Closure Panel. A substrate material (ceiling tile, gypsum board, etc.) can be attached directly to the Closure Panel using adhesive, double-sided tape or screws. NOTE: Make sure the added weight of the substrate does not exceed the stated weight capacity of the lift. Substrate should be installed so that it is centered within the finished opening in the ceiling, with a gap of no less that 3/16" around all edges. DRAPER SALESPERSON: CUSTOMER CONTACT: SIGNATURE: SLX Scissor Lift — Dimensions & Data SLX10 SLX14 SLX17 SLX21 SLX24 SLX28 Height of lift in closed position1 141/16" (36 cm)165/16" (41 cm)189/16" (47 cm)2013/16" (53 cm)231/16" (59 cm)255/16" (64 cm) Max. down travel (to service position)10'7" (323 cm)14'2" (432 cm)17'8" (538 cm)21'3" (648 cm)24'9" (754 cm)28'5" (866 cm) Net weight—lbs.213 230 260 275 289 303 Net weight—kg 98 104 118 125 131 137 Approx. travel time2 (to service position)1 min. 43 sec.2 min. 24 sec.2 min. 55 sec.3 min. 36 sec.4 min. 7 sec.4 min. 48 sec. 1 Height of Scissor Lift in closed position only. Overall height of projector, plus optional mount, plus optional ceiling closure, plus optional Environmental Air Space Housing adds to overall height of equipment installed above ceiling. 2 Up direction with full load of 350 lbs. "Down" travel time or lighter loads will have shorter travel times. DRAPER SALESPERSON: CUSTOMER CONTACT: SIGNATURE: (765) 987-7999www.draperinc.com Scissor Lift Submittal & Planning Sheet for SLX Series page 3 of 4 Optional Ceiling Closure Dimensions Optional Environmental Air Space Housing Dimensions Optional Ceiling Trim Kit Dimensions 3513/16" (910 mm) 20¼" (514mm) Top View 3911/16" (1008 mm) 42" (1067 mm) 353/8" (899 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 42" (1067 mm)19/16" (40 mm) 4113/16" (1062 mm) 4511/16" (1160mm) 48" (1219 mm) 353/8" (899 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 42" (1067 mm) 19¾" (502 mm) 19/16" (40 mm) Top View 4817/32" (1233 mm) 4123/32" (1060 mm)4123/32" (1060 mm) 41¾" (1060 mm)4115/32" (1053 mm) 5" (127 mm) Top View 4715/32" (1206 mm)41¾" (1060 mm) 4817/32" (1233 mm) 409/16" (1030 mm) 4123/32" (1060 mm) 469/16" (1183 mm)4723/32" (1212 mm) 5" (127 mm) Top View SLXR SLX 48" (1219 mm)4511/16" (1160 mm) 42" (1061 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 4113/16" (1062 mm)353/8" (899 mm) 19/16" (40 mm) 19¾"(502mm) Top View 42" (1061 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 4111/16" (1050 mm) 409/16" (1030 mm) 4111/16" (1059 mm) 409/16" (1030 mm) 3513/16" (910 mm) 4" (102 mm) 20¼" (514 mm) Top View 42" (1061 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 353/8" (899 mm) 19/16" (40 mm) Net Weight: 192 lbs (87 kg) Net Weight: 208 lbs (94 kg) Net Weight: 34 lbs (15 kg) Net Weight: 39 lbs (18 kg) SLXR SLX SLXR SLX DRAPER SALESPERSON: CUSTOMER CONTACT: SIGNATURE: (765) 987-7999www.draperinc.com Scissor Lift Submittal & Planning Sheet for SLX Series page 4 of 4 Wiring Diagram N U C D Dashed wiring by electrician 11 5 V a c , Su p p l y Attached to lower pan WH BKBK WH GN WH Low voltage wiring by others Low Voltage Tr igger (6-24 VDC) WH EncoderRD BK RD WH RD WH BK Wall SwitchKey Switch RP/RQ Bus Po rts for remote controls such as IR Eye, RF Receiver, LED Wall Switch and RS232. WH RD BNRDWHBKYLYL/GN RD BKBKOR Up LimitSwitch NC NC RDBNNC Down LimitSwitch Delay Switch (ON position) RD BKBK OR BK BK RD BL YL/GN BK Motor Up Down BK BK BK WH OR RD BK BK WH OR RD AC AC COM N.O. N.C. BK WH RD OR Optional Delay Assembly 115V ac, 7A 60 Hz Outlet Run Cap60 MFD 2 Cond. Cable KE Y WA L L RP / R Q RP / R Q LV T Red - Down Black - Com Black - Com Blue - Up Pin 3 - Green Pin 2 - Yellow Pin 5 - Black DCU Green - DOWN Black - COM Yellow - UP PIN 1 - NOT USED 2 - YELLOW 3 - GREEN 4 - NOT USED 5 - BLACK 6 - NOT USED Please Note: Data cable connections must be made using electrically straight 6 Pin 4 conductor modular cable (RJ14/6P4C). Please Note: RJ14/6P4C Data Cables for Serial Control Provided by Others SP-KSMKey SwitchService Position Optional R2D7, RS232 Controller RP/RQ Bus Ports for remote controlssuch as IR Eye, RF Receiver, LED Wall Switch and RS232. LVC-SShow Position Low Voltage Trigger (6-24 VDC) (Polarity Independent) Function Indicator To RS232 Serial Port:1 - Blue = Not Used2 - Yellow = Rx (Data from control system)3 - Green = Tx (Data to control system)4 - Red = Not Used5 - Black = Gnd (Signal Ground)6 - White = Not Used DETAIL OF DATA CABLE SPLITTER BOARD AutomatedDry Contact System Connecting Controls to Data Cable Splitter Board Controls plug into the Data Cable Splitter Board (See diagram below) which is located on the Top Frame on the front side of the lift, using RJ14/6P4C connectors. For IR or RF Remote Control, use data cable with RJ14/6P4C connectors on both ends. For serial control of "Show" position, use data cable with RJ14/6P4C connectors on both ends and an R2D7 Serial Control Interface. Plug into the "RP/RQ" input. Please Note:Any control, including automated dry contact systems, being connected to the wall switch input MUST send a momentary signal. Copyright © 2015 Draper Inc. Form ScissorLiftSL-Housing_Inst15 Printed in U.S.A. Installation/Operating Instructions Environmental Air Space Housing for Scissor Lift SL by Draper If you encounter any difficulties installing or servicing your Scissor Lift, call your dealer or Draper, Inc. in Spiceland, Indiana, 765-987-7999, or fax 765-987-7142. 810 9 2 4 2 56 56 11 6 7 1 5 6 3 1 6 5 8 131412 Item Qty Part Number Description 1 4 C044.193SA Panel, B Environmental Air Space Housing Side 2 4 C044.191SA Panel, B Environmental Air Space Housing End 3 2 C044.192SA Panel, B Environmental Air Space Housing Middle Side 4 2 C044.190SA Panel, B Environmental Air Space Housing Middle End 5 28 C020.325 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type 1 HWH 6 40 C018.051 Nut #8-32 Zinc Hex Keps 7 12 C013.070 Washer, .188 I.D. x .5 O.D. x .07 TK Nylon Flat 8 26 C020.112 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type E F HWH 9 1 C028.609.01SA Frame, B Environmental Air Space Housing 10 1 C095.130SA Cover, B Environmental Air Space Housing 11 1 C028.610.07SA Frame, B Trim Ring 12 4 C013.024 Washer, 3/8" Flat 13 4 C018.044 Nut, 3/8"-16 Zinc Hex Keps 14 4 C020.313 Screw, 3/8"-16 x 1" GR 5 Zinc Hex Head Cap Environmental Air Space Housing "B" Please Note: Before assembling the housing, you will need to determine which assembly holes you will use, and knock them out. The Environmental Air Space Housing is shipped in pieces, and must be assembled by the installer. The height of the Environmental Air Space Hous- ing is set by punching out the knockouts at the desired locations then using screws to connect side panels. It is recommended that an access panel be installed in the ceiling to allow future access. The optional environmental air space housing must be installed to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 1 Attach Environmental Air Space Housing top frame to top of Scissor Lift with bolts provided. 2 Install top panel to Environmental Air Space Housing frame. 3 Attach assembly to overhead structure. Allow clearance between Environmental Air Space Housing top and structure for ease of future access. 4 Install side and end panels, and trim frame. 27½" (699 mm) 225/8" (575 mm) 30¼" (768 mm) 53/16"(132 mm) 151/8" (384 mm) 16" (406 mm) to 365/8" (930 mm) 30¼" (768 mm)30¼" (768 mm) 297/16" (747 mm) Top View Front/Back View Side View Knockouts Environmental Air Space Housing for Scissor Lift SL by Draper page 2 of 4 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Item Qty Part Number Description 1 4 C044.198SA Panel, E Environmental Air Space Housing Side 2 4 C044.196SA Panel, E Environmental Air Space Housing End 3 2 C044.197SA Panel, E Environmental Air Space Housing Middle Side 4 2 C044.195SA Panel, E Environmental Air Space Housing Middle End 5 28 C020.325 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type 1 HWH 6 40 C018.051 Nut #8-32 Zinc Hex Keps 7 12 C013.070 Washer, .188" I.D. x .5" O.D. x .07" TK Nylon Flat 8 26 C020.112 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type F HWH 9 1 C095.131SA Cover, E Environmental Air Space Housing Top 10 1 C028.612.07SA Frame, E Trim Ring 11 1 C028.611.01SA Frame, E Environmental Air Space Housing Top 12 4 C020.313 Screw 3/8"-16 x 1" GR 5 Zinc Hex Head Cap 13 4 C013.024 Washer, 3/8" Flat 14 4 C018.044 NUT 3/8"-16 Zinc Hex Keps 8 9 2 4 2 56 56 10 6 7 1 5 6 3 1 6 58 121314 Environmental Air Space Housing "E" Please Note: Before assembling the housing, you will need to deter- mine which assembly holes you will use, and knock them out. The Environmental Air Space Housing is shipped in pieces, and must be assembled by the installer. The height of the Environmental Air Space Housing is set by punching out the knockouts at the desired locations then using screws to connect side panels. It is recommended that an access panel be installed in the ceiling to allow future access. The optional envi- ronmental air space housing must be installed to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 1 Attach Environmental Air Space Housing top frame to top of Scissor Lift with bolts provided. 2 Install top panel to Environmental Air Space Housing frame. 3 Attach assembly to overhead structure. Allow clearance between Environmental Air Space Housing top and structure for ease of future access. 4 Install side and end panels, and trim frame. 27¼" (692 mm) 3911/16" (1008 mm) 31¾" (806 mm) 15" (381 mm) 40½" (1029 mm)30" (762mm) Top View Front/Back ViewSide View 30" (762 mm) 16" (406 mm) to 365/8" (930 mm) 53/16"(132 mm) Knockouts Environmental Air Space Housing for Scissor Lift SL by Draper page 3 of 4 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 4 6 4 3 5 3 2 9 10 8 9 8 9 7 1 11 11 11 89 89 13 15 12 14 Item Qty Part Number Description 1 1 C028.607.01SA Frame, SL Environmental Air Space Housing 2 1 C028.608.07SA Frame, SL Trim Ring 3 4 C044.189SA Panel, SL Environmental Air Space Housing Side 4 4 C044.187SA Panel, SL Environmental Air Space Housing End 5 2 C044.188SA Panel, SL Environmental Air Space Housing Middle Side 6 2 C044.186SA Panel, SL Environmental Air Space Housing Middle End 7 1 C095.129SA Cover, SL Environmental Air Space Housing 8 28 C020.325 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type 1 HWH 9 36 C018.051 Nut #8-32 Zinc Hex Keps 10 8 C013.070 Washer, .188" I.D. x .5" O.D. x .07" TK Nylon Flat 11 20 C020.112 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type F HWH 12 4 C002.919.07SA Bracket, SL Environmental Air Space Housing Aattach 13 4 C020.313 Screw 3/8"-16 x 1" GR 5 Zinc Hex Head Cap 14 4 C018.044 Nut 3/8"-16 Zinc Hex Keps 15 4 C013.024 Washer, 3/8" Flat Environmental Air Space Housing "SL" Please Note: Before assembling the housing, you will need to determine which assembly holes you will use, and knock them out. The Environmental Air Space Housing is shipped in pieces, and must be as- sembled by the installer. The height of the Environmental Air Space Housing is set by punching out the knockouts at the desired locations then using screws to connect side panels. It is recommended that an access panel be installed in the ceiling to allow future access. The optional environmental air space housing must be installed to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 1 Attach Environmental Air Space Housing top frame to top of Scissor Lift with bolts provided. 2 Install top panel to Environmental Air Space Housing frame. 3 Attach assembly to overhead structure. Allow clearance between Environmental Air Space Housing top and structure for ease of future access. 4 Install side and end panels, and trim frame. 189/16" (471 mm) 311/16"(94 mm) Top View Front/Back View Side View 205/16" (516 mm) 241/16" (611 mm) 237/8" (606 mm) 1115/16" (303 mm)231/16" (586 mm) 16" (406 mm) to 365/8" (930 mm) 241/16" (611 mm) Please Note: When using the Environmental Air Space House "SL" size, the mounting brackets attached to the top four corners of the Scissor Lift SL must be removed, and replaced with brackets which are shipped with the Environmental Air Space Housing. Standard Environmental Housing Bracket Arrangement SL Environmental Housing Bracket Arrangement Knockouts Environmental Air Space Housing for Scissor Lift SL by Draper page 4 of 4 www.draperinc.com (765) 987-7999 Item Qty Part Number Description 1 4 C044.203SA Panel, U Environmental Air Space Housing Side 2 4 C044.201SA Panel, U Environmental Air Space Housing End 3 2 C044.202SA Panel, U Environmental Air Space Housing Middle Side 4 2 C044.200SA Panel, U Environmental Air Space Housing Middle End 5 28 C020.325 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type 1 HWH 6 40 C018.051 Nut #8-32 Zinc Hex Keps 7 12 C013.070 Washer, .188" I.D. x .5" O.D. x .07" TK Nylon Flat 8 26 C020.112 Screw, 8-32 X 3/8" Type F HWH 9 1 C095.132SA Cover, U Environmental Air Space Housing 10 1 C028.614.07SA Frame, U Trim Ring 11 1 C028.613.01SA Frame, U Environmental Air Space Housing 12 4 C018.044 Nut 3/8"-16 Zinc Hex Keps 13 4 C013.024 Washer, 3/8" Flat 14 4 C020.313 Screw 3/8"-16x1" GR 5 Zinc Hex Head Cap 8 9 2 4 2 56 56 10 6 7 1 5 6 3 1 6 5 8 141312Environmental Air Space Housing "U" Please Note: Before assembling the housing, you will need to de- termine which assembly holes you will use, and knock them out. The Environmental Air Space Housing is shipped in pieces, and must be assembled by the installer. The height of the Environmental Air Space Housing is set by punching out the knockouts at the desired locations then using screws to connect side panels. It is recommend- ed that an access panel be installed in the ceiling to allow future ac- cess. The optional environmental air space housing must be installed to isolate the lift from the “other space used for environmental air.” 1 Attach Environmental Air Space Housing top frame to top of Scis- sor Lift with bolts provided. 2 Install top panel to Environmental Air Space Housing frame. 3 Attach assembly to overhead structure. Allow clearance between Environmental Air Space Housing top and structure for ease of future access. 4 Install side and end panels, and trim frame. 26½" (665 mm) 53/16"(132 mm) Top View Front/Back ViewSide View 345/8" (879 mm) 3711/16" (957 mm)1811/16" (475 mm) 371/8" (943 mm) 3711/16" (957 mm) 16" (406 mm) to 365/8" (930 mm) Knockouts Making meetings even smoother Once again we are proud to revolutionize the way you meet. Since 2010, Evoko Room Manager has taken the hassle out of room bookings. This was the original touch-screen solution for all your meeting rooms. No more double bookings, confusion and interrupted meetings. Now we are launching the next generation room manager: Evoko Liso. Even brighter and lovelier to look at, believe it or not. With the same mission as ever – making sure all your meeting rooms are being used in a truly effective way. The next generation room manager EVOKO LISO Bright and helpful Evoko Liso makes it easier than ever to book a room with your favorite digital calendar, or directly on the screen using your fingertip. Now we are taking the intuitive user interface to a whole new level. All information is elegantly presented on the screen and it actually changes information on the display when someone walks up to it, always displaying the most relevant information. Easily book, end or extend a meeting or use the calendar to search for other rooms based on availability, size and equipment. Thanks to the green and red light aura you can see at a glance if the room is vacant or not. No more confusion or double bookings. Analytical and e fficient Evoko Liso gives you full insight into your organization’s meeting patterns to really optimize resources. You get decision-making support that truly cuts cost by analyzing statistics in the web based Evoko Home – now more compre-hensive than ever. Make sure you use the perfect room for every single meeting. Evoko Home also offers extensive multi-site management options with permission control and real-time monitoring of the units. It has never been easier to open the door to a much more efficient meeting culture. Open and interactive Evoko Liso’s open API integrates smoothly with other 3rd party systems. You could, as an example, get the AC turned on 10 minutes before a meeting is scheduled to start. RFID/NFC and PIN verification enables easy identification for on-screen bookings and the possibility to restrict access for certain rooms or groups. The much appreciated “check in” function helps you to free up meeting space by cancel- ling bookings when no one shows up. Any non-functioning equipment in the room? Simply report it on the screen. Simple and beautiful Evoko Liso has a new, slim design. It’s easy to install and a true delight to look at outside every meeting room. There are no extra plug-ins or additional software to learn. So easy and self-explanatory that anyone can master it without any prior training. All features can be reached with only a few simple touches. So smooth, helpful and bright. Your next meeting is just a fingertip away. TECHNICAL INFO • Display • 8 inch capacitive touch with anti- fingerprint treatment • Connectivity • Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n • Ethernet RJ-45, 10/100/1000 Mbit PoE & PoE + IEEE 802.3af •RFID/NFC 13.56 MHz reader ISO/IEC 14443A/B Supports MIFARE 4K/1K card (does not support ISO/IEC 15693 or MIFARE Ultralight C) •Power •Power over Ethernet (PoE), or •12V AC/DC power adapter (accessory) •Sensors •Proximity sensor •Ambient light sensor •Mounting •Mounting options for both standard and glass walls •5-way cable exit option for easy and neat installation •Other •3-way indirect light aura to make room status visible already from a distance •Open API for third party integration •Communication via real-time two-way connection •Remote management with multi-site support •Real-time monitoring & statistics COMPATIBLE PLATFORMS •Microsoft Office 365 •Microsoft Exchange 2016 •Microsoft Exchange 2013 •Microsoft Exchange 2010 •Google G Suite •IBM/Lotus Domino Smartcloud •IBM/Lotus Domino 8.5.3 – 9.x •Evoko Booking (stand-alone version) SIZE AND WEIGHT • Size: 200 x 200 x 25 mm (7.9 x 7.9 x 1.0 inch) • Weight: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs) USER INTERFACE LANGUAGES • Arabic • Catalan • Chinese, Simplified • Chinese, Traditional • Czech • Danish • Dutch • English • Estonian • Finnish • French • Galician • German • Italian • Japanese • Latvian • Lithuanian • Norwegian • Polish • Portuguese • Russian • Spanish • Swedish PRICING MODEL & BOX CONTENTS Our pricing model is based on the same simplicity as our products; it is a one-time cost per unit and that is it. There are no licensing costs or subscription fees and all required hardware, software, support and warranty are included. The one-time cost includes: • Evoko Liso unit (hardware with Liso application) • Mounting kits for both standard and glass walls • Evoko Home application (used for configuration, synchronization and administration) • Future software upgrades for the Evoko Liso unit and Evoko Home • Power Supply (if needed, typically installed with PoE) • 2-year warranty (up to 3 more years can be purchased separately) • Product support via phone/email/ web-tickets for as long as the Liso units are used ARTICLE NUMBER • ERM2001 Specifications www.evoko.se EVOKO LISO AWARDS DESCRIPTION The SL-2.1R is a slim 2-way loudspeaker designed to be surface-mounted and disappear into the architectural surroundings. Its precision ribbon HF driver and two 4” long- excursion LF drivers resolve complex audio program with detail and clarity that does not seem possible from such a small package. The addition of an available SBC-110 ceiling mounted sub- woofer extends low frequency response to 34 Hz and increases maximum system SPL. KEY FEATURES: • slim profile (only 2” deep by 4” wide) • 120° H x 90° V coverage • employs precision ribbon HF driver • blends into architectural environment • easily integrated into architectural casework with optional millwork adapter kit APPLICATIONS: • sound for video presentation • home theater LCR • home theater surrounds • choir-rail foldback / fill DESCRIPTIVE DATA System Configuration Low profile 2-way Components & Loading (2) 4 ” long-excursion LF drivers, (1) 3 ” ribbon HF driver High-Pass Filter Built-in 1st order @ 120 Hz Enclosure Type Sealed enclosure, very low profile Enclosure Material Steel chassis, with composite endcaps Finish Black or W hite (custom colors available) Connectors Dual binding head screws Suspension Hardware Mounting brackets included Grille Integral, fabric wrapped NOMINAL DATA Frequency Response 120 – 20,000 Hz ± 3 dB Sensitivity 92 dB @ 2.83 volts / 1M Impedance 6Ω Power Handling 90 W long term program Maximum Output 108 dB long term / 114 dB peak @ 1 meter Nominal Coverage Angles 120° H x 90° V Dimensions height: 18.00 “ / 457 mm width: 4.56 “ / 116 mm depth: 2.06 ” / 52 mm Net Weight 7.0 lbs / 3.2 kg Shipping Weight 8.0 lbs / 3.6 kg (cross-section) SL-2.1R Slim Line Series – AMERICAN LOUDSPEAKER INNOVATION innovoxaudio.com PROUDLY MADE IN THE U.S.A. 296 North Pascal Street Saint Paul MN 55104 innovoxaudio.comWest Coast Office 1155-C Arnold Drive, #231 Martinez CA 94553 ph: 925 372-8156 email: orders@innovoxaudio.com Central Office 296 North Pascal Street Saint Paul MN 55104 ph: 612 379-0100 email: sales@innovoxaudio.com DESCRIPTION The SB-115 is a very compact sub-bass module designed for permanent installation. It employs a 15-inch long-excursion driver in an optimally tuned vented enclosure which can be suspended from internal fly points, or positioned on the floor. The SB-115 is an ideal choice for applications requiring precise transient response and low bass extension. It’s compact size fits well under stages, on stage and in flown arrays. KEY FEATURES:  compact size  bass extension to 34Hz  very high output  low power compression  excellent transient response NOMINAL DATA Frequency Response 34 – 350 Hz  3 dB Sensitivity 95 dB @ 2.83 volts / 1M (in operating band) Impedance 8  Power Handling 1000 W long term (AES-2) Maximum Output 123 dB long term; 129 dB peak Nominal Coverage Angles omni-directional Dimensions height: 17.25 “ / 438 mm width: 18.50 “ / 470 mm depth: 25.00 ” / 635 mm Net Weight 90 lbs / 40.9 kg Shipping Weight 117 lbs / 53.2 kg DESCRIPTIVE DATA System Configuration Dedicated sub-bass Components & Loading (1) 15 ” long-excursion cone driver Enclosure Type Optimally tuned, vented Recommended High-Pass Filter 4th order Butterworth @ 27 Hz Enclosure Material Hardwood multi-ply plywood Finish Black or White (custom finishes available) Connectors NL-4 & Dual binding head screws Suspension Hardware (8) 3/8”-16 threaded mounting points located on enclosure top, sides, back Grille Powder coated perforated steel grille SB-115 Sub-Bass Series – APPLICATIONS:  churches  performing arts centers  cinema  night clubs (shown with grille removed) innovoxaudio.comWest Coast Office 1155-C Arnold Drive, #231 Martinez CA 94553 ph: 925 372-8156 email: orders@innovoxaudio.com Central Office 296 North Pascal Street Saint Paul MN 55104 ph: 612 379-0100 email: sales@innovoxaudio.com SB-115 Sub-Bass Series – DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Side View 27.63” (702mm) Top View Front View 17.25” (438mm) 17.25” (438mm) 85 3 1132 " 85 3 11 32 " 2R 5 6 4 " 60 2 23 64 " 50 1 31 32 " 4 A 123 B B A 2 134 LX WALLSTATION A71003 71004 71005 SHEET 1 OF 1SCALE: 1:1 WEIGHT: REVSKU B SIZE NAME METRIC/INCHES DESIGNED IN SAN CLEMENTE, CALIFORNIA BY iPORT a DANA INNOVATIONS COMPANY NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION: THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF DANA INNOVATIONS. THE POSESSOR AGREES TO THE FOLLOWING: TO MAINTAIN THIS DOCUMENT IN CONFIDENCE1. NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT2. NOT TO REVEAL OR PUBLISH IT IN WHOLE OR IN PART3. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED4. F E A T U R E S & B E N E F I T S ED795 R10 – Updated February 2013 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Wiremold®Plug-In Outlet Center Units bring power safely and conveniently to wherever you need it. These units are ideal for use in a wide variety of settings, including relay racks and cabinets, laboratories, workshops, classrooms and offices. Plug-In Outlet Center Units include rack mount, Cabinet-MATE, compact, 90 degree, deluxe control, industrial, and international units. Most units are available in both 15 and 20 Amp configurations. Wiremold also offers extensive custom capabilities for Plug-In Outlet Center Units. Contact the factory for more information. Plug-In Outlet Center®Units ■User-ready outlets. Plug-In Outlet Center units provide power distribution in a portable, plug-in unit. ■Rugged construction. Durable 2" x 1 3/4" [44mm x 51mm] or 3 1/2" x 2" [89mm x 44mm] aluminum housing. Some Plug-In Outlet Center units are available with an impact- resistant plastic housing. ■Space saving. Rack mount units fit standard 19" [482mm] relay racks. Compact 1U design takes up minimum space. 23" [584mm] units available, consult factory. ■Low profile. CabinetMATE units offer a narrow 1 1/2" x 1 3/16" [38mm x 20mm] aluminum housing. ■Aesthetically pleasing. Rack mount units have a black matte finish and a black cord. CabinetMATE, compact and industrial units have a gray finish and a black cord. Deluxe control and 20A units have a putty white finish and a black cord. Most units with a putty white finish have a putty white cord. Special Use units have a white finish and a white cord. ■Flexible mounting. Each unit features one of four different mounting types. Each mounting method has been designed to optimize the performance of the product. Complete mounting hardware and installation instructions are included with every unit. ■Cord properly rated to load requirements. 15A units have a 14/3 SJT cord and a NEMA 5-15P plug. 20A units have a 12/3 SJT cord and a NEMA 5-20P or NEMA L5-20P plug. ■Lighted switch. Most units have lighted on/off switch(es) to control power to the unit. ■Resettable circuit breaker. Provides overload protection. ■Two-Year product warranty. ■UL and cUL Listed or Recognized. Units are UL and cUL Listed to UL1363 standards. Rack mount units are UL and cUL Recognized to UL1363 standards. Plug-In Outlet Center®Units J08B0B (Front & Back) UL207BC J06BOB20X-AM (Front)P6 2 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications J08B0B Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J08B2B Center – Eight rear outlets, lighted switch. Receptacles rotated 90° and 4 outlets spaced to accommodate transformers. 6' [1.8m] (J08B0B) or 15' [4.6m] (J08B2B) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm] and 2" [51mm]. J06B0B Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J06B2B Center – Six rear outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (J06B0B) or 15' [4.6m] (J08B2B) cord. Receptacle center-to-center1 1/2" [38mm]. J06B0BX Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J06B2BX Center – Six rear outlets. 6' [1.8m] (J06B0BX)or 15' [4.6m] (J06B2B) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications J60B0B Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J60B2B Center – Six front outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (J60B0B) or 15' [4.6m] (J60B2B) cord. Receptacle center-to-center1 1/2" [38mm]. J60B0B-90 Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J60B2B-90 Center – Six front outlets, lighted switch. Receptacles rotated 90°. 6' [1.8m] (J60B0B-90) or 15' [4.6m] (J60B2B-90) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. J24B0B Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J24B2B Center – Two front, four rear outlets . Lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (J24B0B) or 15' [4.6m] (J24B2 B)cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. 15A Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications J06B0B20 Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J06B2B20 Center – Six 20A rear outlets, on/off switch. 6' [1.8m] (J06B0B20) or 15' [4.6m] (J06B2B20) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. J06B0B20X Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J06B2B20X Center – Six 20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m] (J08B0B20X) or 15' [4.6m] (J06B0B20X) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. J06B0B20X-AM Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet Center with Digital Ammeter – Digital LCD readout of current draw. Six 20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m] cord. Receptacle center- to-center 1 1/2"[38mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications J60B0B20 Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J60B2B20 Center – Six 20A front outlets, on/off switch. 6' [1.8m] (J60B0B20) or 15' [4.6m] (J60B2B20) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. J60B0B20X Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet J60B2B20X Center – Six 20A front outlets. 6' [1.8m] (J60B0B20X) or 15' [4.6m] (J60B2B20X) cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. 20A Rack Mount Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information J60B0B (Front & Back)J24B0B (Front & Back)J06B0B20X (Front & Back) q c 3 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications 3609ULBC CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 3609ULBD Center – Nine outlets. 6' [1.8m] (3609ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (3609ULBD) cord. Length 36" [914mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 3" [76mm]. 4810ULBC CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 4810ULBD Center – Ten outlets. 6' [1.8m] (4810ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (4810ULBD)cord. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to- center 4" [102mm]. 7011ULBC CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 7011ULBD Center – Eleven outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7011ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (7011ULBD) cord. Length 70" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-to- center 6" [152mm]. 7712ULBC CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 7712ULBD Center – Twelve outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7712ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (7712ULBD) cord. Length 77" [2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. 15A CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information 4810ULBC/ 4810ULBD 7011ULBC/ 7011ULBD 7712ULBC/ 7712ULBD j j j j 3609ULBC/ 3609ULBD 4 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications 2008ULBC20R CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 2008ULBD20R Center – Eight 20A outlets with 2008ULBC20R-TL*t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (2008ULBC20R, 2008ULBD20R-TL*2008ULBC20R-TL) or 15' [4.6m] (2008ULBD20R, 2008ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 20" [508mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Units available with straight blade or NEMA L5-20P locking plug. 4810ULBC20R CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 4810ULBD20R Center – Ten 20A outlets with 4810ULBC20R-TL*t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (4810ULBC20R, 4810ULBD20R-TL*4810ULBC20R-TL) or 15' [4.6m] (4810ULBD20R, 4810ULBD20R-TL) cord.Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 4" [102mm]. Units available with straight blade or NEMA L5-20P locking plug. 7011ULBC20R CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 7011ULBD20R Center – Eleven 20A outlets with 7011ULBC20R-TL*t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7011ULBC20R, 7011ULBD20R-TL*7011ULBC20R-TL) or 15' [4.6m] (7011ULBD20R, 7011ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 70" [1.6m]. Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. Units available with straight blade or NEMA L5-20P locking plug. 7712ULBC20R CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet 7712ULBD20R Center – Twelve 20A outlets with. 7712ULBC20R-TL*t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7712ULBC20R, 7712ULBD20R-TL*7712ULBC20R-TL) or 15' [4.6m] (7712ULBD20R, 7712ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 77" [2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. Units available with straight blade or NEMA L5-20P locking plug. 20A CabinetMATE Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information 4810ULBC20R/ 4810ULBD20R 2008ULBC20R/ 2008ULBD20R 7011ULBC20R/ 7011ULBD20R 7712ULBC20R/ 7712ULBD20R 20A NEMA L5-20P Locking Plug * Use “TL” suffix with Catalog Number for locking plug. j j j j 5 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL100BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL100BD Five outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL100BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL100BD)cord. Length 9 1/4" [235mm]. Receptacle center- to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL101BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL101BD Four outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL101BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL101BD) cord. Length 9 1/4" [235mm].Receptacle center- to-center1 1/4" [32mm]. UL104BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL104BD Four outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL104BC) or 15' [4.6m] (104BD) cord. Length 9 1/4" [235mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL204BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL204BD Seven outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL204BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL204BD) cord. Length 13" [330mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL205BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL205BD Eight outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL205BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL205BD)cord. Length 13" [330mm].Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL206BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL206BD Six outlets. 6' [1.8m] (UL206BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL206BD)cord. Length 12 1/4" [311mm].Receptacle center- to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL207BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL207BD Six outlets , lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL207BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL207BD) cord. Length 12 1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL218BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL218BD Eight outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL218BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL218BD)cord. Length 15" [381mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. UL210BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL210BD Ten outlets, lighted switch.Putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (UL210BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL210BD) cord. Length 13" [330mm]. Width 3 1/2" [89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 15/16" [49mm]. UL1090BC Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – UL1090BD Four outlets. Receptacles rotated 90° and spaced to accommodate trans- formers. 6' [1.8m] (UL1090BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL1090BD) cord. Length 16" [406mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 3" [76mm]. R610/R612 Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – Six outlets, lighted switch.Putty white finish, 6' [1.8m] (R610) or 15' [4.6m] (R612) cord. Length 12 1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. P6/P6-15 Compact Plug-In Outlet Center – Six outlets, lighted switch.Putty white finish, plastic housing. 6' [1.8m] or 15' [4.6m] cord. Length 12" [305mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Compact Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information j j j j j j j j j j j u c Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL309BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL309BD Nine outlets, lighted switch, 6' [1.8m] (UL309BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL309BD) cord. Length 36" 915mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 3" [76mm]. UL300BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL300BD Eight outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL300BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL300BD) cord. Length 24" [609mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 2" [51mm]. UL401BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL401BD Eight outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL401BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL401BD) cord. Length 48" [1220mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 5 1/4" [133mm]. UL402BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL402BD Sixteen outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL402BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL4032BD) cord. Length 48" [1220mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL403BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL403BD Eight outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL403BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL403BD) cord. Length 48" [1220mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 5 1/4" [133mm]. UL404BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL404BD Sixteen outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL404BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL404BD) cord. Length 48" [1220mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/2" [64mm]. UL2062BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL2062BD Twelve outlets, 6' [1.8m] (UL2062BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2062BD) cord. Length 72" [1830mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 5 1/4" [133mm]. UL2063BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL2063BD Twenty-four outlets, 6' [1.8m] UL2063BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2063BD)cord. Length 72" [1830mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 2 1/2" [64mm]. 6 Industrial Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information j j j j j j j Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications ULB420-6 20A Plug-In Outlet Center – Four ULB420-15 20A, 120V, 60Hz 2500 watt outlets. Lighted switch, putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (ULB420-6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB420-15) cord. Length 10 3/4" [273mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/2" [38mm]. ULB620-6 20A Plug-In Outlet Center – Six ULB620-15 20A, 120V, 60Hz 2500 watt outlets. Lighted switch, putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (ULB620-6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB620-15) cord. Length 13 1/4" [337mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications ULB820-6 20A Plug-In Outlet Center – Eight ULB820-15 20A, 120V, 60Hz 2500 watt outlets. Lighted switch, putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (ULB820-6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB820-15) cord. Length 17 1/4" [438mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 1 1/2" [38mm]. 20A Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information j j j Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL2064BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL2064BD Twelve outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL2064BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2064BD) cord. Length 72" [1830mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 5 1/4" [133mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL2065BC Industrial Plug-In Outlet Center – UL2065BD Twenty-four outlets, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m] (UL2065BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2065BD) cord. Length 72" [1830mm]. Receptacle center-to- center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications Snap-on/Slide-off Mounting Bracket – Mount unit in any position. Includes two aluminum mounting clips that snap onto mounting rails on the back of the unit. Screws also included. Used for all units with 2" [51mm] housing. Keyhole Mounting Keyhole Mounting Bracket – Mount unit in almost any position. Screws not included. Available on all plastic units and units with 3 1/2" [89mm] aluminum housing. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications Spring Clip Mounting Spring Clip Mounting Bracket – Mount unit in any position. Includes two spring steel mounting clips that snap onto the unit. Screws also included. Used for all units with 1 1/2" [38mm] narrow aluminum housing. Rack Mounting Rack Mounting Bracket – Fits standard 19" [482mm] rack. Screws not included. 7 . Mounting Types j j Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL215BC Deluxe Control Plug-In Outlet UL215BD Center – Four individually switched outlets. Lighted on/off switch. Gray finish. 6' [1.8m] (UL215BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL215BD) cord. Length 13" [330mm]. Width 2" [51mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/8" [54mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UL208BC Deluxe Control Plug-In Outlet UL208BD Center – Four individually switched outlets. Lighted on/off switch. Putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (UL208BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL208BD) cord. Length 7 1/2" [191mm]. Width 3 1/2" [89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 15/16" [33mm]. UL209BC Deluxe Control Plug-In Outlet UL209BD Center – Eight individually switched outlets. Lighted on/off switch. Putty white finish. 6' [1.8m] (UL209BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL209BD) cord. Length 13" [330mm]. Width 3 1/2" [89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 15/16" [33mm]. j j j Deluxe Control Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information Industrial Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information NOTE: For UL units. NOTE: For CabinetMate units. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications V20-C2 Steel Cord-Ended Plugmold – Six outlets, ivory or gray finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length 40" [1m]. G20-C2 Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. Steel Cord-Ended Plugmold Ordering Information Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications NM20-C3 Nonmetallic Cord-Ended Plugmold – Six (3 duplex) outlets, ivory finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length 36" [915mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 12" [305mm]. NM20-C4 Nonmetallic Cord-Ended Plugmold – Eight (4 duplex) outlets, ivory finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 12" [305mm]. Nonmetallic Cord-Ended Plugmold Ordering Information Questions? Call Technical Support today at 1-800-SENTREX. u c j j 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 Phone: 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295-3472) www.legrand.us/wiremold 570 Applewood Crescent Vaughan, Ontario L4K 4B4 Phone:905.738.9195 © Copyright 2013 Legrand All Rights Reserved ED795 R10 – Updated February 2013 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications IEC5 International Plug-In Outlet Center – Five 250V, IEC 320 outlets. Gray finish. 10A single pole circuit breaker. Power cord not included. Length 11" [279mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. TÜV and UL1950 Information Technology Listed. International Plug-In Outlet Center Ordering Information u c TÜV LG's latest Public Display TV, the UU340C supports UHD/4K resolution to provide optimal viewing in diverse business environments. With enhanced management functions including WOL (Wake On LAN), SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol), and SuperSign Solution, managers can increase management efficiency while the edge-lit LED display and UHD picture quality improve the digital viewing experience. UU340C UHD Commercial TV with Essential Smart Function "DUVBMQSPEVDUBQQFBSBODFNBZEJGGFSGSPNUIFBCPWFTJNVMBUFETDFOF UU340C /" TFSJFTCBTJDBMMZIBWFBUXPQPMFTUBOE UU340C UHD Commercial TV with Essential Smart Function SoGtware Solution 4VQFS4JHOCPOUSPM'SFFWFSTJPO (PPEBU0QFSBUJOHTNBMMBOENFEJVNTJ[FETJHOBHFEJTQMBZT 4VQFS4JHOCPOUSPM "EWBODFEBOE1BJEWFSTJPO (PPEBU0QFSBUJOHMBSHFTDBMFTJHOBHFEJTQMBZT 4FFNPSFGPS4VQFS4JHOCPOUSPM BU-(DPN## 4K ULTRA HDFULL HD SuQerSiHn Control 4VQFS4JHOCPOUSPMJTBCBTJDDPOUSPMTPGUXBSFUQUP00EJTQMBZTBSFDPOUSPMMFE CZPOFBDDPVOUXJUIBTJOHMFTFSWFS&TTFOUJBMGBDUPSTTVDIBTQPXFS WPMVNF  TDIFEVMJOHDBOCFSFNPUFMZBEKVTUFE XJUIGJSNXBSFVQEBUFTTVQQPSUFE 1erGect Qicture RualitZ anE color &OKPZ'VMM)%DPOUFOUJO4,U-53")%RVBMJUZCZ4,UQTDBMFS5IF4, UQTDBMFBVUPNBUJDBMMZVQHSBEFT'VMM)%DPOUFOUUPU-53")%UISPVHI TFWFSBMTUFQTPGUIFVQTDBMJOHQSPDFTTFT"OEBMTPUIJT-(57DBOEFMJWFS JOUFOTFIJHIMJHIUT WJWJEDPMPSTBOEEFFQCMBDLPOUIFTDSFFOCZ)%30 Displays Single Admin .. . Monitor Signage UU340C UHD Commercial TV with Essential Smart Function 80- 1"C,&5 80-1"C,&5 4IBSFS CPOUSPM 5IJT-(57IBTCSFTUSPOCPOOFDUFE⃕CFSUJGJDBUJPO  BGVODUJPOUIBUJTEFEJDBUFEUPNFFUJOHSPPNBOE UIBUNFFUTUIFHSPXJOHOFFEJODPSQPSBUFNFFUJOH TQBDFNBSLFU EasZ .anaHement  UsaCilitZ ComQatiCilitZ with "V Control sZstemS/.1 4/.1 4JNQMF/FUXPSL.BOBHFNFOU1SPUPDPM FOTVSFTDPOWFOJFOU OFUXPSLNBOBHFNFOUGPS4*BOECVTJOFTTNBOBHFST 8aLeuQ 0n -"/ 80-JTUIF&UIFSOFUDPNQVUFSOFUXPSLJOHTUBOEBSE UPUVSOPO57PS1CCZUSBOTGFSSJOHBOFUXPSL NFTTBHF5IFNFTTBHFJTUSBOTGFSSFEUISPVHI BOPUIFSDPNQVUFSDPOOFDUFEUIFTBNFMPDBMBSFBT Display /ET803, 4/.1 "MFSUCPOUSPM /PUJGJDBUJPO 4/.14/.1 ManagerServer *UJTBOFUXPSLCBTFEDPOUSPMTZTUFN "WBJMBCMF"7DPOUSPMTZTUFNTNBZEJGGFSCZSFHJPOT UU340C UHD Commercial TV with Essential Smart Function Value "EEeE Features Time ScheEuler US# "uto 1laZCacL CSFBUFBOETFRVFOUJBMMZQMBZQMBZMJTUT DPNQPTFEPGJOGPSNBUJWFNFEJB WJEFP  NVTJDBOEJNBHF ZPVDIPPTFXJUIPVU 1CBOEBOZJOTUBMMBUJPO CSFBUFZPVSPXOUJNFTDIFEVMFSPG ZPVSCPNNFSDJBM570ODFZPVTFU PQFOJOHDMPTJOHIPVSTBOEIPMJEBZT  UIF57XJMMUVSOPOPGGBDDPSEJOHUP XPSLTDIFEVMF 8elcome ViEeo  Screen EYternal sQeaLer out &OIBODFUIFFOUFSUBJONFOUFYQFSJFODF CZBEEJOHBOBEEJUJPOBMTQFBLFS(VFTUT MJTUFOUPBOEDPOUSPMUIF57BVEJP GSPNBOZXIFSFJOUIFCVTJOFTTBSFBT  JODMVEJOHSFTUSPPNT 8JUIUIFDBQBCJMJUZUPEJTQMBZSFQFBUFEMZ WBSJPVTWJEFPGPSNBUTBTXFMMBTJNBHFT  CPNNFSDJBM-JUF57TBMMPXGPSBHSFBUFS WBSJBUJPOPGHSFFUJOHNFTTBHFTJOIPUFM SPPNTXIJDINBLFDVTUPNFSTGFFMNPSF XFMDPNFBOEDBSFEGPS &YDFQUGPS JODIFT Dimensions 86"75"65" 1,944 1,693 1,468 1, 1 1 8 97 8 85 4 1, 1 8 8 1, 0 4 8 9 1 7 93.3 88.8 89.9 77.9 73.4 79.3 672 547 584600600 300672547 584 40 0 40 0 30 0 22 5 21 9 17 6 48 8 35 4 37 1 345 345 269 125 103125 55"49"43" 1,247 1,110 978 72 9 65 0 57 5 78 5 70 9 62 9 88.6 81.1 80.8 78 72 71.7 474 405 389300300 200474405 389 30 0 30 0 20 0 17 6 16 6 19 7 24 6 17 9 17 3 231 231 216 76 76 63 ConnectiWitZ %JNFOTJPOT+BDL1BOFMT 3FBE4JEF NBZEJGGFSGSPNUIFBCPWFJNBHF TPQMFBTFSFBDI-(TBMFTUFBNUPFOTVSFCFGPSFPSEFS 55"49"43" MCR66849308 USB IN 1 USB IN 2 2(ARC) 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//"C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 -"/ &95&3/"-41&",&30U5 4&37*C&0/-:  C0.10/&/5*/"7*/ "VEJPJO VIDEOYPbPa C0.10/E/T "V AUDIO USB IN 1 USB IN 2 2(ARC) 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//"C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 -"/ &95&3/"-41&",&30U5 4&37*C&0/-:  C0.10/&/5*/"7*/ "VEJPJO VIDEOYPbPa C0.10/E/T "V AUDIO USB IN 1 USB IN 2 2(ARC) 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//"C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 -"/ &95&3/"-41&",&30U5 4&37*C&0/-:  C0.10/&/5*/"7*/ "VEJPJO VIDEOYPbPa C0.10/E/T "V AUDIO 86"75"65" 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//" C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 &95&3/"- 41&",&30U5 -"/ 4&37*C&0/-:  A U D I O I N ( D V I ) MCR66849308 3&4&5 U1%"5& USB 3.02(ARC)3 USB IN 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//" C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 &95&3/"- 41&",&30U5 -"/ 4&37*C&0/-:  A U D I O I N ( D V I ) MCR66849308 3&4&5 U1%"5& USB 3.02(ARC)3 USB IN USB IN 1 USB IN 2 2(ARC) 343C*/ C0/530-4&37*C& "/5&//"C"#-&*/ 015*C"-%*(*5"-"U%*00U5 -"/ &95&3/"-41&",&30U5 4&37*C&0/-:  C0.10/&/5*/"7*/ "VEJPJO VIDEOYPbPa C0.10/E/T "V AUDIO 4QFDJGJDBUJPOTBSFTVCKFDUUPDIBOHFXJUIPVUOPUJDF TPQMFBTFSFBDI-(TBMFTUFBNUPFOTVSFCFGPSFPSEFS SQeciGications UUC UUC UUC UUC UUC UUC 1"/E- *ODI 443 #BDLMJHIU5ZQF %JSFDU %JSFDU %JSFDU %JSFDU %JSFDU %JSFDU 3FTPMVUJPO 3 40Y 0 4,U)% 3 40Y 0 4,U)% 3 40Y 0 4,U)% 3 40Y 0 4,U)% 3 40Y 0 4,U)% 3 40Y 0 4,U)% #SJHIUOFTT DEN 30 30 00 00 30 30 %ZOBNJDCPOUSBTU3BUJP %ZOBNJD.C* )[  000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 4UBUJD 1BOFM CPOUSBTU3BUJP  400 400 300 300 300 00 7JFXJOH"OHMF )Y7 YYYYYY 3FTQPOTF5JNF (UP( NT  #30"DC"ST*/( S:STE. "OBMPH↟ /54C ↟ /54C ↟ /54C ↟ /54C ↟ /54C ↟ /54C %JHJUBM ↟ "54C ↟ "54C ↟ "54C ↟ "54C ↟ "54C ↟ "54C V*DE0 9%&OHJOF↟↟↟↟↟↟ "TQFDU3BUJP ↟NPEFT  0SJHJOBM 43 7FSUJDBM;PPN "MM%JSFDUJPO;PPN +VTU4DBO )%30)%3%PMCZ7JTJPO )%30 )%30 )%30 )%30 )%30 )%30 "UD*0 "VEJP0VUQVU08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 4QFBLFS4ZTUFN 0DI 0DI 0DI 0DI 0DI 0DI 4PVOE.PEF ↟NPEFT 4UBOEBSE CJOFNB CMFBS7PJDF*** 4QPSUT .VTJD (BNF CMFBS7PJDF ↟↟↟↟↟↟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mm 7FTB 00Y400 00Y400 300Y300 300Y300 300Y300 00Y00 8Y)Y%8FJHIU XJUITUBOE  43Y Y344LH  3Y 04Y3434LH  4YYLH  4YY33LH  0Y0Y33LH YY4LH 8Y)Y%8FJHIU XJUIPVUTUBOE  43Y Y 41,33  44LH  3YY34 41,  34LH  4Y4Y3 41,  0LH  4YY 41,  3LH  0Y0Y 41,  LH YY 41,0  3LH 8Y)Y%8FJHIU 1BDLJOH  Y YLH  3Y Y34LH  00Y0Y0LH  30Y3YLH  3Y0Y34LH  00Y0Y0LH 108E3 U/*T  8"TTS 7PMUBHF )[00_407 00)[00_407 00)[00_407 00)[00_407 00)[00_407 00)[00_407 00)[ .BY  5ZQJDBM300 30 40 30 &OFSHZTBWJOH .JO.FE.BY  4UBOECZ0­0­0­0­0­0­ -(NBZNBLFDIBOHFTUPTQFDJGJDBUJPOTBOEQSPEVDUEFTDSJQUJPOTXJUIPVUOPUJDF CPQZSJHIUb0-(&MFDUSPOJDT*OD"MMSJHIUTSFTFSWFEt-(-JGFsT(PPEuJTBSFHJTUFSFEUSBEFNBSLPG-(CPSQ 5IFOBNFTPGQSPEVDUTBOECSBOETNFOUJPOFEIFSFNBZCFUIFUSBEFNBSLTPGUIFJSSFTQFDUJWFPXOFST XXXMHDPNCC XXXZPVUVCFDPND-(&CPNNFSDJBM%JTQMBZ XXXGBDFCPPLDPN-(*OGPSNBUJPO%JTQMBZ XXXMJOLFEJODPNDPNQBOZ-(*OGPSNBUJPO%JTQMBZ Download LG C-Display+ Mobile App Google Play Store MeetUp’s integrated audio is optimized for huddle room acoustics and delivers an exceptional sound experience. Three horizontally-aimed beamforming mics and a custom-tuned speaker help ensure your meetings sound as great as they look. Humans have evolved to associate human voices with their visible images. MeetUp’s front-of-room Logitech® MeetUp is a premier ConferenceCam designed for small conference rooms and huddle rooms. With a room capturing, super-wide 120° field of view, MeetUp makes every seat at the table clearly visible. Motorized pan/tilt widens FOV even further: up to 170°. A low-distortion Logitech-engineered lens, Ultra HD 4K optics, and three camera presets deliver remarkable video quality and further enhance face-to-face collaboration. SUPER-WIDE FIELD OF VIEW FOR SMALL SPACES. Logitech MeetUp audio provides an intuitive and coherent listening experience. With a compact all-in-one design that minimizes cable clutter, MeetUp is USB plug-and-play and simply works right out of the box with any video conferencing software application and cloud service—including the ones you already use. Logitech BRIO Super-wide 120° field of view Widest field of view of any Logitech video conferencing solution allows everyone in the room to be seen, even those close to the camera or seated at the edges of the room. Ultra HD 4K image sensor Supports multiple resolutions, including 4K (Ultra HD)1 1080p (Full HD) and 720p (HD) to best support the quality offered by your application and monitor. 3-microphones and custom-tuned speaker Three broadside beamforming, omni-directional microphones with noise and echo cancellation—plus a custom-tuned speaker—are specifically optimized for small conference rooms. Mics are Microsoft® Cortana® certified for precision with voice commands with any Windows® 10 system. Razor-sharp optics Enhance face-to-face collaboration to the next best thing to physically being there. Advanced Logitech lens technology delivers remarkable video quality with superb resolution, speed, fluidity, color balance, and detail. 5x HD zoom Zero in on close-ups of objects and whiteboard content with outstanding detail and clarity. Motorized pan/tilt Expand your field of view even further—up to 170°—to pan to the white board or view other areas of interest. 3 camera presets Select up to three preset locations for the camera view and return to any of them with the push of a button on the remote control. Bluetooth® wireless technology Connect to a Bluetooth device for great-sounding audio calls. Expansion microphone-ready Optional expansion microphone increases conversational radius in larger huddle rooms. All-in-one design Compact all-in-one form factor takes up less space and minimizes cable clutter. RF remote control Easily operate camera pan/tilt/zoom functions during meetings. Certified for Business Business-grade certifications2 mean you can launch your next presentation or video meeting with complete confidence. Plug-and-play USB connectivity Easily connects to PC, Mac® and ChromeTM devices with no additional software required. Works with most video conferencing applications Compatible with virtually any video conferencing software app, including the ones you already use. Multiple mounting options Freedom to mount MeetUp wherever it works best—tabletop, wall, or monitor—for the best possible huddle room experience. Kensington® security slotMeetUp is provisioned with a Kensington security slot to help secure the equipment with an anti-theft lock. SmartDock Logitech Inc. 7700 Gateway Blvd., Newark, CA 94560 1 Requires a USB 3.0 cable, not included. 2 Certified for Skype® for Business, Cisco Jabber™ compatible. Enhanced integration with BlueJeans, Broadsoft, LifeSize® Cloud, Vidyo and Zoom. 3 See www.logitech.com/ciscocompatibility for the latest version www.logitech.com/MeetUp To order, contact your reseller or call us at 800-308-8666 Published April 2017 © 2017 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned by Logitech and may be registered. All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change without notice. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS MeetUp Part #: 960-001101 Price: $899 UPC: 097855130037 MeetUp + Expansion Mic Part#: 960-001201 Price: $1,079 UPC: 097855133267Optional Expansion Mic Part#: 989-000405 Price: $219UPC: 097855131171 Optional TV Mount Part#: 939-001498 Price: $79 UPC: 097855133250 FEATURES & BENEFITS INSIDE THE BOX MeetUp camera and speakerphone unit Remote control 5 m USB 2.0 cable Power adapter Wall mounting bracket and hardware PRODUCT DIMENSIONS + WEIGHT Camera 400 x 104 x 85 mm15.75 x 4.1 x 3.35” 1.04 kg / 2.3 lbs Remote 83 x 10 x 83 mm 3.25 x 0.375 x 3.25” 72 g / 2.5 oz CERTIFICATIONS Certified for Skype® for Business, Cisco Jabber™ compatible3, Windows, Mac, Microsoft Cortana certified WARRANTY 2-year limited hardware COMPATIBILITY UVC/plug-and-play compatible SOFTWARE DOWNLOADS Designed to work with the built-in operating system USB video-class driver Optional Camera Settings App provides: Camera image settings Pan, tilt and zoom To download visit: www.logitech.com/support/ MeetUp SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 Mac OS X® 10.10 or higher Google Chromebook™ Version 29.0.1547.70, Platform 4319.79.0 with: 2.4 GHz Intel® Core 2 Duo processor 2 GB RAM or more USB 2.0 port (USB 3.0 required for 4K video) Logitech MeetUp 1 Installation and Operation Instructions Occupant Copy GRX-RS232 Interface Control GRX-PRG Programming Interface Class 2/PELV Devices Description The GRX-RS232 and GRX-PRG allow up to eight GRAFIK Eye Control Units to be interfaced with your personal computer or auxiliary audio/visual equipment via RS232. The interface can be used to execute Control Commands and allow for Status Monitoring. The GRX-PRG allows for complete programming of your GRAFIK Eye 3500 and 4500 Control Units from a PC or other RS232 device. In addition, the GRX-PRG provides an internal astronomical timeclock. Included with the GRX-PRG is Lutron's GRAFIK Eye LIAISONTM Lighting Control software that can be used to schedule events, make Super Sequences, and program GRAFIK Eye 3500 or 4500 Control Units. Note:Only one GRX-PRG can be installed on the same MUX link. If additional RS232 interfaces are required, the GRX-RS232 should be used in your system. Features Control Commands The GRX-RS232 and GRX-PRG can send commands from a PC or A/V equipment to a maximum of eight GRAFIK Eye Control Units. The following commands are available: Select Scene. Select any scene on any GRAFIK Eye Control Unit. Scene Lock. Prevent changes to GRAFIK Eye Control Unit(s) from any remote location. Request Scene Status. Request the current scene of every GRAFIK Eye Control Unit in the system. Sequence. Begin sequencing scenes 1—4 or 5—16 (DIP-switch selectable on GRX-RS232/GRX-PRG) on selected GRAFIK Eye Control Unit(s). Zone Lock. Prevent permanent changes to preset levels of GRAFIK Eye Control Unit(s). Zone Raise/Lower. Raise/Lower any zone on any GRAFIK Eye Control Unit. Set up for 3500/4500 Control Units (GRX-PRG only): n Scenes—intensities and fade times. n Load Types—non-dim options also available. n Temporary Mode—scene programmability options. n Communications—Control Units "talk" to additional Control Units and remotes. n Zone Intensities—temporary light level changes. Timeclock Commands In addition to the RS232 control commands, the following commands are available using the GRX-PRG: Set Time. Set the time, date, and day for the internal timeclock. Report Time. Report the time, date, and day set in the internal timeclock in the GRX-PRG. Select Schedule. Select the timeclock schedule set up using the LIAISON software to be run for the current day. Report Schedule. Report which schedule is being run for the current day. Report Sunrise/Sunset Times. Report sunrise and sunset times for the current day. Super Sequence. Start, pause, or resume a scene sequence programmed in the GRX-PRG. Refer to the GRAFIK Eye RS232 Protocol and Command Set (P/N 040-138) for detailed descriptions of available commands. The Command Set also has information on configuring your PC or auxiliary A/V equipment for use with Lutron's RS232 Interfaces. Status Monitoring The GRX-RS232 and GRX-PRG will allow a PC or auxiliary A/V equipment to monitor a GRAFIK Eye system: Raw Feedback. (DIP switch 6 ON) Report all button presses and releases on all GRAFIK Eye Control Units and Accessory Controls. Scene Status. (DIP switch 7 ON) Report scene status changes on all GRAFIK Eye Control Units. Scene status may be changed by Control Units, Accessory Controls, sequences, or LIAISON software (GRX-PRG only). MUX LINK 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8LED1 LED2 Output Status LEDS MUX Link to GRAFIK EyeControl Units and Accessory Controls DIP Switches RS232 Link (to PC or Auxiliary A/V Equipment) 1 Ground Screw PROGRAMMING INTERFACE AUXILIARY CONTROL GRX-PRG COOPERSBURG, PA 18036 R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ZONE LOCK RETAIN SCENE LOCK RETAIN SEQUENCE RETAIN SEQUENCE TYPE NOT USED RAW FEEDBACK SCENE STATUS TIMECLOCK ON/OFF ZONE LOCKED UNITS WILL REMAIN IN ZONE LOCK AFTER A POWER OUTAGE SCENE LOCKED UNITS WILL REMAIN IN SCENE LOCK AFTER A POWER OUTAGE SEQUENCING UNITS WILL AGAIN SEQUENCE AFTER A POWER OUTAGE ON: SEQUENCE SCENES 5-16 OFF: SEQUENCE SCENES 1-4 INTERFACE WILL REPORT WHEN A BUTTON HAS BEEN PUSHED OR RELEASED ON A GRAFIK EYE MAIN UNIT OR ACCESSORY INTERFACE WILL RETURN THE CURRENT SCENE OF ALL MAIN UNITS WHEN A NEW SCENE IS SELECTED WILL ENABLE INTERNAL TIMECLOCK SWITCH FUNCTION DESCRIPTION GRAFIK Eye 3000 Series FOR WIRING OF 4000 SERIES, REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 2 3 4 MUX LINK 1 2 3 4 5 RS232 LINK PC OR A/V EQUIPMENT RxD TxD COM HOT/LIVE SSA Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 CU WIRE ONLY Neutral Cla s s 2 4 3 2 1 For use with Lutron GRAFIK Eye 3500 and 4500 products only. PELV (CLASS 2:USA) R 2345 TX Data LED (LED 3) TO PC OR A/V EQUIPMENT TO GRAFIK EYE MUX LINK RS232 LINK 1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 CO M +V MU X CO M DA T A I N DA T A OU T MU X N/ C N/ C POWER INPUTS: MUX LINK 2 (+V): 12 (3000 SERIES) MUX LINK 2 (+V): 24 (4000 SERIES) GRX-PRG (shown with cover removed) 2 Installation GRX-RS232 GRX-PRG WALL 4” x 4” JUNCTION BOX INSERT WIRES THROUGH PUNCH-OUTS WALL GRX-RS232 GRX-PRG 3/8 in. (10 mm) HOT/LIVE SSA Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 CU WIRE ONLY Neutral Cla s s 2 4 3 2 1 3000 Series Control Unit 1 2 3 4 5 COM TxD RxD 1 2 3 4 To up to 7 more GRAFIK Eye Control Units and 15 Accessory Controls 50 ft. (15 m) Maximum MUX LINK RS232 LINK GRX-RS232/GRX-PRG WIRING TERMINALS PC or A/V Equipment Mounting 1.Mount the GRX-RS232/GRX-PRG on a 4" x 4" junction box or directly on a wall as shown in the Mounting Diagram. If metal conduit is not being used, ensure proper earth/grounding of the metal casing by connecting an earth/ground wire to the earth/ ground screw. Remove front enclosure cover to expose terminal blocks, DIP switches, and output status LEDs. 2.Strip 3/8 in. (10 mm) of insulation from wires. Each terminal will accept up to two #18 AWG (1.0 mm2) wires. Wiring Diagram Note:Wiring will differ on 4000 Series Control Units. See the Installer's Guide for more details (P/N 032-036). 3.Connect wiring as shown in the Wiring Diagram. LED 1 will be lit when the MUX link is properly installed. Wires should be inserted through the circular punch-outs in the white metal enclosure so that the enclosure cover can be replaced after installation. 4. Wiring to your PC or A/V equipment. For the RS232 Link, use the 9-pin cable provided or follow the chart below: RS232 Link of RS232 Typical PC or Pin on RS232/PRG Interface A/V equipment 9-pin cable 1 Common Com 5 2 Data In TxD 3 3 Data Out RxD 2 5. Addressing GRAFIK Eye Control Units. Control Units and Accessory Controls must be uniquely addressed for use with the GRX-RS232 or GRX-PRG. For addressing, see the GRAFIK Eye Installer's Guide included with the Control Units. GRX-RS232:The GRX-RS232 does not require an address, unless other GRX-RS232 interfaces exist on the GRAFIK Eye link. GRX-PRG:The GRX-PRG is fixed at address 16. There can be no more than 15 additional Accessory Controls. Important Notes n Install in accordance with all applicable regulations. n Do not connect line voltage/mains power to device. Improper wiring can result in personal injury or damage to the device or to other equipment. n This control can use Class 2/PELV wiring methods. Check with your local electrical inspector for compliance with national and local codes and wiring practices. 3 DIP Switches DIP Switch 6: RAW FEEDBACK—In the ON position, the Programming Interface will report when a button has been pushed or released on a GRAFIK Eye Control Unit or low-voltage Accessory Control. This response varies depending on the type of unit, as listed below: GRAFIK Eye Control Units (GRX-3100/4100 and GRX-3500/ 4500 models) Scene Selection Control (NTGRX-4S/4S-IR and EGRX-4S/ 4S-IR) Architrave Door Jamb Control (GRX-4S-DW) Infrared Ceiling Receiver (GRX-CIR) A/V Interface Control (GRX-AV) Infrared Wireless Remote Controls (GRX-IT & GRX-8IT) The first parameter indicates the address of the Accessory Control or Control Unit upon which the button was pushed or released. A capital letter indicates a button was pushed, and a lowercase letter indicates a button was released. The following is a list of how addresses are indicated. Unit: Addressed as: Indicated by: Control Unit A1 A or a A2 B or b A3 C or c A4 D or d A5 E or e A6 F or f A7 G or g A8 H or h Accessory Control 1 I or i 2 J or j 3 K or k 4 L or l 5 M or m 6 N or n 7 O or o 8 P or p 9 Q or q 10 R or r 11 S or s 12 T or t 13 U or u 14 V or v 15 W or w 16 X or x The second parameter indicates the scene which was selected. If the off button is pushed, it is indicated by a zero. A Master Raise is indicated by an 18, and a Master Lower is indicated by a 19. EXAMPLE of response: D3<CR><LF> The scene 3 button was pushed on GRAFIK Eye Control Unit addressed as A4. Two-Button Control (NTGRX-2B-SL) The first parameter indicates the address as above. The second parameter is a 1 to indicate that the Raise or top button has been pushed and is a 0 to indicate that a Lower or bottom button has been pushed. The settings of the DIP switches affect the interface control between GRAFIK Eye Control Units and your PC or auxiliary A/V equipment. DIP switch options are described below: DIP Switch 1: ZONE LOCK RETAIN DIP Switch 2: SCENE LOCK RETAIN DIP Switch 3: SEQUENCE RETAIN—In the event of a power outage, the RS232 Interface will retain which GRAFIK Eye Control Units were in ZONE LOCK, SCENE LOCK and SEQUENCE (set using the GRX-RS232/GRX-PRG), respectively. Upon returning power, Control Units that had been in Zone Lock, Scene Lock, or Sequencing (set using the GRX-RS232/GRX- PRG) will stay locked or sequencing if the DIP switches are in the ON position. When these DIP switches are in the OFF position, this information will not be restored upon power up. These DIP switches do not affect Zone Lock, Scene Lock, or Sequencing set by a GRX-AV in 4Q mode. DIP Switch 4: SEQUENCE TYPE—Set the scene range that GRAFIK Eye Control Units will sequence, using the SEQUENCE command of the GRX-RS232/GRX-PRG. In the OFF position, GRAFIK Eye Control Units will sequence scenes 1 through 4. In the ON position, they will sequence scenes 5 through 16. DIP Switch 5: FIXED ADDRESS (GRX-RS232 only)—If you want to add a GRX-RS232 Interface to a MUX link that already has a GRX-RS232 or GRX-PRG, the fixed address option must be used by setting DIP Switch 5 ON. DIP Switches 1—4 are then used to address the Interface. The Sequence Type (DIP switch 4) that will run when using the SEQUENCE command of the GRX- RS232/GRX-PRG is determined by the address of the GRX- RS232/GRX-PRG. Even addresses (2, 4, . . . ) will sequence scenes 1—4, and odd addresses (1, 3, . . . ) will sequence scenes 5—16. Refer to the addressing table below. * Reserved for GRX-PRG. A fixed address GRX-RS232 unit can only do one of the following 4Q functions at any time: Zone Lock (ZL), Scene Lock (SL), and Sequencing (SQ). Note:Use the fixed address option only if there is a GRX-PRG or other GRX-RS232 already on the MUX link. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16* Address Address 4 A/V Interface Control configured as a Special Function Control (GRX-AV configured as 4Q) Unlike the other controls, the first parameter will be a capital letter if any of the control’s four functions, Sequence, Zone Lock, Scene Lock or Fade Overide, are active. A lower case letter indicates that no functions are active. The second parameter will be a character that contains encoded information about which functions are active. For details on the format of this response, contact Lutron. Master Control (NTGRX-4M) Partition Control (NTGRX-4PS) The status of these Accessory Controls cannot be decoded by the Programming Interface. When buttons are pushed on the Master Control and Partition Control, 1s and 0s may be returned by the RS232 Interface. DIP Switch 7: SCENE STATUS—In the ON position, the Programming Interface will return the current scene of all eight GRAFIK Eye Control Units on the MUX link when a new scene is selected. The response will be a ":ss", followed by a string of eight ASCII characters, one for each GRAFIK Eye Control Unit. Each character represents the scene of each GRAFIK Eye Control Unit. The scene will be indicated by its number. Scene 10 will be indicated by an 'A'; scene 11 will be indicated by a 'B', and so on up to scene 16. A '0' will be returned if the GRAFIK Eye Control Unit is off, and an 'M' will be returned if the GRAFIK Eye Control Unit is missing or not responding. An 'R' will be returned if a Master Raise is being sent, and an 'L' will be returned if a Control Unit is sending a Master Lower. Regardless if this switch is in the ON or OFF position, the current scene can be obtained by using the REQUEST SCENE STATUS command. See the GRAFIK Eye RS232 Protocol and Command Set (P/N 040-138) included with the GRX-PRG unit for details. DIP Switches EXAMPLE of response: :ssM180R2D2<CR><LF> Control Unit A1 is missing Control Unit A2 is in scene 1 Control Unit A3 is in scene 8 Control Unit A4 is off Control Unit A5 is sending a Master Raise Control Unit A6 is in scene 2 Control Unit A7 is in scene 13 Control Unit A8 is in scene 2 DIP Switch 8: Timeclock ON/OFF—In the ON position, the internal timeclock of the GRX-PRG can control the operation of the GRAFIK Eye Control Unit(s). Timeclock schedules and the Super Sequence are configured and programmed using Lutron's GRAFIK Eye LIAISON software. Internet: www.lutron.com E-mail: product@lutron.com WORLD HEADQUARTERS Lutron Electronics Co. Inc., 7200 Suter Road, Coopersburg, PA 18036-1299 U.S.A., TOLL FREE: (800) 523-9466 (U.S.A., Canada, Caribbean), Tel: (610) 282-3800; International 1- 610-282-3800, Fax: (610) 282-3090; International 1-610-282-3090 ASIAN HEADQUARTERS Lutron Asuka Co, Ltd., 2F, Kowa Shiba-Koen Bldg., 1-11, Shiba-Koen 1 chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 105-0011 Japan, TOLL FREE: (0120) 083417 (Japan), Tel: (03) 5405-7333; International 81-3-5405-7333, Fax: (03) 5405-7496; International 81-3-5405-7496 EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS Lutron EA Ltd., Lutron House, 6 Sovereign Close, Wapping, London, E1 9HW, United Kingdom, FREEPHONE: 0800 282107 (U.K.), Tel: (171) 702-0657; International 44-171-702-0657, Fax: (171) 480-6899; International 44-171-480-6899 HONG KONG SALES OFFICE Lutron GL (Hong Kong) Unit 2911, 29th Floor, Bank of America Tower, Central, Hong Kong, Tel: 2104-7733; International 852-2104-7733, Fax: 2104-7633; International 852-2104-7633 SINGAPORE Lutron GL Ltd., 6A Upper Cross Street, Singapore 053326, Tel: 220 4666; International 65 220 4666, Fax: 220 4333; International 65 220 4333 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. Made and printed in U.S.A. 2/99 P/N 040-156 Rev. A WARRANTY Lutron warrants each new unit to be free from defects in materials and workmanship and to perform under normal use and service. This warranty shall run only for a period of one year from the date of purchase and Lutron's obligations under this warranty are limited to remedy- ing any defect or replacing any defective part and shall be effective only if the defective unit is shipped to Lutron postage prepaid within 12 months after purchase. Damage due to abuse, misuse, inadequate wiring or installation is not covered by this warranty. In no event shall Lutron or any other seller be liable for any other loss or damage, including consequential or special damages that may arise through the use by a purchaser or others of this device and the purchaser assumes and will hold harmless Lutron in respect of all such loss. Although every attempt is made to ensure that catalogue information is accurate and up-to- date, please check with Lutron before specifying or purchasing this equipment to confirm availability, exact specifications and suitability for your application. This product may be covered by one or more of the following U.S. patents: 4,797,599; 4,825,075; 4,893,062; 4,924,157; 5,030,893; 5,191,265; 5,430,356; 5,463,286; 5,530,322; 5,808,417; DES 308,647; DES 310,349; DES 311,170; DES 311,371; DES 311,485; DES 311,678; DES 313,738; DES 335,867; DES 344,264; DES 370,663; DES 378,814 and corre- sponding foreign patents. U.S. and foreign patents pending. Lutron and GRAFIK Eye are registered trademarks and LIAISON is a trademark of Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. © 1999 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 96-01149 / rev d / 12-5-16 BGR Series 19” gangable enclosures next generation rack, designed with significant installation and performance benefits fe a t u r e s : • Provides more rackspace in a smaller overall height than similar racks • Accepts patent-pending Lever Lock™ tool free and hardware free internal device and cable management system accessories • Fully welded construction provides the following weight capacities: UL Listed load capacity: 3,000 lbs., Seismic certified capacity: 1,175 lbs. • Pre-threaded ganging holes allow for rack joining after loading • Rackrail depth indicators • 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” & 1-1/2” electrical knockouts and 5/8” and 1/2” D UHF/VHF antennae knockouts on rear top & bottom, easily removable for cable pass-through. Top cable management plate (38 space and up) includes 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” 1-1/2” & 3” electrical knockouts and 5/8” and 1/2” D UHF/VHF antennae knockouts • 23” OD width, multiple depths • Two pairs of 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments • Optional stackable 3” extender bay available for front and rear • Optional curved and beveled front doors in solid, vented and plexiglass styles • Attractive interior bevels • Configurable open top with vertical cable management entry points • Durable black textured powder coat finish • Seismic certified (when used with BGR-Z4 or BGR-ISO-Z4 option) with an Ip value of 1.5 • UL Listed in the US and Canada BGR shown with curved door and side panels BGR shown with beveled door and side panels EIA/TIA COMPLIANT SEISMIC CERTIFIED middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 2 BGR Series 19” gangable enclosures EIA compliant 19” gangable equipment rack shall be Middle Atlantic Products model #BGR-__- __(see chart for available models). Overall dimensions of BGR shall be __”H x 23”W x __”D (refer to chart). Useable height of BGR shall be __ rackspaces, useable depth shall be__” (refer to chart). BGR shall come equipped with two pairs of fully adjustable steel rackrail with tapped 10-32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing, black e-coat finish and numbered rackspaces. BGR shall have .100” thick steel along rackrail brackets, .310” thick steel at corners. BGR shall include vented locking and latching rear door, which shall be capable of accepting up to six 4-1/2” fans. Top and bottom of BGR shall feature vertical slotted vent pattern for ventilation. BGR shall have two 1” x 7”rear obround knockouts with 1/2”, 1”, 1-1/4” and 1-1/2” electrical knockouts and 5/8” and 1/2” D UHF/ VHF antennae knockouts in base and top. BGR shall have a configurable open top with vertical cable management entry points. BGR shall accept patent-pending LeverLock™ tool free and hardware free internal cable and device management system accessories. BGR shall have pre-threaded 5/16”-18 ganging holes. BGR shall be capable of ganging while fully loaded, using bolts only. BGR shall have marked rackrail depth indicators. BGR shall be of fully welded construction. BGR shall be finished in an environmentally friendly, durable black powdercoat. Grounding and bonding studs shall be 1/4-20 threaded, installed in top and base of enclosure (19 and 25 space have stud in bottom only). Fully welded construction shall provide a static capacity of 12,000 lbs. and a UL Listed load capacity of 3,000 lbs. BGR Series enclosures shall satisfy the 1997 UBC; 2001, 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2000, 2003, 2006 & 2009 IBC; ASCE 7-02, ASCE 7-05, ASCE 7-10 and the 2003, 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity, Seismic Use Group III, Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) “D” with lateral force requirements for protecting 1,175 lbs. of essential equipment in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations with an Importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 when used with BGR-Z4 or BGR-ISO-Z4 (isolated) seismic floor anchor bracket. BGR shall be OSHPD approved for fixed equipment anchorage in California healthcare facilities. BGR shall be UL Listed in the US and Canada. BGR shall be GREENGUARD Gold Certified. BGR enclosure shall meet the RoHS EU Directive 2011/65/EU. BGR shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 registered company. BGR enclosure shall be warrantied to be free from defects in material or workmanship under normal use and conditions for the lifetime of the rack. Customizable specification clips available at middleatlantic.com sp e c i f i c a t i o n s : options: • Lever Lock™ tool free and hardware free internal device and cable management system accessories shall be model # LL-XXYY (XX = type, YY = size, refer to middleatlantic.com for additional details) • Curved front doors shall be model # VFD-XXA (vented, 64% open area), PFD-XXA (plexi), (XX= # of rackspaces) • Beveled front doors shall be model # BFD-XX (solid), BVFD-XX (vented, 64% open area), BPFD-XX (plexi), (XX= # of rackspaces) • Front or Rear Extender, adds 3” of usable depth, model # BGR-__-EXT3 (41,45) • Cable entry rear door, shall be model # BGR-RDC__ (19, 25, 38, 41, 45) • Inner platform base shall be BS-BGR • Caster kit shall add 1” to overall height, include four casters with a 1,100 lb. weight capacity, and shall be model # CBS-BGR • Rear rail kit shall be model # BGR-RRXX (XX=# of rackspaces) • Removable keylocked side panels shall be model # BSPN-XX-YY (XX=rackspaces, YY=depth) • Seismic Zone 4, Seismic Use Group III and Seismic Design Category “D” compliancy kit shall be model # BGR-Z4 • Seismic Zone 4, Seismic Use Group III and Seismic Design Category “D” compliancy and isolation kit shall be model # BGR-ISO-Z4 • Seismic Zone 4, Seismic Use Group III and Seismic Design Category “D” riser bases shall be SRB-(1,2,3)-BGR-(32, 38)24 • Isolation kit shall be model # BGR-ISO • Front decorative trim shall be BGR-TRIM__(45,41,38, 25, 19) and shall include the following colors: Green (pre-installed), Red, Black, Blue & White Part #Rackspaces “A” Overall Height “B” Racking Height “C” Depth “D” Useable Depth BGR-1927 19 37.375 [949]33.375 [848]27 [686]24.4 [620] BGR-2527 25 47.875 [1216] 43.875 [1114]27 [686]24.4 [620] BGR-3827 38 70.625 [1794] 66.625 [1692]27 [686]24.4 [620] BGR-4127 41 75.875 [1927]71.875 [1826]27 [686]24.4 [620] BGR-4527 45 82.875 [2105] 78.875 [2003]27 [686]24.4 [620] BGR-2532 25 47.875 [1216]43.875 [1114]32 [812]29.4 [747] BGR-3832 38 70.625 [1794]66.625 [1692]32 [812]29.4 [747] BGR-4132 41 75.875 [1927]71.875 [1826]32 [812]29.4 [747] BGR-4532 45 82.875 [2105] 78.875 [2003]32 [812]29.4 [747] BGR-4138 41 75.875 [1927]71.875 [1826]38 [965] 35.4 [899] BGR-4538 45 82.875 [2105] 78.875 [2003] 38 [965] 35.4 [899] middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 3 all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series basic dimensions Note: BSPN-XX-XX adds 0.656 [17] per side to width (removable side panels) A A 19.90 [505] (bottom opening) B 21.00 [533] 21.13 [537] 23.0 [584] C C 23.0 [584]C 2.00 [508] 1.31 [33] 1.00 [25] 1.30 [33] 4x ø .69 [17] (floor mounting holes) 1.86 [47] 1.32 BGR-XX27= 21.91 [556] BGR-XX32= 26.91 [683] BGR-XX38= 32.91 [836] bottom opening BGR-XX27= 23.16 [588] BGR-XX32= 28.16 [715] BGR-XX38= 34.16 [867] floor mounting holes front view side view Lever Lock™ compatible, horizontal Lever Lock™ compatible, vertical rear view vents in rear door also accept 4-1/2" fans removable ø1.33 [34] x 7.5 [190] LKO 1/4-20 x 1" grounding stud 1/4-20X1" grounding stud bottom view 3x ø 1/2" [13] 'D' LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 2X 1/2" [13] EKO trade size 2X 1" [25] X 1-1/4" [32] EKO trade size 5/8" [16] LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 1.91 [48] 5X 3.75 [95]2X 1.10 [27.9] 5.22 [133] 4 x ø .688 [17.48] LKO 4 x ø 1/2" [13] 'D' LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 4X 3" [76] X 1-1/2" [38] X 1" [25] EKO trade size 2 x ø 5/8" [16] LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 2x 4-1/2" fan knockouts keyhole LKO for optional wood top fixed hole for optional wood top top viewtop view 25sp & under38sp & over A D max rear rail set back (useable depth) 19.15 [486] floor mounting 23.0 [584] 13.0 [330] 4.61 [117 ] 7.56 4X ø 1/2" [13] 'D' LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 21.0 [533] x 21.13 [537] rect LKO 2X ø 5/8" [16] LKO for UHF/VHF antenna 2.03 [52] 2.00 [51] 5X 3/4" [19] X 1/2" [13] EKO trade size2.22 [56] middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 4 curved doors beveled doors 22.0 [559] A 110º 110º 1.58 [40.1] clearance from front of rail to curved door frame surface 2.6 [66] ref. .87 [22.1] ref. 2.75 [69.9] (17.46 [443.6]) inside dim. between door frame A 21.85 [555] BFD-XX 2.79 [71] BVFD-X X 2.74 [70] BPFD-XX 2.60 [66] BPFD-45 BFD-45 popout latching and locking handle BVFD-45 clearance from front of rail to inside of door open direction pivot point insert material: plexi or perf. popout latching and locking handle Solid Door Vented Door Plexi Door Rackspaces A Height BFD-19 BVFD-19 BPFD-19 19 36.22 [920] BFD-25 BVFD-25 BPFD-25 25 46.72 [1187] BFD-38 BVFD-38 BPFD-38 38 69.47 [1765] BFD-41 BVFD-41 BPFD-41 41 74.72 [1898] BFD-45 BVFD-45 BPFD-45 45 81.72 [2076] Vented Door Plexi Door Rackspaces A Height VFD-19A PFD-19A 19 35.97 [913] VFD-25A PFD-25A 25 46.47 [1180] VFD-38A PFD-38A 38 69.22 [1758] VFD-41A PFD-41A 41 74.47 [1891] VFD-45A PFD-45A 45 81.47 [2069] all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series curved & beveled doors basic dimensions middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 5 top view front/rear ex tender cable chase top view attaches front and back CC w/ 5/16 -18x5 ganging hardware attaches top CC with 5/16 -18x1 ganging hardware LKO (front and back) for lock (lock included) 23.0 [584] 23.0 [584] BGR-45-EXT3 = 82.86 [2105] BGR-41-EXT3 = 75.86 [1927] 3.0 [76] 3.0 [76] 1.32 [34]7.56 [192] 1.99 [51] 1.99 [51] front view side view front view side view rear view ø1.33 [34] x 7.50 [190] lko 2x 1/2" [13] eko trade size 2x 1" [25] x 1-1/4" [32] eko trade size 5/8" [16] lko for UHF/VHF antenna3x ø 1/2" [13] 'd' lko for UHF/VHF antenna BGR-CC-45FB = 82.7 [210 0] BGR-CC-41FB = 75.7 [1922] BGR-CC-38FB = 70.4 [1788] .09 [2.3] vert gap between top and bot CC .06 [1.5] gap between top and front and back CC BGR-CC-38LT = 38.0 [965] BGR-CC-32LT = 32.0 [813] BGR-CC-27LT = 27.0 [686] 4.4 [112] (front and back CC width) 4.5 [114] (top CC width) 1.9 [49]BGR-CC-45FB = 41.3 [1049] BGR-CC-41FB = 37.9 [963] BGR-CC-45FB = 41.3 [1049] BGR-CC-41FB = 37.9 [963] BGR-CC-38LT= 35.0 [889] BGR-CC-32LT= 29.0 [737] BGR-CC-27LT= 24.0 [610] 2.7 [68] 2x 3" [76] x 2" [51] EKO trade size (BGR-CC-27LT ) 4x 3" [76] x 2" [51] EKO trade size (BGR-CC-32LT ) 6x 3" [76] x 2" [51] EKO trade size (BGR-CC-38LT ) ø1.3 [33] x 7.5 [191] IKO Part #Used On BGR-CC-45FB BGR-45XX, BGR-45SA-XX BGR-CC-41FB BGR-41XX, BGR-41SA-XX BGR-CC-38FB BGR-38XX, BGR-38SA-XX BGR-CC-38LT BGR-XX38 BGR-CC-32LT BGR-XX32, BGR-XXSA-32 BGR-CC-27LT BGR-XX27, BGR-XXSA-27 Part #Used On BGR-45-EXT3 BGR-45XX, BGR-45SA-XX BGR-41-EXT3 BGR-41XX, BGR-41SA-XX all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series front/rear extender & cable chase basic dimensions middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 6 15.72 [399] 22.38 [568] 1.53 [39] .23 [6]1.05 [27]15.72 [399] 6.97 [177] BGR-276FT shownBGR-552F T-FC shown To p Panel/Rail 22.38 [568] BA AB .06 [2] 2.23 [57] 14.22 [361] 19.0 [483] .519 [13] 7.86 [200] ø7.13 [181] BGR-DT9, for use with DUCT-COOL-1PT and DUCT-COOL-2PT 11.1 9 [284] BGR-STP4 BGR-LV T9 tapped 10-32 15.72 [399] 22.38 [568] 1.53 [39] .23 [6]1.05 [27]15.72 [399] 6.97 [177] BGR-276F T shownBGR-552F T-FC shown To p Panel/Rail 22.38 [568] BA AB .06 [2] 2.23 [57] 14 .22 [361] 19.0 [483] .519 [13] 7.86 [200] ø7.13 [181] BGR-DT9, for use with DUCT-COOL-1P T and DUCT-COOL-2PT 11.19 [284] BGR-STP4 BGR-LV T9 tapped 10 -32 Part # Fan Control Fan Quantity Airflow CFM [M3/MIN] Noise @ Full Speed Current Draw (I) BGR-276FT 4 276 [7.8]35dBa 620 mA @ 12VDC (I) BGR-276FT-FC X 4 276 [7.8]35dBa 620 mA @ 12VDC (I) BGR-552FT 8 552 [15.6]38dBa 1.24A @ 12 VDC (I) BGR-552FT-FC X 8 552 [15.6]38dBa 1.24A @ 12 VDC Part # A B Type Material Open Area BGR-STP3 5.22 [133]2.25 [57]solid aluminum - BGR-STP4 6.97 [177]4.00 [102]solid aluminum - BGR-STP9 15.72 [399]12.75 [324]solid steel - BGR-LVT9 15.72 [399]12.75 [324]vented steel 64% BGR-DT9 15.72 [399]12.75 [324]duct top steel - Part # A B Rackspaces BGR-TRR4 6.97 [177]4.00 [102]4 BGR-TRR9 15.72 [399]12.75 [324]9 all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series fan top & top panel/rail basic dimensions Note: 1. Turn on temperature for fan controlled models can be set at 75°F (24°C), 80°F (27°C), 85°F (29°C), or 90°F (32°C). Alarm can be set at 95°F (35°C) or 100°F (38°C). 2. “I” prefix indicates international fan top models. International models come with a universal voltage plug-in power supply and adapters. middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 7 all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series caster base / inner platform base basic dimensions BGR-XX27 11.96 [304] BGR-XX32 16 .96 [431] BGR-XX38 22.96 [583] 19.90 [505] BGR-XX27 3.75 [95] BGR-XX32 8.75 [222] BGR-XX38 14 .75 [375] 19.90 [505] installing casterbase to rack will increase overall height by 1.12 [28] 22.62 [575] 6.33 [161] 22.68 [576] 10.47 [266] 4.89 [124] 19.74 [501] 2.84 [72] 19.74 [501] 2.0 [51] 9.0 [229] BS-BGR CBS-BGR middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 8 Part #Used On “A” Height BGR-RDC19 BGR-19XX, BGR-19SA-XX 29.59 [752] BGR-RDC25 BGR-25XX, BGR-25SA-XX 40.09 [1018] BGR-RDC38 BGR-38XX, BGR-38SA-XX 62.84 [1596] BGR-RDC41 BGR-41XX, BGR-41SA-XX 68.09 [1730] BGR-RDC45 BGR-45XX, BGR-45SA-XX 75.09 [1907] all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] BGR Series cable entry rear door basic dimensions .72 [18]19.56 [497 ] A A 19.84 [504] ø 20 [5] hole for document holder (part# DOC-SACK) vents in rear door also accept 4-1/2"fans rear door brush cable entry panel, mounts top or bottom 2.50 [64] height x 15.00 [381] width brush opening WHAT GREAT SYSTEMS ARE BUILT ON.™ The Proximity Series In-Wall Boxes are engineered to provide convenient storage of AV system components recessed in the wall behind the display. The in-wall boxes provide the flexibility needed for working in tight spaces by leveraging patented, removable Lever Lock™ small device mounting system and multiple plane mounting capability. This innovative design offers unmatched configurability that maximizes space and enables fast, easy mounting of components. Available in three sizes, with and without power included, to meet the need of any size AV system behind the display, Proximity Series In-Wall Boxes are ideal for use with VDM Series Single Display and Multi-Display Wall Mounts. Proximity Series AV STORAGE SOLUTIONS IN-WALL BOX The Proximity Series supports technology behind the display to elevate any mount to an expertly installed AV system. Options include three sizes of in-wall boxes, with and without power included, to house more sophisticated AV equipment with compatible covers to fit the boxes and mounting plates that conceal and reliably mount technology at the display. WHAT GREAT SYSTEMS ARE BUILT ON.™ Providing an aesthetically, clean finish to the Proximity Series In-Wall Boxes, the metal covers restrict visibility and protect equipment and cables stored within from end users. *Only applicable with power compatible products (PRX-WB-9X14, PRX-WB-14X14, PRX-WB-22X14.) PRX-WB-CVR-9X14 Sizes to complement all Proximity Series In-Wall Boxes BOX COVERS IN-WALL BOX • Certified to UL 2416 for safe, reliable installs • Adjustable trim ring included that hides dry wall cuts for an aesthetic finish • Bridge lances offer convenient cable tie down points • Knockouts in multiple locations on all four sides of the box for easy access to power and cable management where you need it • Includes J-Box and duplex receptacle in some models • Compatible Proximity Series In-Wall Box Covers available to restrict visibility and access to equipment • Unmatched small device mounting flexibility built-in, with patented Lever Lock™ plates • Patented UMS pattern simplifies mounting of small devices Lever Lock™ plates • Four levels of mounting planes to maximize space for storage of gear Lever Lock™ plates • Boasting the industry’s first AV storage solution for 24” stud bays, the in-wall boxes now include 3 sizes to fit the needs of the system: 22”x14”, 14”x14”, and 9”x14” • Designed to natively incorporate Middle Atlantic compact power solutions, including the industry’s fastest-responding, non- degrading patented Series Protection™ & RackLink™ control* PRX-WB-9X14 & PRX-WB-9X14-NP PRX-WB-14X14 & PRX-WB-14X14-NP PRX-WB-22X14 & PRX-WB-22X14-NP Proximity Series AV STORAGE SOLUTIONS • 15”x10” available space for mounting of components and cable tie-down • Attachment to VDM Series Multi-Display Wall and Ceiling Mounts, C5 Monitor Mounts, and Display Stations at the front or back of the mount • Wall mountable for universal use with any wall mount including the VDM Series Single Display Wall Mounts The Proximity Series Mounting Plate attaches directly to the display mount and offers convenient, local small device mounting and cable tie-down. The included mounting arm attaches directly to any side of your chosen VESA mount, and features multiple locations for attachment of the mounting plate to the arm. The Proximity Series Sliding Mounting Plate features an unrivaled, patent-pending sliding design, providing accessibility at the display for effortless servicing and concealment of equipment. Tool-free, patented Lever Lock™ is built-in to easily remove the plate from the sliding mechanism to service the system post-installation without touching the display. The Proximity Series Sliding Mounting Plate is the industry’s only storage solution that mounts directly to modular style mounts such as VDM Series Multi-Display Wall and Ceiling Mounts, C5 Monitor Mounts, and DisplayStation Carts. • Patented UMS pattern simplifies mounting of small devices • 9”x11” plate that attaches to any standard VESA pattern • Adjustable for a wide range of display sizes • Included with most standard profile VDM Series Single Display Mounts • The industry’s only mounting plate with a sliding design that pulls out from behind the display for easy servicing and concealment of equipment • Removable, patented Lever Lock™ plate allows for post- installation accessibility without disturbing the display • Patented UMS hole pattern simplifies mounting of small devices FEATURES FEATURES PRX-SMP-15X10 MOUNTING PLATE SLIDING MOUNTING PLATE *Only applicable with power compatible products (PRX-WB-9X14, PRX-WB-14X14, PRX-WB-22X14.) Proximity Series AV STORAGE SOLUTIONS CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 300 Fairfield Road Fairfield, NJ 07004, U.S.A. Voice: 800-266-7225 Fax: 800-392-3955 International Voice: +1 973 839-1011 International Fax: +1 973 831-4982 middleatlantic.com CANADA 113 Iber Road, Ottawa, Ontario K2S 1E7 Voice: 888-766-9770 Fax: 888-599-5009 middleatlantic.ca FACTORY DISTRIBUTION USA: New Jersey • California • Illinois Canada: Ontario COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS VDM Series Multi-Display Wall Mounts VDM Series Single Display Wall Mounts Proximity Series In-Wall Box Covers 17”HLever Lock™C2G® Audio Amplifier: 40880 & 40881 C2G® HDBaseT: 29510 C2G® HDMI Compact Power*: RLNK-215, PD-28-SP, PD-215, RLNK-SW215-NS, RLNK-SW415-SP for In-Wall Box PRX-WB-22X14 PRX-SMP-15X10 PRX-WB-CVR-14X14 VDM Series Multi-Display Wall & Ceiling Mounts VDM Series Single Display Wall Mounts C5 Monitor Mounts C2G® Audio Amplifier: 40880 & 40881 C2G® HDBaseT: 29510 C2G® HDMI Compact Power*: RLNK-215, PD-28-SP, PD-215 for Sliding Mounting Plate DisplayStation Carts & Stands VDM Series Single Display Wall Mounts Flexview Series Carts and Stands C2G® Audio Amplifier: 40880 & 40881 C2G® HDBaseT: 29510 C2G® HDMI Compact Power*: RLNK-215, PD-28-SP, PD-215 for Mounting Plate DisplayStation Carts & Stands Part #Description Dimensions PRX-WB-9X14 In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 1 Lever Lock™ plate 9-1/4” x 14-1/4” x 3-13/16” PRX-WB-9X14-NP In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 1 Lever Lock™ plate, power excluded 9-1/4” x 14-1/4” x 3-13/16” PRX-WB-14X14 In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 2 Lever Lock™ plates 14-1/4” x 14-1/4” x 3-13/16” PRX-WB-14X14-NP In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 2 Lever Lock™ plates, power excluded 14-1/4” x 14-1/4” x 3-13/16” PRX-WB-22X14 In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 3 Lever Lock™ plates 22-1/4” H x 14-1/4”W x 3-33/50”D PRX-WB-22X14-NP In-Wall box ideal for storage behind the display, includes 3 Lever Lock™ plates, power excluded 22-1/4” H x 14-1/4”W x 3-33/50”D PRX-WB-CVR-9X14 Cover for the Proximity Series 9”x14” in-wall box PRX-WB-CVR-14X14 Cover for the Proximity Series 14”x14” in-wall box PRX-WB-CVR-22X14 Cover for the Proximity Series 22”x14” in-wall box PRX-MP-9X12 Mounting plate attaches to any standard VESA mount 9" x 12" plate, 17” x 2-3/4” mounting bracket PRX-SMP-15X10 Sliding mounting plate attaches to VDM Series Multi-Display Wall and Ceiling Mounts or mounts directly to wall 15” x 10” plate WHAT GREAT SYSTEMS ARE BUILT ON.™ PROXIMITYSERIES ©2018 MIDDLE ATLANTIC PRODUCTS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS 5M1/18 PRINTED IN U.S.A. middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 96-976 / rev e / 11-1-16 PD Series slim power strips high density power strips feature a slim, low-profile design and staggered outlets to accommodate plug-in power supplies fe a t u r e s : • UL Listed and CSA certified (PD-2420SC-NS UL Listed only) • (1) 15 or 20 amp circuit depending on model • Includes SignalSAFE™ power cord terminated with NEMA 5-15P or NEMA 5-20P plug depending on model • Up to 24 outlets depending on model • Outlets spaced to accommodate plug-in power supplies • Circuit breaker or MOV surge & EMI filter & breaker protected, depending on model • Mounting hardware included • Slim low-profile design requires less space • Gray outlets easy to see in rear of enclosures • Lightweight anodized aluminum chassis * For additional Vertical Power Strips, please see A&E Spec # 96-938 High density slim power strip shall be Middle Atlantic Products model # PD-__-__ with __ outlets and __ amps (refer to chart). Slim power strip shall be__” long x 1.25” deep x 1.6” wide and shall have gray __ NEMA ___ outlets (refer to chart) in unique spacing pattern that allows up to __ plug-in power supplies (refer to chart). Slim power strip includes __ amp circuit breaker protection and mounting hardware (refer to chart). Terminated with ___ (refer to chart) SignalSAFE™ power cord with NEMA ___ plug (refer to chart). Grounding and bonding stud shall be 1/4 - 20 threaded. Slim power strip shall be ETL listed to UL standards 1149 and 1363 in US and to CAN/CSA standard C22.2 #8 and C22.2 #21 in Canada. Slim power strip shall be RoHS EU Directive 2011/95/EC compliant. Slim power strip shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 registered company. Slim power strip shall be warrantied to be free from defects in material or workmanship under normal use and conditions for a period of 3 years. Customizable specification clips available at middleatlantic.comsp e c i f i c a t i o n s : options: • Model # PB-XS, rackmounting bracket shall mount any 8 outlet power strip (PD-815SC, PD-815SC-NS) between rackrail of any EIA compliant 19” rack. Includes cable management tie points • Model # PB-5A mounting brackets shall accommodate the mounting of vertical power strips to rackrail of any rack • Model # PB-DWR mounting bracket shall accommodate the mounting of vertical power strips to rear rackrail of Middle Atlantic Products DWR & SR series wall racks PD-2415SC-NS PD-815SC-NS middleatlantic.com | middleatlantic.ca what great systems are built on.™ 2 Part # A Overall Length B Outlet Spacing C Outlet Spacing # of Plug In Power Supplies Accomodated # Of Outlets Outlet Type Cord Length/ Termation Circuit Surge Protection Overcurrent Protection PD-715SC-NS 13.60 [345] 1.18 [30] N/A 1 7 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) none circuit breaker PD-815SC 18.60 [472] 1.18 [30] 2.48 [63]3 8 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) single stage circuit breaker PD-815SC-20 18.60 [472] 1.18 [30] 2.48 [63]3 8 5-15R 20’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) single stage circuit breaker PD-815SC-NS 18.60 [472] 1.18 [30] 2.48 [63]3 8 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) none circuit breaker PD-815SC-PBSH* 18.60 [472] 1.18 [30] 2.48 [63]3 8 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) single stage circuit breaker PD-2415SC 60.60 [1539] 1.77 [45] 2.84 [72]11 24 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) single stage circuit breaker PD-2415SC-NS 60.60 [1539] 1.77 [45] 2.84 [72]11 24 5-15R 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-15 plug 15 AMP (1) none circuit breaker PD-2420SC-NS 60.60 [1539] 1.77 [45] 2.84 [72]11 24 5-15R (22), 5-20R (2) 10’ cord w/NEMA 5-20 plug 20 AMP (1) none circuit breaker all dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted [all dimensions in brackets are in millimeters] PD Series Slim basic dimensions Note: PD Slim Series Includes Signalsafe™ Power Cord Technology C B B C A A 1.46 [37] 1.71 [43] BA PD-715 SC-NSPD-815 SC-X XPD-24X XSC-XX ground stud circuit breaker *PD-815SC-PBSH mounts on UXV Series fully vented utility shelves, RC and CAP Series clamping rackshelves, VRS - Vertical Rackmount Shelves, KD Series ready-to-assemble rackshelves, RSH Series custom face rackmounts I-00803 Rev C PRX-WB-14X14 and PRX-WB-9X14 Proximity In-Wall Boxes Instruction Sheet Thank you for purchasing the PRX-WB-14X14 or PRX-WB-9X14 Proximity Series In-Wall Box. Please read these instructions thoroughly before installing or assembling this product. • Provides storage of AV components and power that can be hidden behind a wall-mounted display. • Available in 14” x 14” (PRX-WB-14X14) or 9” x 14” (PRX-WB-9X14) sizes designed to fit between adjacent wall studs aligned to 16” centers. • Knockouts provided for power and cable management. • Total Weight Capacity: 15 lbs. THANK YOU PRODUCT FEATURES IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the following information can result in serious personal injury, damage to the equipment or voiding of the warranty. WARNING: Failure to provide correct structural strength for the component may result in serious personal injury or damage the equipment. WARNING: Exceeding the weight capacity may result in personal injury or equipment damage. The combined weight of all components attached to the mount must not exceed 15 lbs. (6.80 kg). WARNING: The product is designed to be mounted to a 2” x 4” wood stud wall 16” on center or to a 2” x 4” -25ga (minimum) steel stud wall. CAUTION: Power cord(s), for fans or other accessories, need to be secured to ensure that they are routed away from pinch points and moving parts. WARNING: Use this product for its intended use and only use attachments recommended by the manufacturer. CAUTION: All installation and assembly steps must be performed by qualified personnel. DANGER HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE: The lightning flash with the arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. WARNING: A warning alerts you to a situation that could result in serious personal injury or death. CAUTION: A caution alerts you to a situation that may result in minor personal injury or damage to the product and/or property. NOTE: A note is used to highlight procedures pertaining to the installation, operation, or maintenance of the product. NOTE: • In the U.S., the equipment shall be installed per the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. • In Canada, the equipment shall be installed per the applicable requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1. • It is the installer’s responsibility to ensure that the enclosure is bonded to the ground in the switch box in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70 or Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1. A grounding screw is provided in the enclosure for the purpose, if required. • Read these instructions. • Keep these instructions. • Heed all warnings. • Follow all instructions. • Clean only with dry cloth. • Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer. WARNING: Not intended for outdoor use.WARNING: Intended only for indoors use and in dry locations. CAUTION: The following parts are not effectively bonded to the protective earth terminal: Rack rails, lace bars, Lever Lock™, shelves, baffle, blanking panels, fans, and cable management. If any part needs to be bonded to the protective earth terminal it shall be done in accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. AVERTISSEMENT: Ne pas lire, comprendre et suivre les informations suivantes peut entraîner des blessures graves, des dommages à l'équipement ou de la nullité de la garantie. DANGER TENSION DANGEREUSE: Le symbole de la pointe de flèche, dans un triangle équilatéral, est destiné à alerter l'utilisateur sur la présence de tension dangereuse non isolée dans l'enceinte du produit qui peut être d'une ampleur suffisante pour constituer un risque d'électrocution. AVERTISSEMENT: Un avertissement vous avertit d'une situation pouvant entraîner des blessures graves ou la mort. ATTENTION: Une attention vous avertit d'une situation pouvant entraîner des blessures mineures ou des dommages au produit et/ou à la REMARQUE: Une remarque est utilisée pour mettre en évidence les procédures relatives à l'installation, au fonctionnement ou à l'entretien du produit. INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANTES SUR LA SÉCURITÉ • Lire ces instructions. • Conservez ces instructions. • Respectez tous les avertissements. • Suivez toutes les instructions. • Nettoyer uniquement avec un chiffon sec. • N'utilisez que des accessoires spécifiés par le fabricant. Page 2 REMARQUE: • Aux États-Unis, l'équipement doit être installé conformément aux exigences applicables du Code national de l'électricité, ANSI/NFPA 70. • Au Canada, l'équipement doit être installé conformément aux exigences applicables du Code canadien de l'électricité, CSA C22.1. • Il est de la responsabilité de l'installateur de veiller à ce que l'enceinte est liée à la terre dans la boîte de commutation en conformité avec le National Electrical Code, ANSI / NFPA 70 ou le Code canadien de l'électricité, CSA C22.1. Une vis de terre est prévue dans l'enceinte à cet effet, si nécessaire. AVERTISSEMENT: Non destiné à une utilisation en extérieur.AVERTISSEMENT: Prévu uniquement pour une utilisation à l'intérieur et dans des endroits secs. AVERTISSEMENT: Le défaut de fournir une résistance structurelle correcte pour le composant peut entraîner des blessures graves ou endommager l'équipement. AVERTISSEMENT: Dépasser la capacité de poids peut entraîner des blessures ou des dommages matériels. Le poids combiné de tous les composants attachés à la monture ne doit pas dépasser 6.80 kg (15 lbs.). AVERTISSEMENT: Utilisez ce produit pour son utilisation prévue et utiliser uniquement les accessoires recommandés par le fabricant. AVERTISSEMENT: Le produit est conçu pour être monté sur un mur à ossature 2" x 4" bois 16" au centre ou à un 2" x 4" -25ga (minimum) mur à ossature d'acier. AVERTISSEMENT: Toutes installation et de montage étapes doivent être effectuées par du personnel qualifié. AVERTISSEMENT: Le cordon d'alimentation (s), pour les fans ou autres accessoires, doivent être fixé à veiller à ce que ils sont acheminés loin des points de pincement et des pièces mobiles. ATTENTION: Les pièces suivantes ne sont pas correctement liés à la borne de terre de protection: rails de rack, des bars de dentelle, Lever Lock™, des étagères, des chicanes, des panneaux d'obturation, ventilateurs, et la gestion des câbles. Si une partie doit être lié à la borne de terre de protection, il doit être fait conformément à l'article 250 du Code national de l'électricité. Page 3 WEIGHT RATINGS Model Weight Rating PRX-WB-14X14 15 lbs. Maximum Total Rated Load PRX-WB-9X14 15 lbs. Maximum Total Rated Load Heights: 14.25” and 9.25” Widths: 14.25” Depths: 3.75”120 VAC 15 Amps SPECIFICATIONS DUPLEX OUTLET POWER KIT (F7526-V1) INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANTES SUR LA SÉCURITÉ (A CONTINUÉ) AVERTISSEMENT: Ce boîte est destiné à être utilisé uniquement avec les produits et les poids maximaux indiqués. En cas d'utilisation avec d'autres produits ou des produits plus lourds que le poids maximal indiqué, le chariot peut devenir instable et causer des blessures. Le poids total de l'équipement ne doit pas dépasser 6.80 kg (15 lbs.). WARNING: This box is intended for use only with the products and maximum weights indicated. Use with other products or products heavier than the maximum weights indicated may result in instability causing possible injury. Total equipment weight must not exceed 15 lbs. (6.80 kg). Page 4 • No. 2 Phillips Driver • Utility Knife • Level With Ruler Edge • Hammer • Pencil • Stud Sensor • Power Drill • 1/4” Drill Bit SUPPLIED COMPONENTS AND HARDWARE Decora Outlet D Junction Box C Decora Plate with (2x) Screws E REQUIRED TOOLS DUPLEX OUTLET POWER KIT (F7526-V1) (4x) Outlet Screws (Not Required) In-Wall Box (14” or 9” Height) A (8x) Trim Screw (4x Installed, 4x in Hardware Bag) B (20x) Lever Lock Plate Washer K (2x) 1/4” Washer H 4” Lever Lock™ Plate (2x for 14” or 1x for 9” Height) J (4x) 3/8” J-Box Screw F PET Ground Screw G WARNING: Use tools with caution and follow all necessary safety protocols. AVERTISSEMENT: Utiliser des outils avec prudence et suivre tous les protocoles de sécurité nécessaires. Page 5 1. If installing the in-wall box (A) to bare studs (prior to drywall installation), extra care should be taken when finishing the wall around the box opening. Install the trim ring after drywall is completed. 2. The box is meant to be installed between wall studs. Identify the desired box location in the room. A stud sensor may be necessary to identify and mark the wall studs. 3. Consider how many devices are going to be mounted inside the box and where they will be positioned. 4. Knockouts on the box should be cleared prior to installation and based on your signal connection and power needs. 5. Identify existing electrical, plumbing, gas lines, and HVAC structural issues and prepare any necessary cable routing in advance with a qualified technician. 1. Identify the desired location of your box between adjacent wall studs. Use a stud sensor and mark the location of the studs with a pencil. 2. Use a level and pencil to make a horizontal line between the two studs to mark the bottom opening for the box. 3. Confirm the stud locations by carefully drilling a small hole on each side where the horizontal line meets the mark made for the stud. CUTTING DRYWALL OPENING FOR THE BOX (IF NECESSARY) PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS WARNING: All wiring should be installed by a licensed electrician following all local codes and ordinances. AVERTISSEMENT: Tout le câblage doit être installé par un électricien agréé suivant tous les codes et règlements locaux. WARNING: Electric Shock Hazard. Drilling or cutting into electrical wires and cables can cause death or serious personal injury. Confirm that the area behind mounting surfaces are free of electrical wires and cables prior to drilling, cutting, or installing any mount fasteners. AVERTISSEMENT: Risque de choc électrique. Le forage ou couper en câbles électriques peuvent causer la mort ou des blessures graves. Vérifiez que la zone située derrière les surfaces de montage sont libres de câbles électriques avant le forage, la coupe, ou l'installation d'un montage des fixations. WARNING: Explosion and Fire Hazard. Drilling or cutting into gas or plumbing lines can cause death or serious personal injury. Confirm that the area behind mounting surfaces are free of gas, water, waste, and any other plumbing before drilling, cutting, or installing any mount fasteners. AVERTISSEMENT: Risque d'explosion et d'incendie. Forage ou coupe dans les conduites de gaz ou de plomberie peuvent causer la mort ou des blessures graves. Vérifiez que la zone située derrière les surfaces de montage sont exempts de gaz, l'eau, les déchets, ainsi que toute autre plomberie avant perçage, découpage, ou l'installation d'un montage des fixations. Page 6 CUTTING DRYWALL OPENING FOR THE BOX (IF NECESSARY, CONTINUED) 4. Use the back of the box as a template to draw lines along tops and sides. Align the box to the lower corner (where the stud meets the horizontal line) and use a level on the top of the box to ensure correct alignment when drawing lines. NOTE: A larger opening may be necessary to accomodate conduit connectors (not provided) grommets, and the included F7526-V1 duplex outlet power kit when attached to the box. 5. Use a utility knife to cut the opening for your box and carefully remove the drywall. NOTE: The trim ring provides 5/16” coverage around the opening and may be used to hide minor drywall blemishes. (FIGURE A) FIGURE A 5/16” 5/16” 1. Remove (4x) trim screws (B) to take the trim ring off the box as shown. (FIGURE B) REMOVING THE TRIM RING FIGURE B B 1. Use a hammer to knock out the top cable holes required to accommodate the devices you plan on installing in the box. (FIGURE C) 2. Prepare all signal cables for passing through knockouts when mounting the box to the wall studs. NOTE: Any punched openings not in use must be sealed with a suitable plug. Covers or panels that are removed must be replaced and secured. 1. Use a hammer to knock out the electrical box rectangles and the hole to accommodate your power needs for the devices you plan on installing in the box. (FIGURE D) 2. Prepare all power cables for passing through knockouts when mounting the box to the wall studs. NOTE: Any punched openings not in use must be sealed with a suitable plug. Covers or panels that are removed must be replaced and secured. Page 7 CABLING THROUGH THE TOP OF THE BOX RUNNING POWER TO THE BOTTOM OF THE BOX FIGURE D FIGURE C WARNING: All wiring should be installed by a licensed electrician following all local codes and ordinances. AVERTISSEMENT: Tout le câblage doit être installé par un électricien agréé suivant tous les codes et règlements locaux. WARNING: All wiring should be installed by a licensed electrician following all local codes and ordinances. AVERTISSEMENT: Tout le câblage doit être installé par un électricien agréé suivant tous les codes et règlements locaux. Page 8 MOUTNING THE BOX TO WALL STUDS 1. Set the box between the wall studs through the drywall (if applicable). (FIGURE E) 2. Feed any cabling through their corresponding knockouts on the box. 3. Use a 1/4” bit to drill pilot holes through the mounting holes from the inside of the box, if desired. 4. Mount the box to the studs using (4x) #10 x 1 1/2” (minumum size) wood screws and (4x) #10 washers (screws and washers not provided) through the mounting holes from the inside of the box. (FIGURE F) FIGURE F FIGURE E Mounting Holes Page 9 MOUTNING THE BOX TO WALL STUDS (CONTINUED) NOTE: For information about connecting power to the outlet, see “Connecting Power to the F7526-V1 Duplex Outlet” on page 13. 5. Attach any grommets (not provided) to the box, as desired. 6. Pass signal and power cables through all knockouts on the box. 7. Remove and discard any pre-installed screws from the Decora outlet prior to installation. (FIGURE G) 8. From the inside of the box, secure the included F7526-V1 duplex outlet power kit’s junction box (C), Decora outlet (D), and plate (E) to the desired location using the (4x) J-Box screws (F) as shown. (FIGURE H) FIGURE H FIGURE G WARNING: All wiring should be installed by a licensed electrician following all local codes and ordinances. AVERTISSEMENT: Tout le câblage doit être installé par un électricien agréé suivant tous les codes et règlements locaux. NOTE: Holes fit 1 3/4” grommets (not provided). Remove and discard pre-installed screws. C E D F Page 10 GROUNDING AND BONDING The main protective earth ground needs to be the first terminal placed on the PET and this terminal needs to be secured on its own using the ground screw (G) as shown. (FIGURE J) A Protective Earth Terminal (PET) is located on the bottom frame of the enclosure. Protective earth and bonding connections shall be in accordance with Article 250 of the National Electric Code. When removing any bonded accessory for servicing the enclosure, make sure to disconnect the bonding terminal from the accessory. NOTE: The bonding terminal MUST be reconnected to the accessory when the part is replaced after servicing. FIGURE J G NOTE: Outlet and junction box removed from subsequent views for clarity. FIGURE K Page 11 NOTE: The clip for the RackLink Compact RLNK-215 (not provided) may be installed in a variety of configurations. The following procedure is meant to provide an example. 1. Use a 10-32 x 1/2” clip screw (not provided, included with your RLNK-215 or PD-215) and a 1/4” washer (H) to attach the clip for the compact to any of the (4x) 10-32 PEM on the back of the box. (FIGURE K) INSTALLING OPTIONAL POWER DIST. UNIT (NOT PROVIDED) TO THE BACK OF THE BOX H Clip Screw (4x) 10-32 PEM on PRX-WB-14X14 backpan, (1x) 10-32 PEM on PRX-WB-9X14 backpan. Clip NOTE: • (20x) Lever Lock plate washers (K) are provided for equipment mounting convenience. • Lever Lock plates may be installed on the side brackets at 3 different depths. All 4 corners of a Lever Lock plate must be inserted into the side brackets at the same depth in order to function correctly. (FIGURE M) FIGURE M Three Depths All 4 Corners on the Same Depth Page 12 NOTE: Different sized Lever Lock plates may be used and components may be installed in a variety of configurations. The following procedure is meant to show the 4” Lever Lock plate (B) installation to get you started. 1. Insert the side of the 4” horizontal Lever Lock plate (J) without the clip into the brackets on the back of the box first. Then install the side with the clip until it clicks into place. (FIGURE L) INSTALLING LEVER LOCK PLATES FIGURE L Bottom Clip Side Brackets Side with clip Side without clip J Page 13 1. Use (4x) trim screws (B) to install the trim ring to the box as shown. (FIGURE N) INSTALLING THE TRIM RING FIGURE N WARNING: All wiring should be installed by a licensed electrician following all local codes and ordinances. AVERTISSEMENT: Tout le câblage doit être installé par un électricien agréé suivant tous les codes et règlements locaux. WARNING: Turn off power to outlet using breaker of fuses at service entrance. Verify power is off by testing with a circuit tester. AVERTISSEMENT: Coupez l'alimentation électrique à la sortie en utilisant le disjoncteur de fusibles à l'entrée de service. Vérifiez l'alimentation est coupée en testant avec un testeur de circuit. CAUTION: Use this device with copper or copper-clad wire only. ATTENTION: Utilisez cet appareil avec du cuivre ou fil de cuivre vêtu seulement. CONNECTING POWER TO THE F7526-V1 DUPLEX OUTLET B WARRANTY 1. Remove power. 2. Strip wire insulation to expose end of wire to 3/4”. 3. Attach wires as shown. (FIGURE P) 4. Tighten terminal screws securely. 5. Use feed-through terminals when wiring to another outlet downstream. 6. Mount outlet (D) as previously shown on page 9. (FIGURE H) 7. Restore power only when finished wiring the entire circuit. For warranty information, refer to http://www.middleatlantic.com/company/about-us.aspx#warranty Corporate HeadquartersCorporate Voice: 973-839-1011 - Fax: 973-839-1976 / International Voice: +1 973-839-8821 - Fax: +1 973-839-4982www.middleatlantic.com - info@middleatlantic.com Middle Atlantic CanadaVoice: 613-836-2501 - Fax: 613-836-2690 / ca.middleatlantic.com - customerservicecanada@middleatlantic.ca Factory DistributionUSA: NJ - CA - IL Canada: ON - BC At Middle Atlantic Products we are always listening. Your comments are welcome. Middle Atlantic Products is an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Registered Company. FIGURE P Hot (black)Neutral (white) Bare or green grounding wire Green grounding screw Page 14 CONNECTING POWER TO THE F7526-V1 DUPLEX OUTLET NEC Ultra High Definition Large Format Displays 75", 86" and 98" Commercial Displays Ideal for Digital Signage Applications Brand new UHD displays in an aesthetically-focused design allows for seamless integration into any digital signage environment while maintaining the commercial ruggedness necessary for the retail, educational and corporate environments Advanced Heat Management Monitoring and managing the temperature of each display is crucial to secure reliability and longevity. An industrial-strength, premium-grade panel with additional thermal protection, internal temperature sensors with self-diagnostics, and fan-based technology allows for 24/7 operation, and protects your display investment. Without thermal management, displays can be prone to damaging heat over time. This damaging heat will lower the picture quality and life expectancy of the product. Integrated cooling fans automatically turn on and stay on when high internal temperatures are detected. These will stay on until the heat is properly dissipated and the display remains under proper temperature thresholds. 2 Beyond Standard Signage With industry leading experience in superior design and customer focus, the NEC large C series allow for clear, detailed imagery for unobtrusive digital messaging. New contemporary and slim mechanical design with focused aesthetics allows for the smooth and stylistic integration into any type of environment. Their full metal chassis coupled with real-time temperature sensors and integrated cooling fans maintain the professional quality necessary for commercial environments. With an anti-glare screen and ultra high definition panel, customers can enjoy the perfect image in any circumstance. These displays come equipped with a wide range of the latest connectivity interfaces including three separate HDMI 2.0 interfaces, two separate DisplayPort interfaces and a DisplayPort Out connection to complement the native Ultra High Definition at 60Hz panel. These displays also include expandability options such as the Open Pluggable Specification (OPS) and Raspberry Pi Compute Module slots for source integration directly into the display. The NEC C series boasts 350 cd/m2 brightness that allows for efficient readability in higher ambient light situations and is ideal for 24/7 signage in airports, quick-serve restaurants, and retail. Scalable Computing Power Integrated computing options allow for cable free signage for any type of situation. The on-board multimedia player can be utilized for simple signage applications by allowing auto-play off of USB or SD card and content transfer via LAN. For more advanced signage systems, these displays contain an industry first ability to integrate a Raspberry Pi Compute module for near limitless potential and application. Finally, each display adheres to the Open Pluggable Specification that gives the ability to seamlessly integrate a full PC, HDBaseT receiver or other options directly into the unit. Location of Thermal Management Cooling Fans SpectraView Engine Enhanced imaging performance through advanced settings of all relevant parameters allow full control of brightness, color, gamma and uniformity via integrated color-critical chipset. Intelligent Wireless Data Function The built-in near field communication (NFC) chip allows data to be read and written via a mobile phone or tablet PC. Users can significantly reduce installation costs as displays can be easily configured and serviced using the NEC NFC Android app. This is extremely useful for larger rollouts as it can be utilized even when the display is powered off. Removable Logo When mounting from Landscape to Portrait orientation, there is now the ability to change the orientation of the logo or remove it all together Key Guide New Key Guide function allows for easier access to buttons when manually controlling the unit via the buttons on the back of the display by adding a graphic on the screen that directs the customer to the correct button layout in both landscape and portrait modes. NaViSet Administrator 2 This software is an all-in-one remote support solution that runs from a central location and provides monitoring, asset management and control functionality of the majority of NEC display devices and Windows computers. It is ideal for multi-device installations over larger infrastructures. Aesthetically Focused Design Brand new mechanical design focuses on smooth, sleek curves, thinner bezels, reduced depth and reduced overall weight while maintaining the quality and reliability for efficient 24/7 runtime capabilities. Blue ON LED and Ambient Light Sensor New mechanical structure allows for sleeker LED and ambient light sensor design. Auto dimming of the LED backlights can be utilized through the ambient light sensor allowing for the brightness to change depending on the external lux in the room of installation. Anti-Glare Panel Each of the new large C series commercial displays come equipped with a high haze panel that scatters ambient lighting rather than reflecting it like most other displays. This allows for content to always be viewable and onlookers to have perfect screen readability in any situation. C751Q/C861Q/C981Q 3 L-Shaped Connectivity Connectivity is located on both the bottom and side of the display to allow for easy access regardless of orientation (EXIT)(SET) (MUTE) ( | )( )( ) ( ) ( )+ With Anti-Glare Without Anti-Glare Input Panels 1. HDMI IN2 2. HDMI IN3 3. DisplayPort IN2 4. DisplayPort IN1 5. DisplayPort OUT 6. Audio IN 7. External Speaker Terminal 8. Internal/External Speaker Switch 9. Audio OUT 10. USB1 11. USB2 12. USB CM1 (2A) www.necdisplay.com Cat.No. 25.NEC.80.GL.UN.321 05.31.2018 Specifications Options OPS PC's OPS-PCAEQ-PS2 OPS-APIS-PS OPS-TCIS-PS SDI HD-SDI SB-01HC 3G-SDI SB-04HC HDBaseT SB-07BC Compute Module Compute Module Interface Board DS1-IF10CE NEC Raspberry Pi Compute Module RP3CM16GB Tabletop Stand ST-801 Speaker SP-TF1 Dimensions 13. USB CM2 14. LAN1 15. LAN2 16. USB MP 17. microSD 18. REMOTE IN 19. RS-232C 20. HDMI IN1 MultiSync, NaViSet and TileMatrix are trademarks or registered trademarks of NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. in Japan, the United States and other countries. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. DisplayPort and DisplayPort Compliance Logo are trademarks owned by the Video Electronics Standards Association in the United States and other countries. HDBaseT™ and the HDBaseT Alliance logo are trademarks of the HDBaseT Alliance. CRESTRON and CRESTRON ROOMVIEW are trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. AMX is a trademark or registered trademark of AMX in the United States and other countries. VESA is a trademark of a nonprofit organization, Video Electronics Standard Association. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The images in this brochure are samples. All specications are subject to change without notice. ©2018 NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. and the NEC logo are registered trademarks of NEC. 1928.2 (C861Q) 2193.8 (C981Q) 95 9 . 6 ( C 7 5 1 Q ) 10 9 9 . 2 ( C 8 6 1 Q ) 12 4 8 . 8 ( C 9 8 1 Q ) 1681.2 (C751Q) 1 1211109 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bottom Panel Side Panel 4 MODEL C751Q C861Q C981Q LCD MODULE Panel Technology E-LED, S-IPS D-LED, S-IPS Viewable Image Size 75"86"98" Native Resolution 3840 x 2160 Brightness (Typical/Maximum)245 cd/m² /350 cd/m2 Contrast Ratio (Typical)1200:1 native, not including localized dimming 1300:1 native, not including localized dimming Viewing Angle 178° Vert., 178° Hor. (89U/89D/89L/89R) @ CR>10 Aspect Ratio 16:9 Displayable Colors Over 1.07 Billion Orientation Landscape and Portrait Panel Haze (%)28 CONNECTIVITY Input Terminals Digital HDMI 2.0 x3 (with HDCP), DisplayPort 1.2 x2 (with HDCP) Analog None Audio 3.5mm Mini Jack , HDMI Audio x3, DisplayPort Audio x2 External Control LAN (100Mbit), 3.5 Mini Jack IR Remote, RS232C Data microSD (Media Player), USB 2.0 (Media Player), USB 2.0 (Service), USB Type-B (Upstream), USB 2.0 x2 (Compute Module, USB CM1 is Powered 5V/2A) Output Terminals Digital DisplayPort (Outputs DisplayPort1 and OPS (1CH DisplayPort Only)) Analog None Audio 3.5mm Audio Mini Jack, External Speaker Jack x2 External Control LAN (100Mb) POWER CONSUMPTION On (Typ/Max Brightness/Overall Max) 195W/250W/375W 230W/300W/425W 240W/380W/525W Network Standby 2W Normal Standby 0.5W Current Rating 4.4A @ 100V, 1.9A @ 240V 5.0A @ 100V, 2.1A @ 240V 6.1A @ 100V, 2.6A @ 240V Speaker Rating Integrated 10W x 2, Optional 15W x 2 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Bezel Width (L/R, T/B) 14.8mm/14.8mm/ 14.8mm/14.8mm 15.3mm/15.3mm/ 15.3mm/15.3mm 15.9mm/15.9mm/ 15.9mm/15.9mm Net Dimensions (Without stand; W x H x D) 66.2 x 37.8 x 2.8in. 1681.2 x 959.6 x 71.1mm 75.9 x 43.3 x 2.9in. 1928.2 x 1099.2 x 74.3mm 86.4 x 49.2 x 3.7in. 2193.8 x 1248.8 x 93.0mm Net Weight (Without Stand)115.7lbs. / 52.6kg 127.2 lbs. / 57.8kg 198.6 lbs. / 90.0kg VESA Hole Configuration 8x M8 x 16mm (600 x 400, 400 x 400) SENSORS Ambient Light Sensor Integrated and programmable Human Sensor Optional through KT-RC2 Accessory Temperature Sensor Integrated and programmable; linked to cooling fans NFC Sensor Integrated; works in conjunction with free NEC Intelligent Wireless Data Application ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Operating Temperature 0 to 40C Operating Humidity 20-80% Operating Altitude 3000m (9843ft) LIMITED WARRANTY 3 years Advanced Replacement ADDITIONAL FEATURES HDR Gamma Support (HLG nand PQ), Localized Dimming, Ambient Light Sensor, AMX Support, Auto ID/Auto TileMatrix, Automated Email Alert Function, CEC Support through HDMI, Crestron Roomview Support, DICOM Simulation, Display Browser Control, Display Wall Calibrator Compatible, High Haze Panel, Image Flip, Intelligent Wireless Data (NFC), Key Guide, Media Player through Browser Control/ SD Card/USB, Multi Picture Mode, NaViSet Administrator 2 Compatible, OSD Rotation for Portrait Orientation, OPS Compatible, PJ Link Support, Point Zoom Function, Power USB Port (5V/2A), Programmable LUT x3, Raspberry Pi Compute Module Compatible, Removable Logo Ornament, Real Time Clock, SpectraView Engine Support, SNMP Support, 24-Hour Scheduler Function SHIPS WITH 3m AC Power Cord, 1.8m HDMI cable, 1.8m DisplayPort Cable, IR Remote Control, Batteries, CD-ROM (User Manual) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Table Top Stand (ST-801), Optional Speakers (SP-TF1), All OPS Option Cards, Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1 and 3 with optional NEC Interface Board, Large Wall Mount (WMK-6598), Regular Wall Mount (WMK-3257 for, V754Q, and V864Q only) Slim Wall Mount (WMK-3255S for V754Q/V864Q), Human Sensor (KT-RC2) Page 1 The Q-SYS™ Core 110f provides a solution for small, single room allowing the Q-SYS platform to accommodate every-day, simple projects up to the largest Enterprise scale deployments. QSC’s software based DSP Platform Q-SYS, gives the systems integrator and end-user a unified software design tool and feature set suitable for projects of any scale. The continuity of the Q-SYS software based DSP platform is unique within the competitor space and allows the Q-SYS Core 110f to leverage all the features that are available across the entire Q-SYS Platform to be used in the following applications: Acoustic Echo Canceling (AEC) and sound reinforcement in small to large meeting or multipurpose rooms, sound reinforcement in performance venues such as house of worship and theater, background music systems, wide area paging in airports, convention centers and hospitals. The Q-SYS Core 110f is a multipurpose software based digital audio signal processor with a total of 8 balanced analog line level audio inputs and 8 balanced analog line level audio outputs. In addition to the fixed 8x8 analog audio I/O, the Core 110f features a software definable bank of 8 balanced analog audio Input/Output Flex Channels, a unique QSC innovation, where each channel can be independently configured during design or run time as either a microphone/line level input or a line level output. As such, the Core 110f offers class leading 24 analog I/O density plus additional specialized I/O such as VoIP, POTS, Internal Media Playback/Recording HDD and USB. The Q-SYS Core 110f supports a class leading USB audio device port connection that enables the processor to appear in a Microsoft Windows or Mac OS host operating system simultaneously as both a USB Audio and Communications device. The USB Device port (B type) implementation supports up to 16x16 digital audio channels in a flexible, design time configuration environment that can advertise as multiple virtual USB device instances to the host operating system concurrently over a single physical USB connection. In addition to the USB Device port, the Core 110f provides 6 USB Host ports (A type) which enable the Core to host external USB devices and future Q-SYS peripheral products. Unified Core Q-SYS Core 110f Features • 128x128 Network Audio Channels • 16x16 USB Audio Channels • 24 Channels of Total Analog Audio • 8 Configurable Flex Channels • 16x16 GPIO Logic Ports • 16 Channels of Routable AEC • Multiple Instance VoIP Lines • Single POTS Telephone line • 3 Year Warranty Q-SYS Core 110f Specification Sheet Page 2 Benefits • Class leading I/O: Q-SYS Core 110f has 24 analog I/O + USB, POTS and VoIP simultaneously in a single rack space and one SKU, offering the best cost to I/O ratio in a single chassis product available on the market from any manufacturer. • Flex Channels: Nearly all the flexibility of a card based DSP solution without the cost and inconvenience of multiple SKU’s and custom parts ordering. • Unified software platform: Single training investment in one software design tool rather than needing to learn several platforms to scale from small to large systems or support different applications. • Industry leading hardware design: Future proof investment in standards based software and computer technology running on Intel processors. • Industry first, software based DSP: Q-SYS suite of conferencing technology applications built and owned by QSC from the ground up allowing for continued refinement. o Software based routable AEC; no additional hardware needed o SIP Softphones offering multiple instances per Q-SYS Core; no additional hardware neededo Gain sharing and gating automixers • True IT Software Integration: The Core 110f provides more than just networked audio integration and is not just another hardware DSP. Q-SYS is primarily a software platform that offers greater software integration functionality such as native support for LDAP contactserver integration, SNMP monitoring, SIP Softphones, and software based routable AEC implementation; it truly is a next generation AV/IT product that is free of the fixed hardware limitations seen in competing products. Key Features • 128x128 networked audio channels (Q-LAN / AES67), reduced to 64x64 when using Video Bridging capability on built-in USB-B port. • Up to 24 configurable analog audio I/O • 8 mic/line level analog audio inputs • 8 line level analog audio outputs • 8 Flex Channel mic/line level analog audio inputs or outputs • Up to 16 assignable and routeable AEC processor instances • Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports with assignable application resources offering any combination of VoIP, Q-LAN Control, Q-LAN audio or network redundancy • Up to 16x16 channels of digital audio in and out via software definable USB instances advertised to the host operating system • 16 General Purpose Inputs (GPI) x 16 General Purpose Outputs (GPO) • Internal Universal Power Supply plus 12 Volt DC External Power Supply input for redundancy or non-mains power supply sources • Single software platform for system configuration, control and monitoring via Q-SYS Designer software over Ethernet with support for static or Auto/DHCP TCP/IP addressing • POTS telephone interface via a standard RJ-11 connector • Supports up to 4 VoIP Softphone instances in addition to the onboard POTS telephone interface • Fully compatible with all existing and future Q-SYS accessories such as IO Frames, Paging Stations, and Touch Screen Control Surfaces running Q-SYS user control interfaces • CE marked, UL listed, and RoHS compliant • Covered by QSC Systems 3-year warranty Q-SYS Core 110f Specification Sheet Page 3 Q-SYS Core 110f Specifications subject to change without notice. Inputs Q-SYS Core 110f Input Frequency Response 20Hz to 20kHz @ +21dBu +0.05% / -0.5% Input THD+N @ 1KHz @ +21 dBu Sensitivity & +21 dBu input @ +21 dBu Sensitivity & +10 dBu input @ +10 dBu Sensitivity & +8 dBu input @ -10 dBu Sensitivity & -10.5 dBu input @ -39 dBu Sensitivity & -39.5 dBu input < 0.1% < 0.0015% < 0.0007% < 0.0006% < 0.007% EIN (no weighting, 20Hz to 20kHz) < -121dB Input to Input Crosstalk @1kHz > 110dB typical, 90dB Max Input Dynamic Range @ +21 dBu Sensitivity @ +10 dBu Sensitivity @ -10 dBu Sensitivity @ -39 dBu Sensitivity > 109.5dB > 106.4dB > 104.6dB > 104.6dB Input Common Mode Noise Rejection @ +21 dBu Sensitivity @ +10 dBu Sensitivity @ -10 dBu Sensitivity @ -39 dBu Sensitivity 50.7dB 56.5dB 73.2dB 63.2dB Input Impedance (balanced)5K ohms nominal Input Sensitivity Range (1dB Steps)-39 dBu min to +21 dBu max Unbalanced Input Signal Level + 8 dBu max Phantom Power +48V DC, 10mA per input max Sampling Rate 48kHz A/D – D/A Converters 24-bit Outputs Output Frequency Response 20Hz to 20kHz @ all settings +0.2 / -0.5 dB Output THD 0.003%, +10 dBu max output level Output Crosstalk @1kHz > 100dB typical, 90dB max Output Dynamic Range > 108dB Output Impedance (balanced)220 ohms Output Level Range: (1dB Steps)-39 dBu min to +21 dBu max USB Inputs & Outputs USB B Bit Depth Number of Channels Sample Rate 16-bit up to 16x16 48kHz Power Consumption 60 watts, typical. 120 watts max BTU/Heat load:205 BTU/Hour Compliance FCC Part 15B (USA), FCC part 68 / TIA-968-B (USA), JATE (Japan), AS/ACIF S002 (Australia), PTC200 (New Zealand), ES203 021 (Europe), ANATEL Resolution 473 (Brazil), NOM-151-SCTI (Mexico), PSTN01 (Taiwan), Industry Canada CS-03 (Canada), CE marked (Europe), UL and C-UL listed (USA & Canada), RCM (Australia), EAC (Eurasian Customs Union) & RoHS Directive (Europe) Overall Dimensions/Weight Device Height: 1.75 inches (44 mm) Device Width: 19.0 inches (483 mm) Device Depth: 11.12 inches (282.5 mm) Device Weight: 11 lbs. (5.0 kg) Shipping Height: 6.0 inches (152 mm) Shipping Width: 23 inches (584 mm) Shipping Depth: 14 inches (356 mm) Shipping Weight: 12.4 lbs. (5.6 kg) 1675 MacArthur Boulevard • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • Ph: +1.800.854.4079 or +1.714.957.7100 • Fax: +1.714.754.6174 © 2017 QSC, LLC all rights reserved. QSC, Q-SYS and the QSC logo are registered trademarks of QSC, LLC in the U.S. Patent and Trademark office and other countries. Speakon is a trademark of Neutrik. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Patents may apply or be pending. Q-SYS CORE 110f Spec Sheet 06/05/2017 please recyclePage 4 A&E SPECIFICATIONS The system processor shall provide up to 128 x 128 networked audio channels individually configurable as either Q-LAN or AES67 formatted networked audio, channel count will reduce to 64 x 64 when using video bridging capability on the built-in USB-B device port. The system processor shall support 24 total analog I/O capacity and shall be presented in the following groupings; 8 Mic/Line inputs, 8 Line outputs and 8 Flex Channel I/O which shall be software definable analog inputs or outputs in single channel increments in any combination ratio. The system processor shall have the following front panel controls and indicators: blue monochrome OLED display with page forward capacitive touch button, Unit ID capacitive touch button, Power On blue LED, Two USB A Type ports. The system processor shall provide a monochrome 304x96 blue OLED graphics display displaying the device name, design name and system status, LAN A and B settings, and the firmware version. Device Status shall be displayed on the OLED display including I/O status, muting, level present indication, and system status. On the rear panel, the system processor shall have one 3-pin RS232 Euro Block Connector, HDMI Video Out, 16 GPI general purpose control inputs on 20-pin Euro Block Connector, 16 GPO general purpose control outputs on 20-pin Euro Block Connector. Q-SYS Network: LAN A RJ45 1000 MBps only, LAN B: RJ45 1000 MBps only. The dimensions of the System processor shall be 1.75” x 19” x 11.12” (44 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm). The system processor shall store a single design which can be comprised of components, wiring, links, text, and graphics on a single or multiple schematic pages. Designs shall include any of the following DSP function blocks, test and measurement components, control components, and layout components: Acoustic Echo Cancellers, SIP Softphone instances, USB Audio host and device blocks, Audio Players, Audio Streaming components, Crossfaders, Crossovers, Delay components, Auto Gain control elements, Compressors, Gates, Duckers, Expanders, Ambient Noise Compensators, Limiters, Gain blocks, Graphic Equalizers, Parametric Equalizers, FIR Filters, All-Pass Filters, Band-Pass Filters, Band-Stop Filters, High-Pass Filters, Low-Pass Filters, FIR High-Pass filters, FIR Low-Pass Filters, Dual-Shelf Equalizers, Notch Filters, Meters, Matrix Mixers, Gain-Sharing Automatic Mixers, Gated Automatic Mixers, Signal Routers, Public Address Routers, Room Combiners, Signal Presence Meters, Tone Generators, Tone and Noise Generators, Dual Trace FFT Measurement Modules, Real Time Analyzers, Signal Injectors, and Signal Probes. The system processor shall support custom user control interfaces on either proprietary touch screen controllers, or network computers utilizing a control application, or iOS devices on Wi-Fi. Custom control interfaces shall be capable of having multiple user-selectable pages with different controls on each. The system processor and control engine shall be the QSC Q-SYS Core 110f Flex Channel Processor. Q-SYS Core 110f Specification Sheet Page 1 Features • Networked I/O expander peripheral • 8 software definable flex channels (mic/line input w/ phantom power, or line level output) • Audio-to-USB Bridging for audio integration with soft codec applications • Control connectivity via GPIO and RS232 • Microphone fault detection • Dual redundant networking with PoE+ support • Class-leading mounting accessories included for various mounting configurations Introduction The Q-SYSTM I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander adds a multitude of expansion capabilities to the Q-SYS Platform in a compact, PoE+ capable networked peripheral that can be remotely located wherever the I/O is required. The I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander features 8 channels of “flex channels” (a QSC exclusive technology), which allows each channel to be configured via software as either a Mic/Line input with phantom power, or a Line Level output. Additionally, the I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander offers Audio-to-USB Bridging for integration with soft-codec applications running on any host PC as well as control connectivity via GPIO and RS232. Applications – Meeting Rooms and Conference Spaces When deployed under the table, the I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander provides a single network cable solution with sufficient analog I/O to accommodate up to eight phantom powered microphones around the table. In addition to that, the onboard GPIO can be used to provide Push-to-Talk or Push-to- Mute functionality as well as microphone LED status. For situations where laptop PC’s are being used for soft-codec conferencing using applications such as Skype for BusinessTM , GoToMeeting TM, etc., the onboard USB Device port can be used to provide USB- to-Audio Bridging direct to the PC via driverless USB connectivity. Applications – Rack mount I/O Expander For those situations where unexpected inputs and outputs are required late in the design phase, the I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander is a perfect solution. The eight flex channels can be reconfigured via software at design or run-time to behave as either a fully balanced mic/line input offering phantom power or as a line level output. Single channel granularity allows the user to configure any combination of inputs / outputs from 8 x 0 through to 0 x 8. Additionally, when used as mic/line Inputs, the eight flex channels offer microphone fault detection. The onboard RS232 port allows any serial control device to be interfaced with Q-SYS for complete control and monitoring integration. Network and Power The Q-SYS Platform utilizes IEEE networking standards and solutions for audio, control and video distribution over a standard Ethernet / IP network. Q-LAN provides deterministic system latencies with analog input to analog output guaranteed at 3.167ms. The Q-SYS Platform uses Q-LAN for audio, video and control connectivity with all Q-SYS peripherals. Additionally, all Q-SYS Cores support VoIP, SIP, LDAP, AES67, TCP/IP and HTTP Web Sockets among many other standard IT and industry protocols. The I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander offers PoE+ capability for single cable applications. Redundancy The Q-SYS I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander offers dual network ports for redundancy with the ability to send and receive on both ports simultaneously for glitch-free switchover in the event of a network failure. Peripherals The I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander is a Q-SYS peripheral that can be used as part of a Q-SYS system utilizing any Q-SYS Core processor and all other Q-SYS peripheral types including the new Q-SYS AV-to-USB Bridging Bridging devices. However, the USB device port on the I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander offers audio bridging. Channel Expander Q-SYS I/O-8 Flex Q-SYS I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander please recyclePage 2 Q-SYS I/O-8 Flex Channel Expander Inputs/Outputs Audio Flex Channel Capacity 8 Audio Flex Channel Assignments Each channel can be configured as a mic/line input or as a line output (configured through Q-SYS Designer software) Rear Panel Indicators “Link”, “Speed” and “Activity” LEDs on all LAN ports USB Inputs & Outputs USB Audio Bridging Up to 8x8 channels of digital audio in/out via software defineable USB instances advertised to the USB Host operating system USB B (device port): Bit depth 16-bit, 24-bit (configured in Q-SYS Designer software) USB Channel Capacity 8x8 Sample Rate 48kHz Controls and Indicators Front Panel Controls “NEXT” OLED page forward capacitive touch button “ID” device identification capacitive touch button “Clear Network Settings” - invoked when “NEXT” and “ID” are pressed simultaneously Front Panel Connectors AUX USB: USB Host x2 (Type A connectors) Front Panel Indicators Blue POWER LED 304x96 monochrome OLED display Rear Panel Connectors Audio I/O Flex Channels: 12-pos blue Euro Block x2 GPIO: 10-pos black Euro Block x2 (GPI = 1x10, GPO = 1x10) RS232: 3-pos black Euro Block AUX USB Host: USB Host x2 (Type A connectors) AUX USB Device: USB Device Port (Type B connector) Media Network LAN A/PoE+ Power In : RJ45 1000 Mbps Media Network LAN B: RJ45 1000 Mbps AUX PWR In: 2-pos green Euro block GPIO General Purpose Inputs 0-24VDC analog input or contact closure General Purpose Outputs Open collector, 24VDC at 200mA max, internal pullup to 3.3V GPIO 12VDC Power Pins 12VDC out at 100mA max Miscellaneous PoE+ Power Input IEEE 802.3at compliant powered device, PoE+ power supplied through LAN A port External Power Input 24VDC, 1.2A supplied via the external power input, may be used as the primary power source or as a backup to the PoE+ source Operating Temperature Range 0C - 50C Power Consumption 25.5W Maximum BTU/Hour 70 BTUs (power conversion estimate under typical load) Humidty 5% to 85% RH Storage temp -20C - +85C Regulatory FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A, IC ICES-003, CE (EN55032, EN55035), EU RoHS directive 2011/65/EU, WEEE directive 2012/19/EU, China RoHS directive GB/T26572, EAC, RCM, UL/cUL/CB, E174401-A18, EFUP: 10 years, Expected Product Life Cycle: 20 years. Product Dimensions 8.66" x 9.43" x 1.75" (220mm x 240mm x 44mm), 1RU half rack Shipping Carton Dimensions 20" x 12" x 4" (508mm x 305mm x 102mm) Shipping Weight 6 lbs. Included Accessories Connector kit, rack ears, surface mount kit, safety instructions, regulatory statements, USB cable (Type A to Type B) 1675 MacArthur Boulevard • Costa Mesa, CA 92626 • Ph: +1.800.854.4079 or +1.714.957.7100 • Fax: +1.714.754.6174 ©2017 QSC, LLC all rights reserved. QSC, Q-SYS and the QSC logo are registered trademarks in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and other countries. Skype for Business is a trade mark of Skype and is not affiliated, sponsored, authorized or otherwise associated by/with the Skype group of companies. GotoMeeting is a registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Patents may apply or be pending. Q-SYS I/O-8 Flex Spec Sheet 07/21/2017 ACCESSORIES Models D-XLR2F, DB-XLR2F, DS-XLR2F Dual XLR 3-pin Female Jacks on Decora® Wall Plate RDL  659 N. 6th St.  Prescott, AZ., USA 86301  (928) 443-9391  FAX (928) 443-9392  www.rdlnet.com Radio Design Labs Technical Support Centers U.S.A. (800) 933-1780, (928) 778-3554; Fax: (928) 778-3506 Europe [NH Amsterdam] (++31) 20-6238 983; Fax: (++31) 20-6225-287 DB-XLR2F DS-XLR2F D-XLR2F ACCESSORIES Models D-BNC/D, DB-BNC/D, DS-BNC/D Insulated Double BNC Jack on Decora® Wall Plate RDL  659 6th St.  Prescott, AZ., USA 86301  (928) 443-9391  FAX (928) 443-9392  www.rdlnet.com Radio Design Labs Technical Support Centers U.S.A. (800) 933-1780, (928) 778-3554; Fax: (928) 778-3506 Europe [NH Amsterdam] (++31) 20-6238 983; Fax: (++31) 20-6225-287 DB-BNC/D DS-BNC/D D-BNC/D ACCESSORIES Models D SERIES-J1, D SERIES-J2, D SERIES-J3 AUDIO INPUT PANELS The D SERIES-J1, -J2 and -J3 are audio input accessories from Radio Design Labs offered in Decora® plates. The D SERIES panels are finished in RDL’s grey/white, black or in stainless steel. These input panels are intended for installations demanding the ultimate in professional styling combined with durability, longevity and value. The D SERIES-J1, -J2 and -J3 fit directly into RDL back boxes (WB-1U, WB-2U) to fit cabinets, US or international walls. The back of each panel assembly is finished with a metal enclosure clearly labeled for easy installation. RDL  659 6th St.  Prescott, AZ., USA 86301  (928) 443-9391  FAX (928) 443-9392  www.rdlnet.com  Wall Mounted Microphone Input  XLR Input Connector with Gold Contacts  Barrier Block Wiring Connections  Ground-Lift Terminals on Barrier Block The D SERIES-J1 is a complete microphone input panel assembly. Connections to the female front-panel XLR jack are made on a rear barrier block. Four terminals are provided: CASE GROUND, SHIELD (XLR pin 1), + (XLR pin 2) and - (XLR pin 3). The installer may install a jumper between the pin 1 connection and CASE GROUND if desired. The back of the -J1 is finished with a metal enclosure clearly labeled for easy installation.  Wall Mounted Line-Level Audio Input Panel  Gold Plated Phono Jacks  Hum Cancellation on Unbalanced Line Inputs  Transformer Isolation for Unbalanced Line Inputs  Balanced Output for Unbalanced Line Inputs The D SERIES-J2 is a complete unbalanced line-level audio input panel assembly. The front panel features two phono jacks, intended for mono or stereo consumer level sources. LEFT and RIGHT are combined and balanced through audio transformers configured to reject induced hum. The line-level output is provided on the rear-panel barrier block for connection to 10 kΩ or higher input impedance line level module or equipment inputs. D SERIES-J1  Wall Mounted Line-Level Audio Input Panel  XLR Microphone Input with Gold Contacts  Gold Plated Phono Jack Line Inputs  Hum Cancellation on Unbalanced Line Inputs  Transformer Isolation for Unbalanced Line Inputs  Balanced Output for Unbalanced Line Inputs The D SERIES-J3 is a complete audio input panel assembly. The front panel features a female XLR jack and two phono jacks. The XLR is connected directly to the rear-panel barrier block. The phono inputs are identical to the -J2. D SERIES-J2 D SERIES-J3 DB-J3 DS-J3 D-J3 DB-J2 DS-J2 D-J2 DB-J1 DS-J1 D-J1 MI C CASE GROUND SHIELD D SERIES-J1 SIGNAL INPUTMICROPHONEBALANCED FEEDING CONNECT JUMPER IFIT IS DESIRED TOCONNECT SHIELD TO CASE CONNECT MICROPHONETO FRONT PANELINPUT JACK AUDIO SOURCEMONO OR STEREOCONNECT UNBALANCED BRIDGING FEEDING SIGNAL BALANCED LINE INPUT D SERIES-J2 SHIELD LI N E AUDIO SOURCEMONO OR STEREO CONNECT UNBALANCED BRIDGING FEEDING SIGNAL BALANCED LINE INPUT D SERIES-J3 SHIELD LI N E MI C CONNECT MICROPHONETO FRONT PANELINPUT JACK INPUT BALANCED SIGNAL FEEDING MICROPHONE BA L A N C E D AUDIO INPUTS LR LINE-LEVEL AUDIO INPUT MICROPHONE AUDIO INPUTS LR MIC ACCESSORIES Models D-SERIES-J1, D SERIES-J2, D SERIES-J3 AUDIO INPUT PANELS TYPICAL PERFORMANCE D SERIES-J1 Input connector: XLR female gold contacts Output connector: Full size barrier block Output connections (4): CASE GROUND, SHIELD (XLR pin 1), + (XLR pin 2), - (XLR pin 3) D SERIES-J2 Input connectors: Phono jacks with gold contacts (2) Output connector: Full size barrier block Output connections: +, -, SHIELD Frequency response: 30 Hz to 20 kHz (±1 dB line level) D SERIES-J3 Input connectors: XLR female with gold contacts (1), Phono jacks with gold contacts (2) Output connector: Full size barrier block Output connections: Line: +, -, SHIELD Mic: SHIELD (XLR Pin 1), + (XLR Pin 2), - (XLR Pin 3) Frequency response: 30 Hz to 20 kHz (±1 dB line level) Power Requirement: Passive (all models) Overall Dimensions D SERIES: Height: 4.13 in 10.49 cm Width: 1.7 in 4.32 cm Depth 1.75 in 4.45 cm: Installation/Operation EN55103-1 E1-E5; EN55103-2 E1-E4 Typical Performance reflects product at publication time exclusive of EMC data, if any, supplied with product. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Radio Design Labs Technical Support Centers U.S.A. (800) 933-1780, (928) 778-3554; Fax: (928) 778-3506 Europe [NH Amsterdam] (++31) 20-6238 983; Fax: (++31) 20-6225-287 891-9110C ACCESSORIES Models D-XLR3M, DB-XLR3M, DS-XLR3M XLR 3-pin Male Jack on Decora® Wall Plate RDL  659 N. 6th St.  Prescott, AZ., USA 86301  (928) 443-9391  FAX (928) 443-9392  www.rdlnet.com Radio Design Labs Technical Support Centers U.S.A. (800) 933-1780, (928) 778-3554; Fax: (928) 778-3506 Europe [NH Amsterdam] (++31) 20-6238 983; Fax: (++31) 20-6225-287 DB-XLR3M DS-XLR3M D-XLR3M ©2003 Shure Incorporated Page 1 of 2 Printed in U.S.A TL1061 (CE) Specification Sheet DFR22 AUDIO PROCESSOR The DFR22 is a full-featured 2x2 audio processor featuring Shure's patented automatic feedback reduction. It also includes equalization, dynamics processing, delay, matrix mixing, and a 2-way crossover. It is configurable using Shure's intuitive drag-and-drop software inter- face. It also functions as an out-of-the-box two channel feedback reducer that does not require a computer for configuration. DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE FEATURES The primary interface for the DFR22 is a Windows-based software program that mimics the functional block diagrams used in sound sys- tem design. Unlike many other DSP products that constrict freedom with preset templates, the processing blocks in the DFR22 can be applied in any order, to any input or output. Processing blocks can be copied and pasted to duplicate processors across multiple chan- nels. They can also be linked for more efficient stereo or global control. With the DFR22, the entire system can be designed, saved to disk, and loaded at the job site for easy set up. The DFR22 also allows real-time design changes, so processing blocks can be added, removed or changed during system tuning. The security options allow complete lock of the system to prevent undesired tampering or to restrict user access to certain parts of the system. Control input pins allow connection of potentiometers, contact closures, and Shure's DRS10 for remote control of preset changes, volume, and muting. DFR Automatic Feedback Reduction • 5-, 10-, and 16-filter single-channel and stereo modules • Frequency resolution: 0.1 Hz • Filter width: 1/10 to 1/70 per octave EQ and Shelving Cut/Shelf Equalizer • High/low shelf filters: 6 and 12 dB/octave slopes, 18dB boost/cut • High/low cut filters: 6, 12, 18, and 24 dB/octave slopes • High/low cut filter types: Butterworth, Bessel and Linkwitz- Riley Graphic Equalizers • 10- and 30-band modules • Combining and non-combining Parametric Equalizers • 3, 5, 7, and 10 filter modules, plus cut/shelf filters • Bandwidth: 1/70 to 4 octaves • Filter depths: up to 18dB Crossover • Independently adjustable slopes • Butterworth, Bessel & Linkwitz-Riley up to 24 dB/octave Dynamics Processing Automatic Gain Control • Maximum boost: 12dB Compressor/Limiter • Selectable soft knee or fixed hard knee • Single-channel or stereo • Peak Stop (look-ahead) limiter Ducker Gate and Downward Expander Delay • 10 seconds of available delay memory • 20 microsecond resolution Matrix Mixer • Routes any input to any output • Independently adjustable crosspoint gain, muting, and polarity PROCESSORS TL1061 (CE)Page 2 of 2 DFR22 AUDIO PROCESSOR Frequency Response 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/– 1dB Dynamic Range 110 dB minimum, A-weighted, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Digital-to-Analog, Analog-to-Digital Conversion 24 bit Impedance Input: 10 k Output 120 Input Clipping Level +24 dBu minimum Output Clipping Level +24 dBu +12 dBu with 12 dB pad engaged +6 dBu with 18 dB pad engaged Total Harmonic Distortion < 0.05%, +4 dBu, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Propagation Delay < 1.5 ms. Processing blocks add no latency Polarity Input to output: non-inverting (inverting optional) Operating Voltage 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (auto-switching), 1 A, maximum Maximum Power Drain 45 W Temperature Range Operating: –7 to 49 C (19 to 120 F) Storage: –29to 74 C (–20 to 165 F) Dimensions: 482.6 mm x 247.7 mm x 44.4 mm (19 in. x 9.75 in. x 1.75 in.) Weight 2.83 kg (6.25 lbs.) Furnished Accessories Power Cable (DFR22) ...............................................95A8389 Power Cable (DFR22E).............................................95A8247 5-pin DIN Shure Link Cable.......................................95A8676 Hardware Kit............................................................ 90AJ8100 4 Block Connector Terminals, 3-pin (for audio inputs and outputs 1 Block Connector Terminal, 6-pin (for control input) 4 Rack mount Screws and Washers Optional Accessories DRS-10 wall plate unit with 10-position rotary switch for preset control Certifications cULus. Listed and cUL Listed to UL 6500 and CSA E60065. Authorized under Verification provision of FCC Part 15 as a Class B Digital Device. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES- 003. Conforms to European Union Directives, eligible to bear CE marking. Meets European Union Low Voltage Requirements: TÜV GS-Certified to EN 60065. Meets applicable tests and performance criteria in European Standard EN55103 (1996) parts 1 and 2, for residential (E1) and commercial and light industrial (E2) environments. Note: EMC conformance testing is based on the use of sup- plied and recommended cable types. The use of other cable types may degrade EMC performances. EMC conformance testing is based on the fact that the com- puter is used for setup purposes only and disconnected during EMC testing. SHURE Incorporated Web Address: http://www.shure.com 5800 W. Touhy Avenue, Niles, IL 60714-4608, U.S.A. Phone: 847-600-2000 Fax: 847-866-2279 In Europe, Phone: 49-7131-72140 Fax: 49-7131-721414 In Asia, Phone: 852-2893-4290 Fax: 852-2893-4055 Elsewhere, Phone: 847-600-2000 Fax: 847-866-2585 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS www.shure.com ©2015 Shure Incorporated SM35 Performance Headset Condenser Microphone SM35 Product Specifications Type Electret Condenser Frequency Response 40 Hz to 20,000 Hz Polar Pattern Unidirectional (Cardioid) Output Impedance @ 1 kHz 2400 Ω Audio Output Level -59.0 dBV/Pa Signal-To-Noise Ratio[1] @ 1 kHz 55 dB Maximum SPL[1] 1000 Ω load, @ 1% THD 153.0 dB Dynamic Range[1] @ 1 kHz, 1000 Ω load 114.0 dB Equivalent Output Noise[1] Typical, A-Weighted 39 dB Power Requirements +5 V DC (nominal), 10 V maximum (DC bias) Polarity Positive pressure on diaphragm produces positive voltage on pin 3 with respect to pin 1 Cable 1.1 m (45 in.) Connector TA4F Net Weight 72 g (2.53 oz.) [1]Measurements taken using RPM626 preamp * All specifications measured with a 48 VDC phantom power supply. The microphone operates at lower voltages, but with slightly decreased headroom and sensitivity. Specifications Overview The new SM35 headset condenser microphone from Shure gives multi-instrumentalists the freedom to express themselves without having to sacrifice the sound quality found in traditional microphones. A tight, unidirectional (cardioid) pickup pattern provides excellent rejection of off-axis sound sources to prevent feedback and signal bleed for superior performance on stage. Standard TA4F (TQG) connectivity seamlessly integrates into any Shure wireless bodypack system, and its availability in a number of bundled systems makes it appropriate for any stage, ranging from small clubs to large installations and arena tours. The SM35-XLR (optional) includes an inline RPM626 preamp for use in standard wired (XLR) applications. Features • Wearable wireframe headset fits securely and comfortably for active performers and multi-instrumentalists • Tight, unidirectional (cardioid) condenser pickup pattern rejects signal bleed and feedback for use on loud stages and behind floor monitors • Flexible gooseneck design allows for optimized placement to further improve source isolation • Lightweight and low-profile form enables comfortable, long-wearing use • TA4F connector compatible with any Shure wireless bodypack system • Included in a wide variety of Shure wireless systems, renowned for their ease of use and reliable performance • Locking snap-fit windscreen tames plosive, breath and wind noise for clean and intelligble sound • Tailored frequency response refined for clear, crisp vocal reproduction • Legendary Shure precision engineering for durability and performance Available Models Optional Accessories RK378 Replacement kit with clip + 2 snap-fit foam windscreens RK183WS Replacement snap-fit foam windscreens (4 per pkg.) Frequency Response 20 15 10 5 0 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5dB Hz20100 1k 10k 20k 0.6 m (2 ft.) from sound source 1 cm (0.4 in) from sound source Polar Patterns 250 Hz 125 Hz 500 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 1,000 Hz SM35-TQG Headset Cardioid Condenser Microphone with Snap-fit Windscreen and TA4F (TQG) Connector SM35-XLR Headset Cardioid Condenser Microphone with Snap-fit Windscreen and Inline XLR Preamp BLX1288/SM35 BLX Dual-Channel Wireless Combo System BLX14/SM35 BLX Wireless Headset System BLX188/SM35 BLX Dual-Channel Wireless Headset System BLX14R/SM35 BLX Rack-Mounted Wireless Headset Systemv GLXD14/SM35 GLX-D Digital Wireless Headset System SLX14/SM35 SLX Wireless Headset System ULXD14/SM35 ULX-D Digital Wireless Headset System ULXP14/SM35 ULX Professional Wireless Headset System ULXS14/SM35 ULX Standard Wireless Headset System RF Carrier Frequency Range 470–937.5 MHz, varies by region Image Rejection >70 dB, typical Latency <2.9 ms RF Sensitivity -97 dBm at 10 -5 BER Working Range 100 m (328 ft.) line-of-sight Note: Actual range depends on RF signal absorption, reflection and interference. Audio Frequency Range 20 Hz to 20 kHz Note: Dependent on microphone type. Audio Dynamic Range >120 dB, A-weighted, typical (System Gain @ +10) Total Harmonic Distortion <0 .1% (−12 dBFS input, System Gain @ +10) Operating Temperature Range -18°C (0°F) to 50°C (122°F) Note: Battery characteristics may limit this range. Dimensions 41 mm x 197 mm x 151 mm (1.63 in. x 7.75 in. x 5.94 in.) Weight 777 g (1.71 lbs.), without antennas Housing Steel Power Requirements 12 V DC @ 0.4 A, supplied by external power supply (tip positive) Spurious Rejection > 80 dB, typical Antenna Connector Type BNC Antenna Impedance 50 Ω Gain Adjustment Range -18 to +42 dB (in 1 dB steps) Configuration ¼" (6.35 mm): Impedance balanced (Tip = audio, Ring = no audio, Sleeve = ground ) XLR: balanced (1= ground, 2 = audio +, 3 = audio −) Antenna Impedance ¼" (6.35 mm): 100 Ω (50 Ω Unbalanced) XLR: 100 Ω Full Scale Output ¼" (6.35 mm): +12 dBV XLR: LINE setting = +18 dBV, MIC setting = -12 dBV Mic/Line Switch 30 dB pad Network Interface Single Port Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Network Addressing Capability DHCP or Manual IP address Dimensions QLXD1: 86 mm x 65 mm x 23 mm (3.38 in. x 2.57 in. x 0.92 in.) without antenna QLXD2: 256 mm x 51 mm (10.1 in. x 2.0 in.) L x Dia. Weight QLXD1: 138 g (4.9 oz.), without batteries QLXD2: 347 g (12.2 oz.), without batteries Housing QLXD1: Cast aluminum QLXD2: Machined aluminum Battery Type Shure SB900 Rechargeable Li-Ion or AA batteries 1.5 V Battery Runtime (@ 10 mW) Shure SB900 rechargeable: up to 10 hours alkaline: up to 9 hours RF Output Power 1 mW or 10 mW Occupied Bandwidth < 200 kHz Modulation Type Shure proprietary digital Mic Offset Range 0 to 21 dB (in 3 dB steps) QLXD4 Receiver System QLXD1 Bodypack Transmitter QLXD2 Handheld Transmitter QLX-D™ Digital Wireless Specifications (Note: All specifications are subject to change.) QLX-D ™ Digital Wireless Systems Powerfully refined wireless AL25255 5Kwww.shure.com Asia, Pacific: Shure Asia Limited 22/F, 625 King’s Road North Point, Island East Hong Kong Phone: +852-2893-4290 Fax: +852-2893-4055 Email: info@shure.com.hk www.shureasia.com United States, Canada, Latin America, Caribbean: Shure Incorporated 5800 West Touhy Avenue Niles, IL 60714-4608 USA Phone: +1 847-600-2000 Fax: +1 847-600-1212 (USA) Fax: +1 847-600-6446 Email: info@shure.com www.shure.com ©2014 Shure Incorporated Europe, Middle East, Africa: Shure Europe GmbH Jakob-Dieffenbacher-Str. 12, 75031 Eppingen, Germany Phone: +49-7262-92490 Fax: +49-7262-9249114 Email: info@shure.de www.shure.eu 05/14 Shure #103456QLX-D Outside 05.06.14CYAN MAG YELL BLK An ElevatedStandard. QLX-D ™ Digital Wireless Systems Shure QLX-D™ Digital Wireless is the clear choice for exceptionally detailed wireless audio in widely diverse and demanding environments. A highly flexible system featuring streamlined setup and operation, QLX-D boasts impressive RF efficiency to get more channels on air using less spectrum, while the rugged all-metal construction withstands the rigors of constant use. From corporate seminars to music clubs, classroom lectures to houses of worship, Shure QLX-D Digital Wireless has it covered — delivering confident performance, no matter what the venue. Transparent 24-bit digital audio. incredibly efficient wireless. Powerful networking. rugged, secure systems. QLXD1 Bodypack Transmitter QLXD2 Handheld Transmitter • Rugged metal construction • Backlit LCD with easy to navigate menu and controls • 2 x AA batteries provide up to 9 hours of runtime • Optional Shure SB900 lithium-ion rechargeable battery provides up to 10 hours of runtime • External charging contacts for docked charging • Multiple microphone cartridges available, including the legendary SM58® (QLXD2) QLXD4 Receiver • Transparent, 24-bit digital audio • 20 Hz – 20 kHz frequency range* • 120 dB dynamic range • 64/72 MHz overall tuning bandwidth** • 17 compatible channels per 6 MHz TV channel • More than 60 pre-set compatible channels per frequency band** • AES 256-bit encryption • Ethernet networkable receivers • Network Scan finds clean frequencies for networked receivers • AMX/Crestron control system ready • ShurePlus™ Channels mobile app compatible • Wireless Workbench® control software compatible System Components *Microphone dependent **Region dependent systems available with: Handheld Interchangeable SM, Beta, and KSM microphone cartridges Lavalier Miniature and subminiature lavalier condenser microphones WL93 Miniature Lavalier MX150 MicroFlex® Subminiature Lavalier WL183/WL184/WL185 MicroFlex® Lavalier Instrument Microphone and cable options for instrument and line input WA305 Premium Instrument Cable WB98H/C Clip-On Instrument Microphone Headset Comfortable over-the-ear design MX153B MicroFlex® Headset Microphone SM35 Headset Microphone Shure #103456QLX-D Inside 05.06.14CYAN MAG YELL BLK Beta® 87A Beta® 87C KSM9 KSM9HS SM58® SM86 SM87A Beta® 58A DocumentNumber 411-0009-10RevC –September 2018 TechSpec OneLINKBridge AVInterfacefor HDBaseTCameras ForVaddioHDBaseT Cameras: 999-9595-000/001/009 ForVaddioHDBaseT Cameras withPolycom Codecs: 999-9645-000/001/009 ForVaddioHDBaseT Cameras withCiscoCodecs: 999-9675-000/001/009 Features n Converts any conferenceroom toaBYOD environment, deliveringaUSB stream forsoft conferencingclients n Incorporates Vaddio’s market-leadingAV Bridgefunctionality, connectingprofessional AV equipment toPC applications viaUSB 3.0mediastream n Simple, clutter-freecamerainstallation –power, control, video, andstreamingoveroneCat-5eorbettercable n Extends installationdistanceforHDBaseT cameras upto100m (328ft.) n Videowithaudio: Simultaneous uncompressedUSB 3.0, HDMI 1.4b, and3Gb/s HD-SDI; passes IP stream if availablefrom source n Twobalancedaudioinputs –linelevel ormic level; twobalancedaudiooutputs, linelevel n Control viawebinterfaceorTelnet; passes web-based, Telnet, andRS-232serial control toconnecteddevices n Front panel buttons: Display theIP andMAC address forthedeviceonthedisplay outputs; reboot n Status lights toshow activity –USB, Network, Source, andOneLINK Connector Panel n 48 VDC 1.36 AMP –Connect only thepowersupply providedwiththeunit. n OneLINK Digital Camera Interface –All connectivity totheHDBaseT cameraorswitcher(ortotheOneLINK HDMI EZIM): power, network, control, video, and(if available)audio n HDMI –Videofrom theconnectedcameraorothersource n USB 3.0 –Uncompressedvideooutput withPCM audioforconferencingapplications n HD-SDI –Videooutput from thecamera n Network –IP streaming(if availablefrom source)andcontrol n RS-232 –Control pass-throughtothecamera n Audio I/O Line Out 1 and Line Out 2 –Far-endaudiofrom conferencingapplicationoras configuredinthe audiomatrix n Audio I/O Mic/Line In 1 and Mic/Line In 2 –Microphoneorotheraudioinputs What'sIncluded n OneLINK Bridgecamerainterface n 48VDC, 1.36A powersupply withAC cordset(s) n 3-position, 3.5mm Phoenix connectorplugs (4) n USB 3.0cable, 6ft (1.8m)TypeA toTypeB n RS-232adapter(RJ-45F toDE-9F) n Quick-Start Guide Connections ConferencinginstallationwithHDBaseT camera(RoboSHOT 20UHD shown) Note TodiscovertheIP address fortheOneLINK Bridge, press theDisplay IP andMAC Address button. Theinformation is overlaidontheHDMI, HD-SDI, andUSB videooutputs. Specifications Video outputs Simultaneous HDMI, USB 3.0 and HD- SDI Resolution and frame rate HDMI: Up to 2160p/30 USB: Up to 1080p/60 HD-SDI: Up to 1080p/60 Audio inputs Two mic/line-level channels with noise/echo cancellation; phantom power available Audio outputs Two balanced line-level audio outputs Mixing 6 x 10 audio mixer; audio is routable through all outputs USB 3.0 Streaming Uncompressed video with PCM audio IP Streaming Passes the stream from the camera (or other source), if enabled. Control Features Web interface for configuration via browser Telnet API for third-party external control USB Human Interface Device (HID) for room audio controls Operating Environment 32°F to 104°F (0 °C to +40°C), 15% to 80% relative humidity, non-condensing Storage Environment -4°F to 140°F (-20° to +60° C), 15% to 80% relative humidity, non-condensing Dimensions Height 1.72 in. (4.4 cm); Width 8.375 in (21.3 cm); Depth 6.0 in. (15.2 cm) Weight 3.3 lb (1.5 kg) EZIM (HDMI kits only): 1.2 lb (0.54 kg) Power 48 VDC, 1.36 A TechSpecfor theOneLINKBridgeAVInterface Vaddio, 9433 Science Center Drive, New Hope, MN 55428 ● Toll Free 800-572-2011 ● Phone 763-971-4400 ● FAX 763-971-4464 ● vaddio.com ©2011 Vaddio – All Rights Reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. Specifications and pricing are subject to change without notice. Vaddio, ClearVIEW and DomeVIEW are registered trademarks of Vaddio. All other trade marks are property of their respective owners. 040611-1-1 Rev A. DDOOMMEEVVIIEEWW™™ HHDD SSEERRIIEESS DDOOMMEE EENNCCLLOOSSUURREESS Indoor Flush Mount, Indoor Pendant Mount and Outdoor Weather-Resistant Pendant Mount Domes for the Vaddio™ ClearVIEW™ HD-20 and HD-18 Pan/Tilt/Zoom Cameras The Vaddio 12” DomeVIEW HD Series Dome Enclosures for the ClearVIEW HD-20 or ClearVIEW HD-18 PTZ cameras are attractive and robust integrated HD security solutions for indoor and light-duty outdoor applications. The DomeVIEW HD Series offers three distinctly different products. In all cases, the cameras are not included. The DomeVIEW HD Series includes an Indoor Flush Mount Dome, Indoor Pendant Mount Dome and a light-duty Weather-Resistant Outdoor Pendant Dome (the outdoor dome is designed for use under a building overhang, out of the direct elements). Each enclosure includes a 12” optical-grade polycarbonate dome (clear or smoke tinted depending on dome type), metal back cans and mounting hardware. The DomeVIEW HD Series Domes are an excellent way to securely mount the ClearVIEW HD PTZ cameras for a wide range of HD video applications. WWHHAATT’’SS IINNCCLLUUDDEEDD (Cameras Not Included) The Indoor Flush Mount Dome Includes: • 12” Clear Optical-Grade Polycarbonate Dome • Metal Back Can • One-piece Tile Support Brace • White Trim Ring and Mounting Hardware • Conduit Connector and Seismic Hanger Plate The Indoor Pendant Mount Dome Includes: • 12” Clear Optical-Grade Polycarbonate Dome • Light Grey UV Treated Plastic Shroud • Metal Back Can • 1.5” NPT Pipe Adapter and Gasket • Stainless Steel Screws for Dome Attachment • Mounting Hardware The Light-Duty Weather-Resistant Outdoor Pendant Dome Includes: • 12” Smoke Tinted Optical-grade Dome • Light Grey UV Treated Plastic Shroud • Sealed Metal Back Can with Weather Stripping • 1.5” NPT Pipe Adapter and Gasket • Heater/Blower System with Power Supply • Stainless Steel Screws for Dome Attachment • Mounting Hardware DDOOMMEEVVIIEEWW HHDD AACCCCEESSSSOORRIIEESS 998-9000-210: 12” (304.5mm) Clear Dome Accessory • Includes Clear Dome with Stainless Steel Screws 998-9000-220: 12” (304.5mm) Smoke Tinted Dome Accessory • Includes Smoke Tinted Dome with Stainless Steel Screws 998-9300-000: Wall Mount Kit for Pendant Mount Domes • Heavy duty aluminum cast construction • 1.5” NPT threads easily onto domes 998-9300-001: Wall Mount with Pole Mount Kit for Pendant Domes • Heavy duty aluminum cast construction • 1.5” NPT threads easily onto domes • Accommodates 3” (7.62cm) to 10” (25.4cm) poles 998-9300-002: Structure Mounting Box Kit for Pendant Domes • Mounting box with heavy duty 1.5” NPT thread adapter • Requires 1.5” NPT pipe (not supplied) TECH SPEC 998-9000-200 - Indoor Flush Mount 998-9100-200 - Indoor Pendant 998-9200-200 - Outdoor Pendant DocumentNumber 342-1189RevB–April2016 TechSpec RoboSHOT20UHD HighPerformance, UltraHighDefinitionPTZ Camera NorthAmerica: 999-9950-000(silver/black), 999-9950-000W (white) International: 999-9950-001(silver/black), 999-9950-001W (white) CameraFeatures n Back-illuminated9.03Megapixel, ultrahighdefinition1/2.3-typesensordelivers native 2160p/30(3840x 2160)video n 12X optical zoom and1.67X digital zoom; effective20X zoom range; horizontal fieldof view 74° (wide)to4.8° (tele)at 20X n Imagingandperformancecomparableto3-chipcameras n Precisepanandtilt movements from 120° perseconddownto0.35° persecond n Simultaneous HDMI, HDBT, 3Gb/s HD-SDI andIP streamingoutputs n Presenter-friendly IR remotecontrol n Full administrativecontrol from yourbrowserviawebinterface n Integration-ready Telnet orserial RS-232control n Smooth, silent direct-drivemotors Connector Panel n 12 VDC, 3.0 Amp power connector –Connect thepowersupply shippedwiththecamera n OneLINK/HDBT connector –Connect toOneLINK interface(video, powerandcontrol upto328ft/100m) n HDMI connector –HDMI videooutput n HD-SDI connector –HD-SDI videooutput n RS-232 port –Connect toacontrollertomanagethecamerausingamodifiedVISCA protocol n HD video select switch –Select theappropriateHDMI videooutput resolutionforthenear-endvideodisplay n DIP switches –Set IR frequency, IR on/off, imageflip(camerais invertible), andbaudrate What'sIncluded EachRoboSHOT 20UHD camerais shippedwiththeseitems: n VaddioIR RemoteCommander n 12VDC, 3.0A switchingpowersupply andAC cordset(s) n ThinProfileWall Mount withmountinghardware n EZCamera™ RS-232control adapter n Quick Start Guide BasicConnectionDiagram Specifications Video and Image Outputs/protocols HDMI, HDBT, HD-SDI, IP (H.264)Aspect ratio HDMI: 16:9 (all resolutions) IP (H.264) Streaming: 16:9, 3:2 and 4:3 HDMI resolutions/frame rates QFHD: 2160p/30/25 (3840 x 2160) FHD: 1080p/59.94/50/29.97/25, 1080i/59.94/50 HD: 720p/59.94/50 3Gb/s HD-SDI resolutions/frame rates FHD: 1080p/59.94/50/29.97/25, 1080i/59.94/50 HD: 720p/59.94/50 Streaming Simultaneous IP (RTSP format with H.264 compression) up to 1080p/30 Camera Image device 1/2.3-Type Exmor R High-speed, Low-noise CMOS Sensor Pixels 9.03 Megapixels Total, 8.93 Effective Megapixels Zoom 12X optical zoom, 1.67X digital zoom; combined total 20X zoom Minimum illumination 3.0 lx (F1.8, 50IRE) color; recommended 100+ lux Horizontal FOV 74º (wide) to 4.8º (tele)Min. working distance 10 mm (wide), 1500 mm (tele) Pan angle and speed ±160°, 0.35°/sec to 120°/sec Tilt angle and speed +90, -30°, 0.35°/sec to 120°/sec Gain Auto / Manual (0 to 33 dB)Aperture/detail 16 Steps Focusing system Auto Focus / Manual Focus Mode / One Push Trigger Mode White balance Auto, ATW, Indoor, Outdoor, One-push, Manual Backlight compensation On/off Sync system Internal Noise reduction 6 steps S/N ratio Over 50 dB Control and management Vaddio IR Remote Commander, web interface (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge), Telnet, RS-232 API (modified VISCA) Power 12 VDC, 3.0 Amp power supply; LTPoE++ Physical and Environmental Height 7.9 in (200 mm)Operating temperatute -5 °C to +60°C (23°F to 140°F) Width 8.0 in (203 mm)Operating humidity 20% to 80% RH (non-condensing) Depth 7.7 in (196 mm)Storage temperature -20° to +60° C (-4°F to 140°F) Weight 6 lbs (2.7 kg)Storage humidity 20% to 95% RH (non-condensing) TechSpecfor RoboSHOT 20UHD HighPerformance,UltraHighDefinitionPTZ Camera DL210 NET 2.0, DL210 NET D 2.0 Digi-Loop™ Large-area dual-output loop amplifiers MCAT 232D SPECIFICATION DATA Corporate Venues • Performing Arts • House of Worship • Event Rooms • Conference Rooms • Education Digi-Loop is definitely state-of-the-art – the first of its kind to maximize modern amplifier technology. Its network-control capability provides seamless, remote system set-up, operation and monitoring via laptop or tablet. DSP audio processing offers flexible, powerful software control of mixing, equalization, compression and more. Powerful Class D, pulse-width amplifiers maximize efficiency. The Digi-Loop’s amplifier design offers dual 12 Arms loop outputs for perimeter loop(s), single array(s), dual loop, or phased-array configurations. A 70-100 V input provides connection to a distributed speaker/paging system, ensuring announcements are heard by loop users. FEATURES / BENEFITS • Network control - allows control and calibration of unit remotely with application software • High continuous current 12 Arms (17 Apk) per output continuous • LCD Screen with VU metering, easy one-button menu control • DSP Audio Processing • Dante™ Input • USB for firmware updates • Input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay • Power-save mode • Adjustable output delay for multiple amps in large venues • Fault warning and active protection against shorted or open circuits and overheating • Loop fault relay output (via RS-232 DB-9 connector) • Two 3-position terminal block inputs configurable as microphone input or line-input, balanced or unbalanced. • Standard 2 RU, 19” rackmount • Magnetic signal couples directly to devices equipped with telecoils (T-coils) such as hearing aids, cochlear implants, or optional loop receivers. • Suitable for phased-array or dual-loop systems. • Phased-array mode automatically produces 90° phase shift in slave loop output • Speaker mode - switches one loop output to drive a passive speaker • Meets IEC 60118-4 system performance requirements when integrated into a correctly designed and installed system. • Test specification provided to IEC 62489-1 standard. • Meets ADA / ADAAG guidelines. Digi-Loop™ Large-area dual-output loop amplifier with Dante™ input DL210 NET D 2.0 Rear diagram USB jack Dante jack (”D” model only) Ethernet jack Mic/Line level inputs Speaker level input Line level inputs Line level outputs Loop outputs Power Switch Line cord connection Model & Serial numbers RS-232 & Fault Relay jack Fuse access Exhaust Fan A599 Front LCD - Menu (GUI) Display Menu (GUI) display control knob Headphone jack Note: the DL210 NET 2.0 does not have a Dante jack. Architectural / Engineering Specifications The loop amplifier shall have a RJ-45 ethernet jack to provide configuration capability over an ethernet (10 base T) network. It shall have an RJ-45 Dante ethernet jack. It shall have a USB jack to provide firmware upgrades to the amplifier using a computer. It shall have two MIC/LINE LEVEL 3-pole terminal block inputs, balanced or single-ended, with 48 V phantom supply in microphone mode. It shall have a configurable PRIORITY INPUT function. It shall have a 70-100 V, 2-pole terminal block input, to provide a high/speaker-level input connection for use with distributed speaker systems. It shall have an internal frequency generator for calibration providing 100 Hz, 500 Hz, 1 kHz, 2.5 kHz and 5 kHz tones, and Pink Noise. It shall have two LINE OUTPUTS, balanced or single-ended to provide loop-through connections for line level signals going to other equipment such as recording devices or additional loop amplifiers. It shall have a 1/4” Headphone jack on front panel for monitoring of inputs or outputs, selectable in the menu. It shall have a loop fault relay output (NC,NO,C) for triggering external systems when a loop fault occurs. This shall be integrated into the RS-232 DB-9 connector. It shall provide an output drive voltage of up to 33.3 Vrms, 47.6 Vpk per output. It shall provide an output current of up to 12 Arms, 17 Apk per output. It shall have a front control interface consisting of a backlit LCD screen and control button/dial. It shall have adjustable settings for input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, frequency-shaping, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay. It shall display warnings for LOOP FAULT (open loop, shorted loop or out of impedance range), OVER TEMP, and CLIPPING. It shall have protection against loop faults and overheating (amplifier shuts down). It shall be controllable by devices such as a Windows Surface Tablet, or PC, with PC App software installed. It shall be compatible with either US or international power systems with the appropriate power cord. Performance shall meet IEC 60118-4 system performance requirements when loop system is designed and installed correctly. Specifications/testing shall conform to IEC 62489-1 benchmark testing standards The loop amplifier shall be the Williams Sound model DL210 NET 2.0. The loop amplifier with the Dante input shall be the Williams Sound model DL210 NET D 2.0. Digi-Loop™ Large-area dual-output loop amplifier with Dante™ input Specifications: GENERAL Dimensions 2 RU Rackmount, 19” W x 3.5” H x 12” D. Chassis is 17” W. Weight 14.3 lbs (6.5 kg) Color Case: Black, white and blue legends on front, white legends on back. LCD: Backlit Blue. Fan cooling Variable Speed, Temperature Controlled Power supply Internal, Universal 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 250 Watt. Fuse: 5 x 20 mm, 5 A, 250 V. AC power plug is IEC 320-C14. Heat output @ 120 VAC Sleep state: 100 BTU/hr; Idle state: 146 BTU/hr; Driving two loops @ 12 A each: 1,040 BTU/hr Ethernet (1x) RJ-45; 10-100 MBps. USB (1x) standard-B. USB 1.1, 2.0 or 3.0 supported. RS-232/Loop fault relay (1x) DB-9 jack. RS-232: Pin 2=Tx, Pin 3=Rx, Pin 5=gnd. Loop fault relay: Pin 1=NC, Pin 4=Common, Pin 6=NO. Relay contact rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC. Environment 0-35° C ( 32-95° F), 0-90% relative humdity. Coverage area*31,400 sq. ft. (2,917 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loop, 1:1 aspect ratio, both outputs driven) 51,660 sq. ft. (4,800 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loop, 3:1 aspect ratio, both outputs driven) INPUTS Dante input DL210 NET D 2.0 model only. (1x) RJ-45;100 Mbps. Minimum latency: 2 ms. Audio sample rates supported: 44.1, 48 kHz. Resolution: 24 bits. Mic/Line inputs (2x) 3-position terminal block, input impedance=1.5 kΩ Mic, 10 kΩ Line. Configurable/Accepts: Mic, Line -10 dBV, Line +4 dBu, or Line +8 dBu, balanced or unbalanced. Phantom supply (48V). 70-100 V input (1x) 2-position terminal block; high/speaker-level input (accepts 25 V, 70 V or 100 V) from distributed audio/paging systems. OUTPUTS Line outputs (1x) 3-position terminal block; loop-through of Mic/Line Input 1 & Line Input 2, +4 dBu, Balanced or Unbalanced. The line outputs mirror the audio of the loop output. Loop output(s)(1x) 2-position terminal block per output Audio output delay Adjustable from 0 to 165 msec Headphone output (1x) 1/4” stereo headphone jack, on front of unit. Monitored input or output selectable in menu. Loop fault relay Integrated into RS-232 DB-9 jack. Pin 1=NC, Pin 4=Common and Pin 6=NO. Contact rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC. Loop output drive voltage 33.3 Vrms (47.1 Vpk) continuous Rated loop output current*12 Arms (17 Apk) per output Loop resistance range 0.5 Ω to 3.0 Ω (DC) Speaker output Integrated into Loop Output A terminal block (switchable in menu). 225 Watts x 1 channel @ 4Ω, 125 Watts x 1 channel @ 8Ω, (Class D). Frequency response = 20 Hz-20 kHz, THD=0.07%. AUDIO Rated load*0.5 Ω DC with 135 µH inductance Loop frequency response 45 Hz to 9.0 kHz ± 2 dB (1 kHz ref.) Rated loop THD*<1 % at rated output current (1 kHz sine wave). OTHER Front controls Front LCD display menu access/adjustment via control button/dial. *Test Specifications provided to the IEC 62489-1 standard. NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. © 2018, Williams AV, LLC MCAT 232D Digi-Loop™ Large-area dual-output loop amplifier with Dante™ input Specifications (continued): Adjustable settings Input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay, output levels. See User Manual for adjustment range(s). Internal calibration tools Test tone generator with pink noise, loop current adjustment/matching. See User Manual for details. Other features Save/load configuration, loop test, priority input selection with adjustable threshold, loop fault relay, open/short and thermal protection. See User Manual for details. Network control & firmware Function control and calibration by DigiLoop PC App via ethernet (RJ-45). PC App requires Windows 7 or higher. Firmware updates through USB only. Warranty 5 years Approvals CE, UL, ULC, FCC, Industry Canada, RoHS, WEEE, CB scheme, RCM Standards compliance This product is designed to meet the IEC-60118-4 standard when correctly designed, installed and commissioned. Test Specifications provided to the IEC 62489-1 standard. NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. Domestic Sales Williams Sound, LLC 10300 Valley View Rd Eden Prairie, MN 55344 Ph: 800-328-6190 / 952-943-2252 FAX: 952-943-2174 Email: info@williamssound.com Web: www.williamssound.com International Sales International Sales Department Williams Sound, LLC 10300 Valley View Rd Eden Prairie, MN 55344 USA Phone: +1 952 943 2252 Fax: +1 952 943 2174 Email: info-intl@williamssound.com Web: www.williamssound.com info@williamssound.com / www.williamssound.com 800.843.3544 / INTL: +1-952-943-2252 SPECIFICATION DATA Corporate Venues • Performing Arts • House of Worship • Event Rooms • Conference Rooms • Education DL107 NET, DL107 NET D DL207 NET, DL207 NET D Digi-Loop™ Medium-area single and dual-output loop amplifiers Digi-Loop is definitely state-of-the-art – the first of its kind to maximize modern amplifier technology. Its network-control capability provides seamless, remote system set-up, operation and monitoring via laptop or tablet. DSP audio processing offers flexible, powerful software control of mixing, equalization, compression and more. Powerful Class D, pulse-width amplifiers maximize efficiency. The Digi-Loop’s amplifier design offers either single or dual 9.5 A rms loop outputs for perimeter loop(s), single array(s), dual loop, or phased-array configuration. A 70-100 V input provides connection to a distributed speaker/paging system, ensuring announcements are heard by loop users. FEATURES / BENEFITS • Network control - allows control and calibration of unit remotely with application software • High continuous current 9.5 Arms (13.4 Apk) per output continuous • LCD Screen with VU metering, easy one-button menu control • DSP Audio Processing • Dante™ Input (“D” models) • USB for firmware updates • Input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay • Power-save mode • Adjustable output delay for multiple amps in large venues • Fault warning and active protection against shorted or open circuits and overheating • Loop fault relay output • XLR and 3-position terminal block input configurable as microphone input or line-input, balanced or unbalanced. • Standard 1 RU, 19” rackmount • Magnetic signal couples directly to devices equipped with telecoils (T-coils) such as hearing aids, cochlear implants, or optional loop receivers. • DL207 suitable for phased-array or dual-loop systems; DL107 suitable for perimeter loop or single array. • Phased-array mode automatically produces 90° phase shift in slave loop output • Meets IEC 60118-4 system performance requirements when integrated into a correctly designed and installed system. • Test specification provided to IEC 62489-1 standard. • Meets ADA / ADAAG guidelines. MCAT 230D Digi-Loop™ Medium-area single and dual-output loop amplifiers Rear View - DL107 NET D Rear View - DL207 NET D Architectural / Engineering Specifications The loop amplifier shall have a RJ-45 ethernet jack to provide configuration capability over an ethernet (10 base T) network. It shall have an optional RJ-45 Dante ethernet jack (“D” models only). It shall have a USB jack to provide firmware upgrades to the amplifier using a computer. It shall have one MIC/LINE LEVEL XLR 3-pin input, balanced or single-ended, with 24 V phantom supply in microphone mode. It shall have one LINE LEVEL 3-pole terminal block input, balanced or single-ended. It shall have a configurable PRIORITY INPUT function. It shall have a 70-100 V, 2-pole terminal block input, to provide a high/speaker-level input connection for use with distributed speaker systems. It shall have an internal frequency generator for calibration providing 100 Hz, 500 Hz, 1 kHz, 2.5 kHz and 5 kHz tones, and Pink Noise. It shall have one LINE OUTPUT, balanced or single-ended to provide loop-through connections for line level signals going to other equipment such as recording devices or additional loop amplifiers. There shall be four model options: single-output, dual-output, single output with Dante™ input, and dual-output with Dante™ input. It shall have a 1/4” Headphone jack on front panel for monitoring of inputs or outputs, selectable in the menu. It shall have a loop fault relay (NC,NO) output for triggering external systems when a loop fault occurs. It shall provide an output drive voltage of up to 16.1 Vrms, 22.8 Vpk per output. It shall provide an output current of up to 9.5 Arms, 13.4 Apk per output. It shall have a front control interface consisting of a backlit LCD screen and control button/dial. It shall have adjustable settings for input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, frequency-shaping, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay. It shall display warnings for LOOP FAULT (open loop, shorted loop or out of impedance range), OVER TEMP, and CLIPPING. It shall have protection against loop faults and overheating (amplifier shuts down). It shall be controllable by devices such as a Windows Surface Tablet, or PC, with PC App software installed. It shall be compatible with either US or international power systems with the appropriate power cord. Performance shall meet IEC 60118-4 system performance requirements when loop system is designed and installed correctly. Specifications/testing shall conform to IEC 62489-1 benchmark testing standards The single-output loop amplifier shall be the Williams Sound model DL107 NET. The dual-output loop amplifier shall be the Williams Sound model DL207 NET. The single-output loop amplifier with the Dante input shall be the Williams Sound model DL107 NET D. The dual-output loop amplifier with the Dante input shall be the Williams Sound model DL207 NET D. Digi-Loop™ Medium-area single and dual-output loop amplifiers DL107 NET, DL107 NET D, DL207 NET, DL207 NET D Specifications: GENERAL Dimensions 1 RU Rackmount, 19” W x 1.75” H x 10” D. Chassis is 17” W. Weight DL107: 9.2 lbs (4.2 kg) DL207: 9.2 lbs (4.2 kg) Color Case: Black, white and blue legends on front, white legends on back. LCD: Backlit Blue. Fan cooling Variable Speed, Temperature Controlled Power supply Internal, Universal 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 200 Watt. Fuse: 5 x 20 mm, 5 A, 250 V. AC power plug is IEC 320-C14. Heat output @ 120 VAC DL107 : Sleep State: 63 BTU/hr; Idle State: 71 BTU/hr; Driving one loop @ 9.5 A: 339 BTU/hr DL207: Sleep State: 63 BTU/hr; Idle State: 84 BTU/hr; Driving two loops @ 9.5 A each: 638 BTU/hr Ethernet (1x) RJ-45; 10-100 MBps. USB (1x) standard-B. USB 1.1, 2.0 or 3.0 supported. Environment 0-35° C ( 32-95° F), 0-90% relative humidity, Coverage area* DL207 (dual output amplifier): 30,000 sq. ft. (2,786 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loops, 3:1 aspect ratio, both outputs driven) 18,000 sq. ft. (1,672 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loops, 1:1 aspect ratio, both outputs driven) DL107 (single output amplifier): 15,000 sq. ft. (1,393 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loop, 3:1 aspect ratio) 9,000sq. ft. (836 sq. m.) (Perimeter Loop, 1:1 aspect ratio) INPUTS Dante input On “D” models only. (1x) RJ-45;100 Mbps. Minimum latency: 2 ms. Audio sample rates supported: 44.1, 48 kHz. Resolution: 24 bits. Line inputs (1x) 3-position terminal block, 10 kΩ input impedance. Configurable/accepts -10 dBV, -4 dBu, +4 dBu, +8 dBu, balanced or unbalanced. Level adjustable 0 to -96 dB. Mic/Line inputs (1x) XLR 3-pin jack. Input impedance: 1.5 kΩ Mic, 10 kΩ Line. Configurable/Accepts: Mic, Line -10 dBV, Line +4 dBu, or Line +8 dBu, balanced or unbalanced. Phantom supply (24V). 70-100 V input (1x) 2-position terminal block; high/speaker-level input (accepts 25 V, 70 V or 100 V) from distributed audio/paging systems. OUTPUTS Line outputs (1x) 3-position terminal block; loop-through of Mic/Line Input 1 & Line Input 2, +4 dBu, Balanced or Unbalanced. The line outputs mirror the audio of the loop output. Loop output(s)(1x) 2-position terminal block per output Audio output delay Adjustable from 0 to 165 msec Headphone output (1x) 1/4” stereo headphone jack, on front of unit. Monitored input or output selectable in menu. Loop fault relay (1x) 3-position terminal block providing NC, NO and Common. Contact rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC. Loop output drive voltage 16.1 Vrms (22.8 Vpk) continuous Rated loop output current*9.5 Arms (13.4 Apk) per output Loop resistance range 0.5 Ω to 3.0 Ω (DC) AUDIO Rated load*0.5 Ω DC with 135 µH inductance Frequency response 45 Hz to 9.0 kHz ± 2 dB (1 kHz ref.) Rated loop THD*<1 % at rated output current (1 kHz sine wave). OTHER *Test Specifications provided to the IEC 62489-1 standard. NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. © 2018, Williams AV, LLC MCAT 230D Digi-Loop™ Medium-area single and dual-output loop amplifiers DL107 NET, DL107 NET D, DL207 NET, DL207 NET D Specifications (continued): Front controls Front LCD display menu access/adjustment via control button/dial. Adjustable settings Input mixing, parametric equalization, compression, metal loss compensation, high and low-pass filters, AGC and audio delay, output levels. See User Manual for adjustment range(s). Internal calibration tools Test tone generator with pink noise, loop current adjustment/matching. See User Manual for details. Other features Save/load configuration, loop test, priority input selection with adjustable threshold, loop fault relay, open/short and thermal protection. See User Manual for details. Network control & firmware Function control and calibration by DigiLoop PC App via ethernet (RJ-45). PC App requires Windows 7 or higher. Firmware updates through USB only. Warranty 5 years Approvals CE, UL, ULC, FCC, Industry Canada, RoHS, WEEE, CB scheme, RCM Standards compliance This product is designed to meet the IEC-60118-4 standard when correctly designed, installed and commissioned. Test Specifications provided to the IEC 62489-1 standard. NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. *Test Specifications provided to the IEC 62489-1 standard. Domestic Sales Williams Sound, LLC 10300 Valley View Rd Eden Prairie, MN 55344 Ph: 800-328-6190 / 952-943-2252 FAX: 952-943-2174 Email: info@williamssound.com Web: www.williamssound.com International Sales International Sales Department Williams Sound, LLC 10300 Valley View Rd Eden Prairie, MN 55344 USA Phone: +1 952 943 2252 Fax: +1 952 943 2174 Email: info-intl@williamssound.com Web: www.williamssound.com info@williamssound.com / www.williamssound.com 800.843.3544 / INTL: +1-952-943-2252 Current trends in workplace design are allocating more open space for meetings and collaboration. This trend presents a challenge for routing and managing the “last meter” of cables from the infrastructure to the point-of-use. Furthermore, connectivity and power configurations that are required to help business run smoothly, change quickly as new technologies are introduced. Wiremold® Meeting Room Solutions solve all these issues with the new InteGreat™ Series of products. InteGreat™ Products are specifically designed to fit together, protecting the routing of power, communication and A/V cables from the point- of-use to the building infrastructure. The InteGreat™ Series is also designed to work with other Wiremold products, such as Wiremold OFR Series Overfloor Raceway and Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices. InteGreat™ Products organize, protect and hide “the last meter” of cabling, as well as providing ready accessibility for future technology upgrades. WIREMOLD® Meeting Room Solutions FEATURES & BENEFITS ED1709R7 – Updated July 2018 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Integrating A/V with the Collaborative Space n InteGreat™ products promote system integrity. InteGreat™ Products are specifically designed to work together. This ensures cable organization and protection from the point-of-use to the building infrastructure. This system integrity also shortens the time needed for technology upgrades. n Attractive Design. InteGreat™ table boxes have a brushed anodized finish that is available in either black or aluminum colors to match any room decor. n Multi-Service Integration Protection. InteGreat™ products accept power, A/V and communication services, while keeping cords and cables neat and organized. This protects your cabling, while creating a clean, organized meeting space. n USB Charging. InteGreat™ A/V Tables Boxes come standard with 2 USB-A Charging Ports, 3.1A shared. n Ultimate Flexibility. InteGreat™ products are adaptable to most meeting room tables, allowing the same parts to be used regardless of table or room dimensions. n Easy to Maintain. InteGreat™ products easily accept future upgrades, minimizing disruptions and down time. n Ease of Installation. Simple and straight-forward, InteGreat™ products install quickly so that downtime is minimal. n Safety. InteGreat™ A/V Table Boxes have gasketed receptacles that protect against spills and meet US and Canadian safety standards. n cETLus Listed. InteGreat™ A/V Table Boxes are ETL listed to meet US and Canadian safety standards. InteGreat™ A/V Table Box has a stylish design that fits into any meeting space. It provides power, communication and A/V connectivity, and can be combined with InteGreat™ Cable Retractors for excellent cable management. Now with USB Charging! A/V Table Box Cable RetractorsCable Management Transition Channel 2 Meeting Room Solutions Integrated Solutions Strategy A AVIP Device Plates – Audio video interface plates and devices mounted in InteGreat™ A/V Table Box. B InteGreat™ A/V Table Box – Provides unique work surface solution to deliver devices access on the table surface and is fed from InteGreat™ UTCM system. C InteGreat™ Cable Retractors – Protects and organizes cabling while keeping table surface free of excess cabling. D InteGreat™ Under Table Cable Management – Provides clean cable management for power, communication and A/V cables on the underside of the table. E InteGreat™ Transition Channel – Connects with Poke-Thru devices or OFR Series Overfloor Raceway to transition cables from the floor to the underside of the table. F OFR Series Overfloor Raceway – Feeds power, communication and A/V cabling from wall to the underside of meeting table when feeding through the floor is not possible. G Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Device – Delivers power, communication and A/V cabling through the floor. H Evolution™ Series A/V Wall Box – Provides power, communication and A/V services to flat screen monitors, while allowing the monitor to sit flush against the wall. I Evolution™ Series Ceiling Box – Fully finished enclosure designed to manage and store A/V and IT equipment in an air handling plenum space above a false ceiling. H I A B D F E C InteGreat™ A/V Table Boxes with InteGreat™ Cable Retractors keep cables protected and organized. Combine this with other InteGreat™ products like InteGreat™ Under Table cable Management and InteGreat™ Transition Channel. These InteGreat™ Series products were specifically designed to work and fit together, offering complete end-to-end cable management solutions. H A B D G E C 3 InteGreat A/V Table Boxes InteGreat A/V table boxes are an elegant solution for extending power, communication and A/V to the meeting presenter’s point-of use. InteGreat A/V table boxes provide the depth to mount devices, especially A/V devices, below the table top. It has attractive finishes that can match any room décor. Combine it with other InteGreat products, such as InteGreat Retractors, InteGreat Under Table Cable Management and InteGreat Transition Channel for a comprehensive solution to managing and delivering power, communication and A/V connectivity for conference rooms. InteGreat A/V Table Boxes provide power, communication and A/V connectivity at the point-of-use. CODE REFERENCE cETLus Listed Furniture Power Distribution Unit: Listed to US & Canadian Safety Standards InteGreat AV Table Box Part Number Configurator Size: 67 = 6" x 7" Flange InteGreat Series: TB = Table Box Compartments: 2 = 2 Compartments Compartment 1 AU = A/V PP = 2 Outlets Cord Type: = 12' Cord F = Field Wired Number configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations from factory. Compartment 2 AU = 2 Outlets, 2 USB PP = 2 Outlets Color: BK = Black AL = Aluminum T B 6 7 2 AU B K F Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications TB672AUBK A/V Table Box, Cord-Ended – Table Box with 12' [3.66m] cord. Unit comes with TB672AUAL two (2) 15A receptacles in the recessed compartments and one 15A receptacle on the underside of the box. Includes 2 USB-A charging ports, rated 3.1A shared. Hardware bag includes Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable Kit with eight (8) openings. Can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP device plates or five (5) Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. (Sold separately.) Available in black (TB672AUBK) or aluminum (TB672AUAL) finish. TB672AUBKF A/V Table Box, Field-Wired – Table Box Unit comes with two (2) 15A receptacles TB672AUALF in the recessed compartments and one 15A receptacle on the underside of the box. Includes 2 USB-A charging ports, rated 3.1A shared. Hardware bag includes Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable Kit with eight (8) openings. Can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP device plates or five (5) Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. (Sold separately.) Available in black (TB672AUBKF) or aluminum (TB672AUALF) finish. InteGreat A/V Table Boxes Ordering Information 6"[152mm]6 15/16"[176mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 6 3/16"[157mm]5 1/4"[133mm] 6"[152mm]6 15/16"[176mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 6 3/16"[157mm]5 1/4"[133mm] 4 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications TBUSBKIT USB Upgrade Kit – Upgrade your existing Integreat A/V Table Box to include USB TBUSBFKIT Charging. The TBUSBKIT works withTB672APBK or TB672APAL Boxes, and the TBUSBFKIT works with the TB672APBKF or TB672APALF Boxes. The USB Charger has 2 USB-A ports, 3.1A shared. Complete upgrade instructions are included. InteGreat A/V Table Boxes Ordering Information InteGreat A/V Table Boxes TBUSBKIT TBUSBFKIT InteGreat A/V Table Boxes accept Wiremold AVIP Series and Extron® Electronics MAAP Device Plates. A Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable Kit is supplied with every InteGreat A/V Table Box. Convenience receptacle on the underside of the box is ideal for powering small devices under the table. 5 InteGreat Cable Retractors InteGreat Cable Retractors attach easily to InteGreat A/V Table Boxes, or can be mounted directly to the underside of conference room tables. InteGreat Cable Retractors have 5' [1.52m] of retractable cable that allows users to have easy access to A/V and communication services. With a simple pull, the cable locks into place or retracts back into the table box, keeping the conference room table neat and organized. InteGreat Cable Retractors protect cables while keeping them neat and organized. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications TBCRCAT6 Cable Retractor with Category 6 cable – Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of Cat6A cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female input from building infra structure, and a male connector on the output side. TBCRHDMI Cable Retractor with High Speed HDMI with Ethernet cable – Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of HDMI with Ethernet cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector on the output side. Input side has mounting tab that allows installer to cable tie HDMI to the retractor to minimize chances of a loose connection. TBCRDP Cable Retractor with DisplayPort Cable – Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of Displayport cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector with latch on the output side. InteGreat Cable Retractors Ordering Information 8 1/4"[210mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 10"[254mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 10"[254mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] NOTE: Per the HDMI specification, only four HDMI type cables exist: Standard Speed, Standard Speed with Ethernet, High Speed and High Speed with Ethernet. The HDMI organization has put in place a rule that requires all HDMI cables to be marketed in this manner. Therefore you will not see our cables marketed as HDMI 2.0 cables. Keep in mind that installing a cable supporting HDMI 2.0 features does not give your existing devices with previous HDMI specifications the ability to experience 4K x 2K resolution, 3D audio return or Ethernet New A/V equipment supporting these desired features is required in order to experience the newly specified features. NOTE: Cable supports High Bit Rate (HBR) bandwidth and up to a 4K resolution. Built to DisplayPort 1.2 standards, meeting the requirements of high performance applications. 6 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications TBCRUSB Cable Retractor with USB 2.0 Cable and Built-In Repeater – Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of USB 2.0 cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female Type A input from building infrastructure, and a male Type A connector on the output side. Input side has mounting tab that allows installer to cable tie USB connector to the retractor to minimize chances of a loose connection. TBCRVGA Cable Retractor with VGA cable – Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of VGA VESA cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector on the output side. TBCR3.5MM Cable Retractor with 3.5mm Audio cable – Cable Retractor with 3.5mm audio cable. Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of audio cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector on the output side. TBCRHMK Cable Retractor Horizontal Mounting Bracket – Allows retractor to mount horizontally under a conference room table, so cable can be accessed through a table grommet. Multiple retractors can be mounted to each other by attaching the TBCRHMK mounting brackets to each other. TP-CR-BKT Perpendicular Mounting Bracket for Table Boxes – Allows up to five (5) cable retractors to be mounted below the box, instead of on the sides. This allows the box and cable retractors to be mounted and hidden inside a majority of tables with barrel or pedestal legs. See diagrams below InteGreat Cable Retractors Ordering Information (continued) 8 1/4"[210mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] 10 5/16"[262mm] 6 3/8"[162mm] 1 15/16"[49mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 8 1/4"[210mm] 1 7/8"[48mm] NOTE: Built in booster consumes 100mA from the USB port of the computer to extend signals beyond the 5 meter length limitation. Maximum data transfer rate of 480Mbps. 7 Diagram using built in Cable Retractor Attachment on Table Box InteGreat A/V Table Boxes (continued) 22 5/8"[574mm] 11 7/8"[301mm] 23 1/8"[587mm] 22 5/8"[574mm] 6"[ ] 8 16 3/4"[425mm] 17 1/4"[438mm] Diagram using TP-CR-BKT with Table Box InteGreat A/V Table Boxes Accessories 17 9/16"[446mm] 16 3/4"[425mm] 6"[152mm] TBCRCAT6 TBCRHDMITBCRVGA 9 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications UTCM5 Under Table Cable Management Kit – Consists of a 5' [1.524mm] length of divided base, 5' [1.524mm] length of mounting hinge rail and four (4) latching clips. Black, nonmetallic construction. InteGreat Under Table Cable Management KIT CONTENTS: Base Hinge Rail Latching Clips Base width without Rail & Clips: 5" [127mm] Base width with Rail & Clips: 6 13/16" [173mm] InteGreat Under Table Cable Management provides clean cable management for power, communication and A/V cables on the horizontal underside of the table. The simple hinge mechanism allows for easy access for future technology upgrades. InteGreat Under Table Cable Management mates with the InteGreat Transition Channel for a true cable management solution. Manage cords and cables under the table with easy to order, easy to install, easy to maintain InteGreat Cable Management. InteGreat Cable Management Ordering Information 6 13/16 [173mm]1 1/16 [27mm] 10 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications MRTC Transition Channel Kit – Consists of aluminum center spine with steel mounting plate and four (4) screws, black aluminum side channels, black nonmetallic bottom boot and two (2) black nonmetallic transition covers. InteGreat Transition Channel Center Spine with Mounting Plate Side Channel Bottom Boot Transition Cover 26" – 30"[660mm – 762mm] 7"[178mm] 6.8"[172mm] 4.7"[119mm] InteGreat Transition Channel continues the cable management and protection from the underside of the table to the floor, where cables can gain access to the building infrastructure. The Transition Channel fits directly into InteGreat Under Table Cable Management on the underside of the table and mates with Wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices or OFR Series Overfloor Raceway for a smooth transition to the building infrastructure. InteGreat Transition Channel provides a protected pathway for cables to the building infrastructure. It is designed to work with Wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices and OFR Series Raceway. InteGreat Transition Channel Ordering Information InteGreat Transition Channel mates with InteGreat Under Table Cable Management for superior management of cords and cables. 11 NOTES © Copyright 2018 Legrand All Rights Reserved ED1709R7 – Updated July 2018 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold NOTES Electrical Wiring Systems 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 Phone: 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295-3472) www.legrand.us Canada Phone:905.738.9195 www.legrand.ca NOTE: All brand and product names referenced in this document are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders. NOTE: The paper used to print this document is an environmentally responsible paper with 10% post consumer waste, with FSC and SFI Chain of Custody certifications, Lacey Act complaint. 100% of the electricity used to manufacture Flo sheets is generated with Green-e certified renewable energy. Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes – The most complete and innovative line of floor boxes, just expanded with the new Evolution Series 4- and 5-gang floor box. In addition to a unique design that allows the same floor box to be used in multiple floor applications, high capacity and multi-functional capabilities make Evolution Series Floor Boxes ideal for areas where A/V, power and communication services are needed. Evolution Series Floor Boxes are an ideal option for installations where services are constantly evolving, such as commercial offices, conference rooms, stages, and entertainment venues. WIREMOLD® Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes FEATURES & BENEFITS ED1770R2 – Updated December 2016 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Evolution™ Series – One Box for Three Floor Types n One box many applications. Evolution Series Floor Boxes are designed to work in concrete, raised and wood floor applications and are fully adjustable both pre- and post-concrete pour. A single box can be specified for multiple floor types without having to order additional components or accessories. New Evolution Series Floor Boxes provide increased capacity options and a variety of innovations not available in any other floor boxes. n Configurable with removable modules. Modules are removable through the top or back of the floor box. This allows for easier installations and facilitates moves, adds and changes without having to disconnect services, saving time and money. Raised Floors Concrete Floors Wood Floors n Durable 180° articulating hinge. Hinge design enables covers to open a full 180° and lie flat on the floor surface with the durability to support a large cover. Provides easy access to all interior modules and activations while reducing tripping hazards. n Audio/Video Design. Evolution Series Floor Boxes have been developed specifically with the A/V industry in mind. With 3 1/2" (89mm) of wiring capacity behind each device plate, these boxes will accept devices from leading A/V manufacturers including Legrand AVIP, Extron Electronics and Crestron. 2 FEATURES & BENEFITS (continued) n Multiple size knockouts. All Evolution Series Floor Boxes are available with multiple trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" allowing for multiple activations and wiring configurations. n Die cast aluminum cover assemblies. Evolution Series Floor Box Covers have been designed to work on multiple floor surfaces and are manufactured from die cast aluminum to provide strength and style. Decorative powder coat colors (black, brass, bronze, gray, nickel and aluminum) will complement any room décor. n Cable Management. Allows multiple cables to be organized and controlled for easier cable egress. n Finished interior. Fully finished interior removes the unfinished industrial look while increasing visibility, making it easier to see where to plug in devices. n Accepts standard size wall plates. Evolution Series Floor Boxes accept industry standard single-, double- and triple-gang wall plates from industry leading manufacturers. n Auto-close egress doors. Cable egress doors lock in position when open, and automatically close around wires to protect cabling and reduce trip hazards. n Bare (polished) concrete and terrazzo applications. Evolution Series Floor Box has been designed to be installed into bare (polished) concrete and terrazzo floors. n Suitable for use in air handling spaces. In accordance with Sec 300-22(c) of the National Electric Code. n Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines. Trim flange is designed to meet the ADA Accessibility Guidelines as it pertains to ADA Standard 4.5, which addresses the change in floor and ground surface levels. n TopGuardTM Protection. Evolution Series Floor Box covers meet and exceed UL scrub water exclusion requirements for tile, carpet, wood, bare concrete and terrazzo floor coverings. 3 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45S 4-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in concrete, raised, & wood floor applications. Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Ordering Information One (1 KO: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO One (1) KO: 1" Trade Size KO One (1) KO: 1" Trade Size KO Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs EFB45S Depth Behind Plates NOTE: When used on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB45-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) 8 7/16" (214mm)12 1/8" (308mm) 5 7/8" (149mm) Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B One (1) Removable Module C Two (2) Toggle Clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors D Two (2) Cable Management Guides E Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications F Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates EFB45S Knockout Locations & Sizes EFB45S Exploded View A B C D E Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • Two (2) End Caps • One (1) EFB810-DIV Divider • One (1) EFB810 3/4"-1 1/4" Knockout Plate • One (1) EFB810 2" Knockout Plate 3 1/2" (89mm) One (1) KO: 2" Trade Size KO One (1) KO: 3/4" Trade Size KO Country of Origin: Mexico F One (1) KO: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45S-OG 4-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Custom options are available upon request. 4 EFB45S-OG Depth Behind Plates 8 7/16" (214mm)12 1/8" (308mm) 5 7/8" (149mm) Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Ordering Information NOTE: When used on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB45-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates EFB45S-OG Knockout Locations & Sizes EFB45S-OG Exploded View A B C D Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B One (1) Removable Module C Two (2) Cable Management Guides D Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications E Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • One (1) EFB810-DIV Divider Two (2) KOs: Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO One (1) KO: 1" Trade Size KO One (1) KO: 1" Trade Size KO Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs 3 1/2" (89mm) One (1) 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Country of Origin: Mexico Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-MB Mounting Bracket – Holds up to five (5) devices for power, communications or audio/video. Bracket accepts EFB10 Series device plates (2 1/32" x 4 5/8") (58mm x 117mm) and 5507 Series device plates. Sold separately. EFB10-23GMB Mounting Bracket – Equipped with one 2-gang standard size device opening and one 3-gang standard size device opening. Accepts a standard 2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" (116mm x 114mm)) and a 3-gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2" (162mm x 114mm)) device plate. Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as Crestron® 2-gang and 3-gang digital media devices. Device plates and devices supplied by others. EFB10-5GMB Mounting Bracket – Holds a standard 5-gang device plate Device plate dimensions: 10" x 4 1/2" (254mm x 116mm). EFB10-B Blank Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). EFB10-DP Duplex Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). Includes receptacle spacers. 5 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket – Holds up to four (4) devices for power, communications or audio/video. Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" (70mm x 114mm)) device plates sold separately by others. EFB8-22GMB Mounting Bracket – Equipped with two (2) 2-gang standard size device openings for a standard 2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" (116mm x 114mm)). Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as Crestron® 2-gang digital media devices. Device plates and devices supplied by others. EFB8-4GMB Mounting Bracket – Holds a standard 4-gang device plate. Device plate dimensions: 8 1/8" x 4 1/4" (206mm x 116mm). EFB-AAP Device Plate – Holds two (2) Extron ® Electronics AAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" (69mm x 114mm). EFB-MAAP Device Plate – Holds four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" (69mm x 114mm). EFB-MOS Device Plate – European device plate accepts up to (45mm x 67.5mm) Arteor device. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" (69mm x 114mm). EFB-B Blank Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" (69mm x 114mm). Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information NOTE: Not designed to accept adorne style devices. Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-DEC Decorator Style Device Plate – For use with decorator style receptacles, GFCI receptacle, and decorator style audio/video devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-S1 Knockout Plate – Single receptacle 1.39" (35mm) diameter. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-S2 Knockout Plate – Single receptacle 1.59" (40mm) diameter. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-6AB Device Plate – Accepts up to three (3) dual Wiremold Open System CM2 Series communication adapters. Adapters sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). EFB10-3S2 Device Plate – Accepts up to three (3) Ortronics® Series II devices. Ortronics® devices sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). EFB10-2C Device Plate – Accepts one dual Wiremold Open System adapter, or one Ortronics® Series II adapter, or one Ortronics® TracJack adapter. Adapters sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-AAP Device Plate – holds two (2) Extron Electronics AAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). EFB10-MAAP Device Plate – holds four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). EFB10-MOS Device Plate – (45mm x 67.5mm) device plate. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" (58mm x 118mm). 5507B-WH Blank Faceplate – For covering unused compartments in the device bracket. 5507D-WH Duplex Receptacle Faceplate – For covering duplex style devices. Accepts 106 frame. 5507R-WH Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate – For covering rectangular decorator style devices. 6 Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information NOTE: Not designed to work with adorne devices. Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications 5507S-WH Rectangular Spacer – For mounting commercial device plates. Installs between the device bracket and a device. 5507T1-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate – For covering single receptacles – 1.59" (40mm) in diameter. 5507T2-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate – For covering single receptacles – 1.41" (36mm) in diameter. 55074TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate – For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts. Accepts four (4) TracJack devices. 55076TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate – For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts. Accepts six (6) TracJack devices. EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate – Has two (2) 3/4" trade size knockouts. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate – Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4" concentric trade size knockout. EFB810-2 Knockout Plate – Has one 2" trade size knockout. EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider – Provides separation of services. Includes one divider plate. EFB45-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or down to match the desired pour height of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod not supplied. EFB45-CMG Cable Management Guides – Guides help organize and maintain cable position when opening and closing the cover. EFB45-50A 50A Adapter – Allows for a 50A device to be installed on the Evolution Series 4- and 5-Gang Floor Boxes. 7 Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: Mexico Country of Origin: Mexico 8 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45CTBK Flush Style Cover with EFB45CTGY Floor Insert – Low profile cover EFB45CTBS designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45CTNK style floor boxes. Each cover is EFB45CTBZ made of die cast aluminum and EFB45CTAL is equipped with a durable hinge allowing the cover to rotate open 180°, a 1/4" deep recessed area to accept the finished floor covering, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The cover assemblies are designed to sit flush with the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, and wood. In order to make the cover assembly flush with the polished concrete or terrazzo floor the EFB45-CTR (concrete/terrazzo) ring must be used (ring sold separately). The cover assemblies are available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). EFB45BTBK Flush Style Cover with EFB45BTGY Solid Lid – Low profile cover EFB45BTBS designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45BTNK style floor boxes. Each cover is EFB45BTBZ made of die cast aluminum and is EFB45BTAL equipped with a durable hinge which allows the cover to rotate open 180°, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The cover assemblies are designed to sit flush with the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, and wood. In order to make the cover assembly flush with the polished concrete or terrazzo floor the EFB45-CTR (concrete/terrazzo) ring must be used (ring sold separately). The cover assemblies are available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45CTCBK Surface Style Cover with EFB45CTCGY Floor Insert – Low profile cover EFB45CTCBS designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45CTCNK style floor boxes. Each cover is EFB45CTCBZ made of die cast aluminum and EFB45CTCAL is equipped with a durable hinge allowing the cover to rotate open 180°, a 1/4" deep recessed area to accept the finished floor covering, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The flange has a beveled edge that meets ADA guidelines and reduces tripping hazards. These cover assemblies are designed to sit on top of finished floors such as: carpet, tile, wood, polished concrete, and terrazzo. Available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). EFB45BTCBK Surface Style Cover With EFB45BTCGY Solid Lid – Low profile cover EFB45BTCBS designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45BTCNK style floor boxes. Each cover is EFB45BTCBZ made of die cast aluminum and EFB45BTCAL is equipped with a durable hinge allowing the cover to rotate open 180°, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The flange has a beveled edge that meets ADA guidelines and reduces tripping hazards. These cover assemblies are designed to sit on top of finished floors such as: carpet, tile, wood, polished concrete, and terrazzo. Available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Covers Ordering Information NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is 1/4" (6.35mm). NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is 1/4" (6.35mm). 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India 9 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45BTCBKTR Surface Style Cover with EFB45BTCGYTR Solid Lid – Low profile cover EFB45BTCBSTR designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45BTCNKTR style floor boxes. Each cover EFB45BTCBZTR is made of die cast aluminum and EFB45BTCALTR is equipped with a tamper- resistant screw to help keep out unauthorized personnel, a durable hinge which allows the cover to rotate open 180°, a 1/4" deep recessed area to accept the finished floor covering, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The flange has a beveled edge that meets ADA guidelines and reduces tripping hazards. These cover assemblies are designed to sit on top of the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, wood, polished concrete, and terrazzo. Available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). EFB45BTBKTR Flush Style Cover with EFB45BTGYTR Solid Lid – Low profile cover EFB45BTBSTR designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45BTNKTR style floor boxes. Each cover EFB45BTBZTR is made of die cast aluminum and EFB45BTALTR is equipped with a tamper- resistant screw to help keep out unauthorized personnel, a durable hinge which allows the cover to rotate open 180°, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The cover assemblies are designed to sit flush with the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, and wood. In order to make the cover assembly flush with the polished concrete or terrazzo floor the EFB45-CTR (concrete/terrazzo) ring must be used (ring sold separately). The cover assemblies are available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45CTCBKTR Surface Style Cover with EFB45CTCGYTR Floor Insert – Low profile cover EFB45CTCBSTR designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45CTCNKTR style floor boxes. Each cover EFB45CTCBZTR is made of die cast aluminum and EFB45CTCALTR is equipped with a tamper- resistant screw to help keep out unauthorized personnel, a durable hinge which allows the cover to rotate open 180°, a 1/4" deep recessed area to accept the finished floor covering, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The flange has a beveled edge that meets ADA guidelines and reduces tripping hazards. These cover assemblies are designed to sit on top of the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, wood, polished concrete, and terrazzo. Available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). EFB45CTBKTR Flush Style Cover with EFB45CTGYTR Floor Insert – Low profile cover EFB45CTBSTR designed to attach to the EFB45S EFB45CTNKTR style floor boxes. Each cover EFB45CTBZTR is made of die cast aluminum and EFB45CTALTR is equipped with a tamper- resistant screw to help keep out unauthorized personnel, a durable hinge which allows the cover to rotate open 180°, a 1/4" deep recessed area to accept the finished floor covering, and two (2) slide egress doors that lock in the open position and automatically close around the cables when the cover is closed. The cover assemblies are designed to sit flush with the finished floors such as: carpet, tile, and wood. In order to make the cover assembly flush with the polished concrete or terrazzo floor the EFB45-CTR (concrete/terrazzo) ring must be used (trim ring sold separately). The cover assemblies are available in six (6) powder coat finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK), aluminum (AL) and bronze (BZ). Evolution Series EFB45 Floor Box Covers Ordering Information Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) 13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm)13 7/8" (352mm)9 7/8" (251mm) Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45-CTR Bare Concrete/Terrazzo Trim Ring – Nonmetallic ring for use with bare concrete and terrazzo floor applications. EFB45-TS Tile Shim – Used for floor coverings greater than 3/16" (4.7mm). The EFB45-TS allows the finished cover assembly to be flush with the finished floor. Includes one (1) 1/16" (1.6mm), one (1) 1/8" (3.2mm) and one 1/4" (6.4mm) tile shims for 7/16" (11.1mm) of upward adjustment. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB45-TEMPLATE Floor Box Template – Designed to help mark out floor to insure a proper fit. 10 Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are available in powder- coated finishes of: (L to R) brass, black, gray, nickel, bronze and aluminum. Evolution Series Floor Box Covers Ordering Information 14 3/16" (360mm)10 1/4" (260mm) NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before pouring concrete or terrazzo. Evolution Series Floor Box Covers Ordering Information 3/16" (4.8mm) Surface Style Cover 9° Bevel Flush Style Cover No Bevel 3/16" (4.8mm) Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 12 5/16" (313mm)8 9/16" (217mm) 11 NOTES © Copyright 2016 Legrand All Rights Reserved ED1770R2 – Updated December 2016 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Electrical Wiring Systems 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 Phone: 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295-3472) www.legrand.us 570 Applewood Crescent Vaughan, Ontario L4K 4B4 Phone:905.738.9195 www.legrand.ca NOTES NOTE: All brand and product names referenced in this document are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders. NOTE: The paper used to print this document is an environmentally responsible paper with 10% post consumer waste, with FSC and SFI Chain of Custody certifications, Lacey Act complaint. 100% of the electricity used to manufacture Flo sheets is generated with Green-e certified renewable energy. Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes are the latest advancement in the most complete and innovative line of floor solutions in the industry. In addition to a unique design that allows the same floor box to be used in multiple floor applications, high capacity and multi-functional capabilities make Evolution Series Floor Boxes ideal for areas where large capacity audio/ video, power and communication services are needed. Ranging in size from 6- to 10-gangs of capacity, these boxes have completely finished interiors with removable modules that provide easy access for reconfiguring services. Evolution Series Floor Boxes are an ideal option for installations where services are constantly evolving, such as commercial offices, conference rooms, stages, and entertainment venues. WIREMOLD® Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes FEATURES & BENEFITS ED1662R7 – Updated February 2018 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold Evolution™ Series – The Next Generation of Floor Boxes n One box many applications. Evolution Series Floor Boxes are designed to work in concrete, raised and wood floor applications and are fully adjustable both pre- and post-concrete pour. A single box can be specified for multiple floor types without having to order additional components or accessories. New Evolution Series Floor Boxes provide increased capacity options and a variety of innovations not available in any other floor boxes. n Configurable with removable modules. In addition to having removable dividers and a tunnel feature that allows all compartments to be connected, the modules are removable through the top or back of the floor box. This allows for easier installations and facilitates moves, adds and changes without having to disconnect services, saving time and money. Raised Floors Concrete Floors Wood Floors n Durable 180° articulating hinge. Hinge design enables covers to open a full 180° and lie flat on the floor surface with the durability to support a large cover. Provides easy access to all interior modules and activations while reducing tripping hazards. n Audio/Video Design. Evolution Series Floor Boxes have been developed specifically with the A/V industry in mind. With 3 1/2" - 3 7/8" [89mm x 98mm] of wiring capacity behind each device plate, these boxes will accept devices from leading A/V manufacturers including Extron® Electronics and Crestron®. 2 FEATURES & BENEFITS (continued) n Multiple size knockouts. All Evolution Series Floor Boxes are available with multiple trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" allowing for multiple activations and wiring configurations. n Die cast aluminum cover assemblies. Evolution Series Floor Box Covers have been designed to work on multiple floor surfaces and are manufactured from die cast aluminum to provide strength and style. Decorative powder coat colors (black, brass, bronze, gray and nickel) will complement any room décor. n Cable Management. Allows multiple cables to be organized and controlled for easier cable egress. n Large capacity. 6- to 10-gangs of capacity to accommodate power, communications, and A/V devices. A minimum of 5" [127mm] of space between devices providing ample space for hand access when plugging and unplugging into the devices. n Furniture Feed. Designed to be installed in concrete, raised and wood floors. Provides large capacity feeds (up to 2"). Trade size knockouts for power, communications and A/V devices. n Finished interior. Fully finished interior removes the unfinished industrial look while increasing visibility, making it easier to see where to plug in devices. n Accepts standard size wall plates. Evolution Series Floor Boxes accept industry standard single-, double- and triple-gang wall plates from industry leading manufacturers. n Auto-close egress doors. Cable egress doors lock in position when open, and automatically closes around wires to protect cabling and reduce trip hazards. n Bare (polished) concrete and terrazzo applications. Evolution Series Floor Box has been designed to be installed into bare (polished) concrete and terrazzo floors. n Suitable for use in air handling spaces. In accordance with Sec 300-22(c) of the National Electric Code. n Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines. Trim flange is designed to meet the ADA Accessibility Guidelines as it pertains to ADA Standard 4.5, which addresses the change in floor and ground surface levels. n TopGuardTM Protection. Evolution Series Floor Box covers meet and exceed UL scrub water exclusion requirements for tile, carpet, wood, bare concrete and terrazzo floor coverings. 3 Evolution Series Floor Box Included Components EFB6S Evolution Series Floor Box Model Selection Guide EVOLUTION FLOOR BOX MODEL INSTALL FLOOR TYPE: BOX TYPE: DEPTH BEHIND PLATES: COVERS: KO SIZE RANGE: (Trade Size) NOTES: EFB6S-OG EFB8S EFB8S-OG EFB10S EFB10S-OG EFBFF EFBFF-OG Concrete Floor Raised Floor Wood Floor YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES Standard On-Grade Standard On-Grade Standard On-Grade Furniture Feed Furniture Feed BOX CAPACITY:6-Gangs 6-Gangs 8-Gangs 8-Gangs 10-Gangs 10-Gangs 2-Gangs 2-Gangs 3 7/8" [98mm] 3 7/8" [98mm]3 1/2" [89mm]3 1/2" [89mm]3 1/4" [81mm]3 1/4" [81mm]N/A N/A REMOVABLE MODULES: YES YES YES YES YES YES EFB610CTC Series, EFB610BTC Series, EFB610CT Series, EFB610BT Series Black, Gray, Brass, Nickel, Bronze FPFFTC SeriesBlack, Gray, Brass, Nickel, Bronze, Brushed Aluminum COLORS: FLOOR SURFACE: Carpet, Tile, Wood, Bare (Polished) Concrete & Terrazzo 3/4" to 2"3/4" to 2"3/4" to 2"3/4" to 2"3/4" to 2"1" to 2" 1/2" to 2" 1/2" to 2" Covers open full 180°, Slide cable egress doors, Painted interior Evolution Series Floor Box Compartment Volumes EFB6 Series MODEL OUTER COMPARTMENTS (Each)CENTER COMPARTMENTS (Each) 32 in.3 [524ml] 38.5 in.3 [630ml] EFB8 Series 27.5 in.3 [450ml] 34 in.3 [557ml] EFB10 Series 23.5 in.3 [385ml] 27.5 in.3 [450ml] EFBFF Series 64.5 in.3 [1056ml] 64.5 in.3 [1056ml] DEVICE PLATE SIZE:Uses Standard Size Device Plates: Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2") [70mm x 114mm] Uses Standard Size Device Plates: Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2") Double-Gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2") Triple-Gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2") Four-Gang (8 1/8" x 4 1/2") Uses non-standard size Device Plates (4.652" x 2.302") [117mm x 58mm] Standard Plates: Double-Gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2")) Triple-Gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2") Five-Gang (10" x 4 1/2") Removable Module Mud Cap (Temporary Construction Cover) Tunnel “L” Bracket Box Mounting Bracket Toggle Clamp Concrete Level Leg Each Removable Module consists of the above components Note: All items shown above are included with Evolution Series Floor Boxes. Divider (Removable/ Repositionable) End Cap Back Knockout Plate Cable Management Guides 4 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB6S 6-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, & wood floor applications. Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB6 Floor Box Ordering Information Three (3) KOs: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs Three (3) KOs: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO 3.7/8" [99mm] EFB6S Depth Behind Plates NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 4 1/16" [103mm] Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Toggle Clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors E Two (2) Cable Management Guides F Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications G Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size H Two (2) “L” Brackets Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. EFB6S Knockout locations & Sizes EFB6S Exploded View A B C D E F H C Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB6S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • Two (2) End Caps • One (1) EFB6S-DIV Divider • Three (3) 3/4"/1 1/4" Concentric Knockout Plate NOTE: Three (3) removable knockout plates per side allow for the EFB6S-2HUB 2" conduit adapter to be installed. Country of Origin: USA 5 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB6S-OG 6-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Custom options are available upon request. 3 7/8" [99mm] EFB6S-OG Depth Behind Plates 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 4 1/16" [103mm] Evolution Series EFB6 Floor Box Ordering Information NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. EFB6S-OG Knockout locations & Sizes EFB6S-OG Exploded View A B C D E Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Cable Management Guides E Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications F Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB6S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • One (1) EFB6S-DIV Divider C Three (3) KOs: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs Three (3) KOs: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO NOTE: Three (3) removable knockout plates per side allow for the EFB6S-2HUB 2" conduit adapter to be installed. Country of Origin: USA 6 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB6-3/4 Knockout Plate – Has one (1) 3/4" trade size knockout. EFB6-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate – Has one (1) 1 1/4" concentric trade size knockout opening. EFB6-11/4 Knockout Plate – Has one (1) 1 1/4" trade size knockout. EFB6-TUN Tunnel – 6 gang tunnel allows for cables to be wrapped around box from one module to the other. EFB6-DIV Relocatable Divider – Provides separation of services. Includes one (1) divider plate. EFBCLL Concrete Leveling Legs – Provide floor box adjustment up or down to match the desired pour height of the concrete. Included two (2) leveling legs, threaded rod not supplied. EFBCMG Cable Management Guides – Guides help organize and maintain cable position when opening and closing the cover. EFB6S-2HUB 2" Conduit Hub – Hub allows 2" conduit to be fed into the back of EFB6S and EFB6S-OG Floor Boxes. Maximum of six (6) hubs per box. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB6M Module – Bank of three (3) compartments that accept power, communications and audio/video devices. Accepts standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates. Includes device bracket, back plate, three (3) knockout plates (3/4"/1 1/4" concentric), two (2) end caps and one (1) divider. EFB6-MB Mounting Bracket – hold up to three (3) devices of power, communications or audio/video devices. Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates sold separately by others. EFB-AAP Device Plate – holds 2 Extron ® Electronics AAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-MAAP Device Plate – holds 4 Extron ® Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-MOS Device Plate – European device plate accepts up to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-B Blank Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. Evolution Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the floor box. Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 7 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB8S 8-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, & wood floor applications. Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB8 Floor Box Ordering Information Each Side: Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Eight (8) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Each Side: 2" Trade Size KO 3 1/2" [89mm] EFB8S Depth Behind Plates Each Side: 3/4" Trade Size KO 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 6" [152mm] NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Toggle Clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors E Two (2) Cable Management Guides F Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications G Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size H Two (2) “L” Brackets EFB8S Knockout locations & Sizes EFB8S Exploded View A B C D E F Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB8S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • Two (2) End Caps • One (1) EFB8S-DIV Divider • One (1) 2" Trade Size Knockout Plate • One (1) 1 1/4"/3/4" Concentric Trade Size Knockout Plate C H Each Side: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Country of Origin: USA 8 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB8S-OG 8-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB8 Floor Box Ordering Information Each Side:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Eight (8) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Each Side:1 1/4" Trade Size KO 3 1/2" [89mm] EFB8S-OG Depth Behind Plates Each Side:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 6" [152mm] NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. EFB8S-OG Knockout locations & Sizes Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Cable Management Guides E Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications F Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size EFB8S-OG Exploded View A B C D E C Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB8S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • One (1) EFB8S-DIV Divider Country of Origin: USA 9 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate – Has two (2) 3/4" trade size knockouts. EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate – Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4" concentric trade size knockout. EFB810-2 Knockout Plate – Has one 2" trade size knockout. EFB810-TUN Tunnel – For EFB8 Series and EFB10 Series boxes. Tunnel allows cables to be wrapped around box from one module to the other. EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider – Provides separation of services. Includes one divider plate. EFBCLL Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or down to match the desired pour height of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod not supplied. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket – holds up to four (4) devices for power, communications or audio/video. Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates sold separately by others. EFB8-22GMB Mounting Bracket – Equipped with two (2) 2-gang standard size device openings for a standard 2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x 114mm]). Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as Crestron® 2-gang digital media devices. Device plates and devices supplied by others. EFB8-4GMB Mounting Bracket – Holds a standard 4 gang device plate. Device plate dimensions: 8 1/8" x 4 1/4" [206mm x 116mm]. EFB-AAP Device Plate – holds two (2) Extron ® Electronics AAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-MAAP Device Plate – holds four (4) Extron ® Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-MOS Device Plate – European device plate accepts up to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. EFB-B Blank Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm]. Evolution Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFBCMG Cable Management Guides – Guides help organize and maintain cable position when opening and closing the cover. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB-50A 50A Adapter – Allows for a 50A device to be installed on the 8- gang and 10-gang series boxes. 10 Evolution Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued) NOTE: Only fits on othe side of the floor box where the device is facing the tunnel. 50A Device Tunnel Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 11 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10S 10-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, & wood floor applications. Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB10 Floor Box Ordering Information Each Side:Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Ten (10) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Each Side:1 1/4" Trade Size KO 3 1/2" [89mm] EFB10S Depth Behind Plates Each Side:3/4" Trade Size KO Each Side:2" Trade Size KO 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 6" [152mm] NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. EFB10S Knockout locations & Sizes EFB10S Exploded View A B C D E F Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Toggle Clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors E Two (2) Cable Management Guides F Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications G Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size H Two (2) “L” Brackets Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB10S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • Two (2) End Caps • One (1) EFB10S-DIV Divider • One (1) 2" Trade Size Knockout Plate • One (1) 1 1/4"/3/4" Concentric Trade Size Knockout Plate C H Each Side: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Country of Origin: USA 12 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10S-OG 10-Gang Floor Box – has been designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFB10 Floor Box Ordering Information 3 1/2" [89mm] EFB10S-OG Depth Behind Plates Each Side: Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Ten (10) KOs: 1" Trade Size KO Each Side: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Each Side: Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO 11 3/16" [284mm]15 1/8" [384mm] 6" [152mm] NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately.) Items not included with the box and sold separately: • Receptacles, • Communication Jacks • A/V Devices • Device plates. Components Included: A Protective/Disposable Cover B Tunnel System for connecting the two modules of compartments C Two (2) Removable Modules D Two (2) Cable Management Guides E Two (2) Leveling Support Legs for concrete applications F Trade Size Knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size EFB10S-OG Knockout locations & Sizes EFB10S-OG Exploded View A B C D E C Each Module Consists of: • One (1) EFB10S-MB Mounting Bracket • One (1) Back Plate • One (1) EFB10S-DIV Divider Country of Origin: USA 13 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-DEC Decorator Style Device Plate – For use with decorator style receptacles, GFCI receptacle, and decorator style audio/video devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-S1 Knockout Plate – Single receptacle 1.39" [35mm]. diameter. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-S2 Knockout Plate – Single receptacle 1.59" [40mm]. diameter. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers. EFB10-6AB Device Plate – Accepts up to three (3) dual Wiremold Open System communication adapters. Adapters sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. EFB10-3S2 Device Plate – Accepts up to three (3) Ortronics® Series II devices. Ortronics® devices sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. EFB10-2C Device Plate – Accepts one dual Wiremold Open System adapter, or one Ortronics® Series II adapter, or one Ortronics® TracJack adapter. Adapters sold separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-MB Mounting Bracket – hold up to five (5) devices for power, communications or audio/video. Bracket accepts EFB10 Series device plates (2 1/32" x 4 5/8") [58mm x 117mm] device plates sold separately. EFB10-23GMB Mounting Bracket – Equipped with one 2-gang standard size device opening and one 3-gang standard size device opening. Accepts a standard 2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x 114mm]) and a 3-gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2" [162mm x 114mm]) device plate. Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as Crestron® 2-gang and 3-gang digital media devices. Device plates and devices supplied by others. EFB10-5GMB Mounting Bracket – Holds a standard 5 gang device plate Device plate dimensions: 10" x 4 1/2" [254mm x 116mm]. EFB10-B Blank Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. EFB10-DP Duplex Device Plate – Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers. Evolution Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB10-AAP Device Plate – holds two (2) Extron ® Electronics AAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. EFB10-MAAP Device Plate – holds four (4) Extron ® Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. EFB10-MOS Device Plate – [45mm x 67.5mm] device plate. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. 5507B-WH Blank Faceplate – For covering unused compartments in the device bracket. 5507D-WH Duplex Receptacle Faceplate – For covering duplex style devices. Accepts 106 frame. 5507R-WH Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate – For covering rectangular decorator style devices. 14 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications 5507S-WH Rectangular Spacer – For mounting commercial device plates. Installs between the device bracket and a device. 5507T1-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate – For covering single receptacles – 1.59" [40mm] in diameter. 5507T2-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate – For covering single receptacles – 1.41" [36mm] in diameter. 55074TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate – For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts. Accepts four (4) TracJack devices. 55076TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate – For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts. Accepts six (6) TracJack devices. EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate – Has two (2) 3/4" trade size knockouts. Evolution Series 10 Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued) Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 15 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFBCLL Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or down to match the desired pour height of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod not supplied. EFBCMG Cable Management Guides – Guides help organize and maintain cable position when opening and closing the cover. EFB-50A 50A Adapter – Allows for a 50A device to be installed on the 8 gang and 10 gang series boxes. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate – Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4" concentric trade size knockout. EFB810-2 Knockout Plate – Has one 2" trade size knockout. EFB810-TUN Tunnel – For EFB8 Series and EFB10 Series boxes. Tunnel allows cables to be wrapped around box from one module to the other. EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider – Provides separation of services. Includes one divider plate. NOTE: Only fits on othe side of the floor box where the device is facing the tunnel. 50A Device Tunnel Evolution Series 10 Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued) Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 16 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB610BTBK Flush Style Cover with EFB610BTGY Solid Lid – Die cast aluminum EFB610BTBS cover assembly designed to be EFB610BTNK used on top of floor covering. EFB610BTBZ Available in the following powder coated finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK) and bronze (BZ). For use on Evolution Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes (EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10). EFB610CTR Bare Concrete/Terrazzo Trim Ring – Nonmetallic ring for use with bare concrete and terrazzo floor applications. EFB610-TS Tile Shim – Used for floor coverings greater than 3/16" [4.7mm]. The EFB610-TS allows the finished cover assembly to be flush with the finished floor. Includes one (1) 1/16" [1.6mm], one (1) 1/8" [3.2mm] and one 1/4" [6.4mm] tile shims for 7/16" [11.1mm] of upward adjustment. EFB-Template Floor Box Template – Designed to help mark out floor to insure a proper fit. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFB610CTCBK Surface Style Cover with EFB610CTCGY Carpet Insert – Die cast aluminum EFB610CTCBS cover assembly designed to be EFB610CTCNK used on top of the floor covering. EFB610CTCBZ Available in the following powder coated finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK) and bronze (BZ). For use on Evolution Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes (EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10). EFB610CTBK Flush Style Cover with EFB610CTGY Carpet Insert – Die cast aluminum EFB610CTBS cover assembly designed to be EFB610CTNK used level (flush) with finish floor EFB610CTBZ covering. Available in the following powder coated finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK) and bronze (BZ). For use on Evolution Series 6-, 8- and 10- gang floor boxes (EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10). EFB610BTCBK Surface Style Cover with EFB610BTCGY Solid Lid – Die cast aluminum EFB610BTCBS cover assembly designed to be EFB610BTCNK used on top of floor covering. EFB610BTCBZ Available in the following powder coated finishes: black (BK), gray (GY), brass (BS), nickel (NK) and bronze (BZ). For use on Evolution Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes (EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10). Evolution Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is 1/4" [6.35mm]. NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is 1/4" [6.35mm]. 16 3/8" [416mm]12 1/2" [318mm] 16 3/8" [416mm]12 1/2" [318mm] 16 3/8" [416mm]12 1/2" [318mm] 16 3/8" [416mm]12 1/2" [318mm] 16 3/8" [416mm] 12 1/2" [318mm] Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are available in powder coated finishes of: (L to R) gray, nickel, bronze, brass and black. CATALOG MAXIMUM LOAD NUMBERS IN POUNDS EFB610BTC Series 1800 EFB610CTC Series 1800 EFB610BT Series 1800 EFB610CT Series 1800 Load Capacities for Evolution Series Floor Box Cover Assemblies NOTE: Load applied through a 3" [76mm] mandrel in center of the cover. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads. NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before pouring concrete or terrazzo. Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: India Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA 17 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFBFF 2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly – For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in concrete, raised and wood floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover that allows the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box is available in a standard version for use in above grade concrete, raised, and wood floor applications. Boxes are also compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFBFF Furniture Feed Floor Box Ordering Information Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO Each Side, Two KOs:Outer: 3/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors. Use FP-CTR Trim Ring. 7 3/8" [187mm] 6 11/16" [170mm] 4 1/8" [105mm] NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow for separation between power and communication or A/V services. Country of Origin: USA 18 Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFBFF-OG 2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly – For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover that allows the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box is available with an epoxy coating for on-grade applications. Custom options are available upon request. Evolution Series EFBFF Furniture Feed Floor Box Ordering Information (continued) Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1" Trade Size KO NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors. Use FP-CTR Trim Ring. Two (2) KOs:Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:Outer: 2" Trade Size KO Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO Each Side, Two KOs:Outer: 3/4" Trade Size KO Inner: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO 7 3/8" [187mm] 6 11/16" [170mm] 4 1/8" [105mm] NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow for separation between power and communication or A/V services. Country of Origin: USA Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications FPFFTCBK Furniture Feed Cover Assembly – FPFFTCBZ Flanged cover for use in tile or FPFFTCGY carpet or wood floor installations. FPFFTCNK Die-cast aluminum assembly FPFFTCAL available in powder coat finishes of black (BK), bronze (BZ), brass (BS),nickel (NK), gray (GY), or brushed aluminum (AL). Provided with one 1" trade size screw plug for power or communication type cabling and one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for communication and A/V type cabling. Allows for feeding both power and communication cabling. Catalog No./Item Description/Specifications EFBFF-DIV Divider – Provides separation of services. FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring – Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished concrete and terrazzo floor applications. EFBFF-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or down to match the desired pour height of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod not supplied. 19 7 3/4" [197mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] NOTE: Flangeless FloorPort Series (FPFFT) covers are not designed to work with Evolution Series Furniture Feed Floor Boxes. NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before pouring concrete or terrazzo. Evolution Series EFBFF Furniture Feed Floor Box Ordering Information (continued) Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA Country of Origin: USA © Copyright 2018 Legrand All Rights Reserved ED1662R7 – Updated February 2018 – For latest specs visit www.legrand.us/wiremold NOTES Electrical Wiring Systems 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 Phone: 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295-3472) www.legrand.us Canada Phone:905.738.9195 www.legrand.ca NOTE: The paper used to print this document is an environmentally responsible paper with 10% post consumer waste, with FSC and SFI Chain of Custody certifications, Lacey Act complaint. 100% of the electricity used to manufacture Flo sheets is generated with Green-e certified renewable energy. NOTE: All brand and product names referenced in this document are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders. 1BOX. EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR TYPES. 1111111111WIREMOLD® FLOOR BOXES1111111111111111111 1 1 BOX. MULTIPLE FLOOR TYPES AND SURFACES. 1 BOX. 6 FINISHES. WWW.LEGRAND.US/EVOLUTION Covers are available in the above six finishes. There is also the option for a carpet insert or solid cover for surface and flush mount applications. Wood Floor Concrete Floor Raised Floor Standard Floor Boxes For raised, wood and above-grade concrete floors. Available in 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10-gang and furniture feed versions. On-Grade Floor Boxes For on-grade applications. Available in 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10-gang and furniture feed versions. Fire Classified Floor Boxes For fire rated above-grade applications (up to two hours). Available in 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10-gang versions. EVOLUTION SERIES FLOOR BOXES For a long time, different floor types called for different floor box styles. The idea that a single floor box could be used across multiple floor constructions was inconceivable. But with the Evolution Series Floor Box, the way we think and work has changed. It’s more than just a floor box. It’s a more efficient way to do business. Evolution Series Floor Boxes are designed for every type of floor construction. Whether used in wood, concrete or raised floors, the Evolution Series Floor Box installs with ease. They can be installed before or after the floor covering has been put down and they are fully adjustable pre- and post- concrete pour. In addition, all boxes are TopGuard™ protected, keeping out water, dirt and debris. So, no matter where you work, installing one box provides countless benefits. FLOOR BOX Brass Nickel Gray BlackBronzeAluminum1WORKS IN ANY FLOOR TYPE. Carpet, tile, wood, terrazzo and polished concrete surfaces WWW.LEGRAND.US/EVOLUTION 3 Accepts Standard Size Device Plates – Including single, double and triple standard size wall plates. Two Hour Fire Rating – Fire classified for up to two hours and pre-assembled for fast, efficient installation. Just install conduit caps (included), position and secure the box to the desired height in the floor opening. Keeps Cables Organized – Built-in cable management guides keeps cables orderly in the egress location, freeing up one hand when activating devices. MANY BENEFITS.BOX. High Capacity Furniture Feed – Boxes are designed for concrete, wood and raised floor applications. Plug Load Control up to 30 Feet – Tested with Pass & Seymour® Wireless RF receptacles to control plug loads up to a distance of 30 feet when the cover is closed. EVOLUTION SERIES FLOOR BOXES 1 Sliding Doors Reduce Trip Hazards – Auto-close egress doors lock into position when slid open and automatically wrap around cables when the cover is closed, reducing trip hazards. Easy Interior Access – Cover opens 180°, providing easy access when working inside the box. 5WWW.LEGRAND.US/EVOLUTION Maximum Depth Behind Modules – All boxes give the end user maximum plug and hand access. There is 3½" of wire space behind the device plate, offering maximum capacity for the deeper A/V style devices. Fully Finished White Painted Interior – Every floor box features a fully finished white painted interior, offering a professional and aesthetically pleasing look. Open System for Flexibility – Accepts a wide range of communications and A/V devices from leading manufacturers. Various Knockout Sizes – The Evolution Series Floor Box knockouts range from ¾" trade size up to 2" trade size. High Capacity – Able to accommodate between four and ten gangs. Configure an Evolution Floor Box to fit your needs: www.legrand.us/evolution Removable Modules for Easy Changes – For easy installation, moves, adds and changes, modules can be removed out of the top and back. In addition, they can move from point “A” to point “B” without disconnecting services. Tunnel Provides Additional Capacity – Built-in tunnel allows for services to be wrapped to the other side of the box for additional capacity. EVOLUTION SERIES FLOOR BOXES BOX. MAXIMUM CAPACITY.1 Electrical Wiring Systems 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295.3472) www.legrand.us 570 Applewood Crescent Vaughan, Ontario L4K 4B4 905.738.9195 www.legrand.ca ©2 0 1 6 L e g r a n d A l l R i g h t s R e s e r v e d E D 1 6 6 4 R 2 0 4 | 1 6 FOLLOW US Desktop Power Center Slim A sleek and minimal design that offers all the power you need. • Multiple options: Two versions with reliable power and charging - 3 tamper-resistant power outlets + 2 USB charging ports (3.1A) - 2 tamper-resistant power outlets + 2 USB charging ports (3.1A) • Intelligent and energy efficient: Smart charging capability that automatically recognizes the device and adjusts the speed of the charge • Easy connections to power sources: 6’ cord with pass-thru plug allows you to connect the unit to any outlet, even one that is already in use • Simple and flexible installation: Mounting kits with options for both forward and upward applications • Less clutter, more functionality: A sleek, slim design fits unobtrusively on work surfaces • Seamlessly blends into your space: Two color choices that work with any environment - Gloss white with gray device face - Textured black Add power and charging wherever it’s needed. Desktop Power Centers offer sleek and easy-to-install solutions that mount directly on surfaces and minimize cord clutter. Perfect for desks, tabletops and workstations. DESKTOP POWER CENTER SOLUTIONS POWER WITHIN REACH. Bring power and charging right up to desktops and workstations. IDEAL FOR SEVERAL ENVIRONMENTS Commercial Office • Hospitality • Education Desktop Power Center with Surge Surge-protected outlets and USB charging bring convenience and functionality. • Plenty of power: 3 power outlets + 2 USB charging ports (2.1A) • Everything you need: Built-in surge protection eliminates the need for an additional power management component • Easy connections to power sources: 6’ cord reaches walls and floors • Installation flexibility: Accommodates round hole openings from 1 ¾” to 3” • Ready for multiple work surfaces: Includes edge clamp or hole mounting hardware CHOOSE YOUR SOLUTION WIREMOLD® ©2 0 1 7 L e g r a n d A l l R i g h t s R e s e r v e d E D 1 6 3 4 R 5 1 0 | 1 7 FOLLOW US Electrical Wiring Systems 60 Woodlawn Street West Hartford, CT 06110 1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295.3472) www.legrand.us Canada 1.800.723.5175; 905.738.9195 www.legrand.ca DESKTOP POWER CENTER SOLUTIONSWIREMOLD® ORDERING INFORMATION PART NUMBER COLOR DESCRIPTION WSPC220BK Black (2) 15A power receptacles and (2) smart USB ports that provide 3.1A. Unit comes with 6’ cord. Includes screw in mounting plate for forward facing outlets. WSPC220WH White/Gray (2) 15A power receptacles and (2) smart USB ports that provide 3.1A. Unit comes with 6’ cord. Includes screw in mounting plate for forward facing outlets. WSPC320BK Black (3) 15A power receptacles and (2) smart USB ports that provide 3.1A. Unit comes with 6’ cord. Includes screw in mounting plate for forward facing outlets. WSPC320WH White/Gray (3) 15A power receptacles and (2) smart USB ports that provide 3.1A. Unit comes with 6’ cord. Includes screw in mounting plate for forward facing outlets. WSPCBKTBK Black Kit includes clamp for screwless mounting, and right angle screw in mounting plate. WSPCBKTGY Gray Kit includes clamp for screwless mounting, and right angle screw in mounting plate. PART NUMBER COLOR DESCRIPTION WSC320-S Black (3) 15A surge protected power receptacles and (2) USB ports. Unit comes with a 6’ cord. Includes accessories for mounting into round cut-outs in desk or edge mounting on desks or other surfaces. Desktop Power Center Slim Desktop Power Center with Surge PASS-THRU PLUG DESKTOP POWER CENTER SLIM